This pointer extracts section and commline
This pointer extracts section
Prologue. Athena confirms the surmise of Odysseus as to the guilt of Ajax; shows her favourite his afflicted foe; and points the moral.
ἔχρισα μὲν...κἄθηκα
πάλαι
μὲν τὸ τῆς Ἰνοῦς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν ἐκομίσατε..., καὶ νῦν σὺ τὸν
κιθαρῳδὸν...ἀναλαβὼν ἐξενήξω
. The passage in Aesch. ἀνωλόλυξα μὲν πάλαι...καὶ νῦν τὰ μάσσω μὲν τί δεῖ
σ’
ἐμοὶ λέγειν;
) is scarcely a true parallel,—the interval
being so long. Plato has ἀεὶ μὲν
followed
by ἀτὰρ καὶ νῦν
(
ἀτὰρ
οὖν
καὶ τότε
(
αἰεὶ
τοι...καὶ νῦν
.
Λαερτίου
in 101, and
Λαέρτου
in 1393. Λαέρτης
is
the only Homeric form (
Ulixes Lartius
Λἀρτίου
appears in all the
editions from the Aldine to Brunck's; the coronis was first omitted by
Schaefer (ed. 1810), on the ground that crasis is not marked within a
word.
καιρὸν
εὔθετον εἰς τὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἐπίθεσιν
: for ἁρπάσας
τὸν καιρόν
: Xen. τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους..κλέψαι τι..καὶ ἁρπάσαι
φθάσαντας
. Like the verb (πειρᾶν τῆς
πόλεως
, Her. 6. 82), πεῖρα
often
denotes an enterprise against an enemy (Thuc. 3. 20, etc.).—Not, ‘to
forestall (or baffle) some attempt θηρᾷ γαμεῖν με
: ὅς με θηρᾶται λαβεῖν
.
Athena's words are illustrated by the action of Odysseus against Palamedes (Xen.
σκηνή
at 218 and 796, the plur. at 754 and
985; and in 754 ὑπὸ σκηναῖσι
is precisely
equivalent to σκηνῆς ὕπαυλον
in 796. So,
too, the plur. of κλισία
in 192, and the
sing. in 1407.
The Homeric κλισία
was a wooden hut (
σκηνή, an Athenian in the poet's day would usually understand a tent of skins, such as was commonly used by soldiers (Xen.
τοί ῥ) ἔσχατα νῆας ἐΐσας |
εἴρυσαν, ἠνορέῃ πίσυνοι καὶ κάρτεϊ χειρῶν
(
κύων
κυνηγετεῖ
. The transition from one image to the other is
natural and easy.
μετρούμενον
could denote only
literal measurement (as with a foot-rule). But its figurative sense—as
denoting a mental process of examination and comparison— is exactly
illustrated by the use of
συμμετρεῖσθαι
in the sense of ‘to
ἔφαλος
,
192). Ajax had gone out in the past night, and come back at dawn. All
the footprints are fresh; but Odysseus has to make out whether the
οὐ
or μή
can be used in an
indirect question introduced by εἰ
: Plat. ἐρωτᾷς εἰ οὐ καλή μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι
:
βουλόμενος
ἐρέσθαι εἰ..μὴ οἶδεν
. The same rule holds when the indirect
question is alternative (‘whether...or εἴτε
(as here), or by ἤ
. Plat. εἴτε κατὰ τρόπον κεῖται εἴτε μή, οὕτω θεᾶσθαι
:
σκοπῶμεν εἰ
ἡμῖν πρέπει ἢ οὔ
. When a writer uses
μή
in one such question, and then οὐ
in another, the motive of the change may be his wish to mark (by οὐ
) a negative οὐ δεῖ ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῶν τοῦ κατηγόρου λόγων τοὺς
νόμους
καταμανθάνειν, εἰ καλῶς ὑμῖν κεῖνται ἢ μή, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν νόμων
τοὺς τοῦ
κατηγόρου λόγους, εἰ ὀρθῶς καὶ νομίμως ὑμᾶς διδάσκει τὸ πρᾶγμα ἢ
οὔ
.
εἰς
τέλος ἐξάγει
: ‘brings ἐξήγαγ’ εἰς τόδ’ ἄλσος
κινδυνεύει τοι ὥσπερ ἀτραπός τις ἐκφέρειν
ἡμᾶς
ἐξ
ἀλώπεκος καὶ κυνὸς οἱ Λακωνικοί
, ὅσων οἱ
μυκτῆρες
μακροί, οἷον τῶν Λακωνικῶν κυνιδίων, ὀσφραντικά
: ἀπὸ
Ταϋγέτοιο
μὲν Λάκαιναν | ἐπὶ θηρσὶ κύνα τρέφειν
[τρέχειν
] πυκινώτατον ἑρπετόν
. The Molossian dog is
often associated with the Laconian ( Hor. ἀνδρία
and φιλοπονία
,
The use of the feminine gender by Sophocles here may be illustrated by
Aristotle's remark,—αἱ Λάκαιναι κύνες αἱ θήλειαι
εὐφυέστεραι τῶν ἀρρένων εἰσίν
,— My
hounds are bred out of the Spartan kind | ... A
cry more tuneable | Was never holla'd to, nor cheer'd with horn, |
In
Crete, in Sparta, nor in Thessaly.
εὔρις
). It is true that
εὔρις
occurs in Aesch. ἄρρινες
in Xen. εὔρινος
(from ῥίς
)
occurs only in late Greek, as Babrius 43. 8 σκύλαξιν
εὐρίνοις
: Aelian δίκην εὐρίνου κυνός
, etc. (In Apoll. Rh. 3. 1299
ἐΰρινοι
is not from ῥίς
, but
from ῥινός
,—‘of good leather.’) But the
form is correct in itself; such alternatives were frequent (cp. σύζυγος
by the side of
σύζυξ
, etc.); and three points here recommend the
nominative. (1) The order of the words ὥς τις
εὔρινος βάσις
. (2) The idiom, consonant with tragic style, by
which the epithet of the hound is transferred to βάσις
: cp. Eur. γραίας ὄσσων..πηγάς
:
λευκοπήχεις
κτύπους χεροῖν
. (3) The fact that
βάσις
, with no epithet, would be somewhat weak. Libanius (
εὔρινος
as nom., vol. 4. p. 1065 εὐρίνῳ
βάσει τὸ λανθάνον ἀνιχνεύοντες
. The genitive was understood by
the schol. on v. 7, and by Manuel Palaeologus or. 6. 331 (λάκαιναι κύνες· εὔρινας ταύτας εἶπε Σοφοκλῆς
).
ὤν
: cp.
ἱδρῶτι
refers to
κάρα
only, and that στάζων χέρας
ξιφοκτόνους
is equivalent to στάζων
αἵματι χέρας
: cp.
φοινία δὲ
χεὶρ |
στάζει θυηλῆς Ἄρεος
: Aesch. αἵματι | στάζοντα χεῖρας
.
Certainly ξιφοκτόνους
suggests the blood
upon his hands. But the integral phrase, στάζων
ἱδρῶτι
, must surely go with χέρας
no less than with κάρα
. The hands are
bathed in sweat
παπταίνων
Αἴαντα
), and so comes to denote restless search, as in Pind. μηκέτι πάπταινε πόρσιον
, Pind. παπταίνει τὰ
πόρσω
. Here, the notion of moving
δὲ
=ἀλλά
:
ἐσπούδασας
περὶ τούτου
. This periphrasis, more elegant than that with ποιεῖσθαι
, is much used by the poet; thus τίθεσθαι πρόνοιαν
(536), ἐπιστροφήν
(
τάφον
(
φόνον
(
μῆκος
λόγων
(
λησμοσύναν
(
συγγνωμοσύνην
(
ὦ φθέγμ’,
ἀφίκου
; (n.).
Νίκη τ’
Ἀθάνα
Πολιάς, ἣ σῴζει μ’ ἀεί
. In
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι, διαμπερὲς ἥ σε φυλάσσω | ἐν
πάντεσσι πόνοις
.
ἄποπτος
here is, ‘far from my sight’; the
question is whether this means, (1) ‘seen only at a distance,’ ‘dimly
seen’; or (2) ‘unseen.’ I formerly preferred the first view, for which
we may compare
πλοῦν μὴ )ξ
ἀπόπτου μᾶλλον ἢ )γγύθεν σκοπεῖν
, ‘to watch the weather near our
ship, rather than from afar.’ But I now feel two difficulties which it
involves. (1) The emphasis on voice and thought—φθέγμα,
φώνημα, ξυναρπάζω φρενί
—is so strong as to imply that he
does not θεολογεῖον
,—a sort of platform, which
projected from the wings, at the back of the proscenium, and close to
its upper edge. If, then, Odysseus spoke of her as ‘seen only afar,’—a
dim vision in the clouds,—the effect would be scarcely happy for the
spectators, whose eyes could measure the actual distance between goddess
and hero. On the other hand, there would seem nothing strange in her
remaining invisible to him. In the κλύων μὲν αὐδήν, ὄμμα
δ’ οὐχ ὁρῶν τὸ σόν
.
When Ajax comes forth, he, indeed, appears to see her (v. 91, ὦ χαῖρ’ Ἀθάνα, κ.τ.λ.
); while to Tecmessa she is
invisible (301). But this, again, would not be inconsistent with Greek
belief. In
For ἄποπτος
as=‘πρόθες
| ἄποπτον ἡμῶν
: Dionys. Hal. 2. 54
ἐν ἀπόπτῳ τίθενται τὸν χάρακα
(‘in a place out of
sight’). It may be added that we might suppose Athena to be invisible to
Odysseus
εὐμαθὲς
) on his ear; it also suggests the
emotion of joy. For the verb, cp. Simylus (a poet of the Middle Comedy) κριτὴν τὸ ῥηθὲν δυνάμενον
ξυναρπάσαι
.
κώδων
). ‘Tyrrhenian,’ a frequent epithet of the trumpet ( Aesch.
λῃστοσαλπιγκταί
of Menander (frag.incert. 399). The
Tyrrheni, according to a tradition for which Herodotus is the earliest
witness (1. 94), were of Lydian origin; and the bronze trumpet may have
been a Lydian invention (see Ἀθηνᾶ Σάλπιγξ
.—See
Appendix.
As to the gender of κώδων
,
τῆς κώδωνος(bell). In Ar.
χἡ κώδων ἀκαλανθίςare said to mean a kind of hound. But
κώδων(bell) is masc. with Thuc. , Strabo, Plutarch, Diodorus and Lucian.
κυκλοῦντ’
) of the act ἐπέγνως δ’ ἂν..οὐδένα οὔτε ὀργιζόμενον.. οὔτε
χαίροντα
. For slightly different uses of
ἐπιγιγνώσκω
, cp. Soph.
ὁδοῖς κυκλῶν
ἐμαυτὸν εἰς ἀναστροφήν
. Eur. ποῖ σὸν πόδ’ ἐπὶ
συννοίᾳ
κυκλεῖς
(‘pacing to and fro in meditation’), | διπλῆς μερίμνης διπτύχους ἰὼν ὁδούς;
Αἴας δ’
ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε φέρων σάκος ἠΰτε πύργον
, | χάλκεον,
ἑπταβόειον
,—clypei dominus septemplicis Aiax.
ἄσκοπος ἁ
λώβα.
δρᾶν, ποιεῖν
, etc. (cp.
1324).
ἔχει περάνας
: cp.
ὡς εἴπερ
ἄρξεις
τῆσδε γῆς, ὥσπερ κρατεῖς
(n.).
τορόν
(rt. τερ,
τρα,
τε‐τραίνω
, to pierce). The adj.
τρανής
is not elsewhere extant, but
τρανῶς
is used by Aesch. ( Aesch. τρανός
was current in later Greek; the earliest instance seems to be Halic.
Dionys. (τρανὴν καὶ
καθαρὰν δύναμιν.
πλανᾶσθαι
( Her. 6. 37, etc.; πλανῶμαι μὲν καὶ ἀπορῶ ἀεί
).
ἐθελοντής
occurs in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, and the
Orators, as ἐθελοντήρ
does in
θελοντής
is cited only from Porphyrius (ἐθελήμων
is the form used
by Plato (
θελήμων
is Apoll.
Rhod. 2. 557. In tragic iambics θέλω
was naturally preferred, on metrical grounds, to
ἐθέλω
, though the latter occurs in tragic anapaests (as
θελοντής
were found in a passage where metre ἐθελοντής.
κλοπῇ τε
κἀνάγκῃ
ζυγείς
(n.): Aesch. ἀνάγκαις ταῖσδ’ ὑπέζευγμαι
.
ἐναρίζω
‘to slay’ (properly with the further notion of
‘despoiling’) cp.
κατεναίρομαι
we have
κατήναρες
in
ἐνέβαλον καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς ἐμάχοντο
), is less
fitting here.
αὐτοῖσιν ὅπλοις
. The idiom occurs in the σύν
added (as 14. 498), a form of it found also, though not often, in later
poetry ( Eur. αὐτῷ ξὺν ἄγγει
).
ὅπλων
ἐπιστάτης
( Aesch. ἐρετμῶν
( σκάπτων,
ἀρῶν γῆν, ποιμνίοις ἐπιστατῶν
. The herdsmen being dead, there
was no one who could identify the assailant.
ὀπτήρ
(29) informed Odysseus, who reached the tent of Ajax
very soon after the latter's return; as is shown by 296—304 compared
with 91—113.
οὐκ ἴσην ἅπασι νέμει τὴν αἰτίαν
.—The corrupt ἐκείνῳ..νέμει
which occurs in some of the
later MSS., εἰς αὐτὸν τρέπει
. This is one
of the few instances (like
ὀπτῆρας δὲ
κατὰ σκοπιὰς ὤτρυνα νέεσθαι
: Aesch. σκοποὺς δὲ κἀγὼ καὶ
κατοπτῆρας στρατοῦ | ἔπεμψα
. In ὀπτῆρες
are ‘eye-witnesses,’—the
usual sense of the word in Attic prose.
στεῖχ’ ἀνηρότους γύας
: πᾶσαν πλανηθεὶς τήνδε
βάρβαρον χθόνα
: ἐφοίτα | παίπαλά τε κρημνούς τε
ῥαίνω
in that connection; as
ἐπάλξιες
αἵματι φωτῶν | ἐρράδατ’
: Pind. ῥαίνων φόνῳ πεδίον
.—When thus
seen, Ajax was in the act of driving the animals that still lived to his
tent:
καὶ πῶς ὁρᾶται κἀπίληπτος ᾑρέθη;
κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἴχνη ταῦτα διώκων
.
Similarly κατὰ πόδας τινός
, ‘at his heels’
( Her. 9. 89, etc.).
αἱ δ’ ἐπειδὰν λαμπρὰ ᾖ τὰ
ἴχνη,...ἐνσημαινόμεναι, ὅρους τιθέμεναι ἑαυταῖς γνωρίμους, ταχὺ
μεταθεύσονται
. σημηνάμενοι τὸ γιγνόμενον εἶναι σύμβολον
ἐκ
θεοῦ
ἄστροις αὐτὰς
(the
cities) ἐσημαίνετο
. Oppian μυξωτῆρσι κύνες δὲ
πανίχνια σημήναντο
.
καιρὸν γὰρ οὐδέν’ ἦλθες
: Ar. ἀωρίαν ἥκοντες
. But εἰς
καιρὸν
in 1168.
οὖν
in the first of two such clauses, cp.
εἴτ’ οὖν
ἐπ’
ἀγρῶν εἴτε κἀνθάδ’ εἰσιδών
.
φύλαξ πρόθυμος
(a zealous
watcher in the interest of thy chase), rather than on the adj. only;
though in οἱ πρόθυμοι τῇ πόλει γεγενημένοι
. Cp. φύλαξ δέ μοι
κυναγία
is supported by L
here, as by the MSS. generally in Eur.
κυνηγίαις
, and the Doric form was restored by Matthiae.
Attic Tragedy used κυναγός, κυναγία,
κυνηγετεῖν,
κυνηγέτης
.
παρὰ βόστρυχον αὔραν
.. | .. κύκλῳ | πτερίνῳ...ᾄσσων
, ‘agitating’ the air
with a fan. Eur. Itis not impossible to take ᾖξεν
as intrans. (‘broke forth
παραπλήκτῳ
χερί
. An exact parallel to this active sense is afforded by Arist. οἱ πεπαιδευμένοι
are called εὐλόγιστοι
, δυσλόγιστον
would mean that the deed is
‘inexplicable’: cp. Anaximenes τὸ γὰρ δυσλόγιστον τοῦ
βίου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τύχην προσαγορεύομεν
, ‘we give the name
of chance to that element in life which men find hard to explain.’ But
here the agent's frenzy is more in point than the observer's
perplexity.—Some take
βαρύς
in 1017.
ὧν ἔχων χόλον
:
Ἀχιλλέως
, cp. τῷ Λαβδακείῳ παιδί
(n.).
ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων
, and 374
f.— ἐπεμβαίνει
): cp. Aesch. πήδημα κοῦφον ἐκ νεὼς ἀφήλατο
. ( Soph. τοῦ με τήνδ’ ἐφίστασαι βάσιν
, is different:
see n. there.)
ἐν
ἀφόβοις με θηρσὶ δεινὸν χέρας
: cp.
1092, 1315.
ὡς
here marks the intention of Ajax (which was frustrated): cp.
πλεῖς δ’ ὡς
πρὸς
οἶκον
(n.).
μὴ λέγε βούλευμα, φησίν· οὐ γὰρ ἦν βούλευμα ἀλλὰ
πρᾶγμα, εἰ κατημέλησα ἐγώ
. Cp.
κοὐ μόνον
βουλεύματα
, | ἀλλ’ ἔργα δρώμεν’
.
The answer is more forcible than if the poet had written κἂν ἐξέπραξέ
:
see on
ἐκπράσσομαι
is rare; in Her. 7. 158
it means ‘to avenge’ (φόνον
). Cp. ἐπραξάμην
(n.).
κ.τ.λ.
The datives denote manner (or
attendant circumstance), and refer to τὸ
βούλευμ’...ἦν
in 44. ‘What were these daring schemes, what was
this rash confidence, with which he planned the attack?’—ποῖον ἐρεῖς
τόδ’
ἔπος;
κ.τ.λ.
: an answer to the last question:—he
relied on darkness, and on craft; and none shared his secret.
ποῦ δ’
ἐμπελάζεις
τἀνδρὶ καὶ παρίστασαι;
βοᾷ παραστᾶς
.
τὴν
σκηνὴν τὴν στρατηγίδα
.) The phrase is equivalent, of course,
to δισσῶν στρατηγῶν πύλαις
. 721 στρατήγιον
, n. But, since there were two
tents and two entrances, δισσαῖς
is
strictly the epithet of πύλαις
|: πύλαις
, then,
indeed, δισσαῖς
could be explained only as
referring to the subst. implied in στρατηγίσιν
,—‘the tent-door of two chiefs,’= δισσοστρατηγίσιν πύλαις
. But such a use of δισσαῖς
seems impossible. Could δισσὰ ἀδελφῶν ἅρματα
(
καὶ
prefixed to interrogative words, see on περὶ
δούρατι
χεῖρες ἄαπτοι | μαιμῶσιν
. Cp. Lycophron 1171 μαιμῶν κορέσσαι χεῖρα διψῶσαν φόνου
,—a
reminiscence, partly of this v., and partly of one of an unknown poet (τῶν τραγικῶν τις
, Athen. 10. p. 433 F), frag.
adesp. 96, ἴσχειν κελεύω χεῖρα
διψῶσαν φόνου
.
δύσφορον ἄταν
: τὰ δύσφοῤ
, τῶν δυσφόρων
,
miseries. Besides this sense, the only other in which the word occurs
is, ‘hard to carry about,’ ‘moving with difficulty,’ as Plat. ἵνα μὴ δύσφορα τὰ σώματα
ἀπεργάζοιντο
(‘unwieldy’). A scholiast wrongly took δυσφόρους
here as=κακῶς
φερομένας, παραφόρους
,
Κρονικαῖς λήμαις...λημῶντες τὰς φρένας
).
Join θάλπει τῷδ’
ἀνηκέστῳ πυρί
(n.).
Others take the gen. as depending on χαρᾶς
is then attenuated to that of ‘
ἀνηκέστου
shows, it clearly denotes the frantic joy which
Ajax actually felt; and (2) the order of words is then less natural.
πρὸς
ποίμνας τε
: for τε
misplaced, cp. 654: ποῖμναι
are flocks of sheep and goats; cp. 63, 297,
374. But the word ποῖμναι
is also used
more vaguely to denote both herds and flocks (42, 300): and in 1061 we
find even μῆλα καὶ ποίμνας
, ‘sheep and
cattle.’
φρουρήματα
consisted; Ἑλλάδος |
πρόσχημ’ ἀγῶνος
, the pride of Greece (possessive gen.),
consisting in a festival (defining gen.): so Aesch. καρδίας
κλυδώνιον | χολῆς
(defining gen.). Others prefer to take λείας
as a partitive gen. (‘forming part of
the spoil’),—less fitly, I think.
ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν
πολίων ἐξεπράθομεν, τὰ δέδασται
. At v. 26 the word λείας
is used to denote the slaughtered
animals generally. Sheep and oxen were alike
λεία
in the large sense, as having been taken from the foe,
but the λοιπή
, and 175 πανδάμους
(n.).
τυφλοῦν ἕλκος
=‘to inflict a blinding
wound’ (
τρῶσαι
φόνον
=‘to deal a deathwound’ ( παρήχησις
in
ἔκειρε—πολύκερων
: cp. 528,
1112:
χερόπλακτοι...δοῦποι
(631
ff.), αὔχημα εὔιππον
, a glory consisting
in good horses (
ῥιμφάρματοι
ἅμιλλαι
, contests of swift chariots (
πολύκερων
(cp. 64
εὔκερων
) is acc. to the rule that adjectives
in ‐ως
follow the Attic 2nd decl. of nouns
in ‐ως
or ‐ων
, which can be proparoxytone if the ω
in the last syll. is immediately preceded
by ε
, or separated from it only by a
liquid: thus ἀξιόχρεως, βαθύγεως,
ἵλεως, φιλόγελως
.
ῥάχις
), to cleave in twain; cp. 299: Aesch. ἔπαιον,
ἐρράχιζον
.
κἀδόκει ἔστι μὲν ὅτε..., ἔστι δὲ ὅτε
: but μὲν
is misplaced (as in
ὁρῶντα μὲν
ναῦς
, and ὁρῶν
μὲν ἀπάτας
); and ἔστι δὲ
is
omitted. Cp.
τοῦτο μέν
,
balanced in 605 by τοῦτ’ ἄλλο
.
φλύοντα
σὺν φοίτῳ φρενῶν
. For the plur. νόσοις
cp. 338
νοσήμασι
: Eur. μανιάσιν λυσσήμασι
.
Ἐρινύων ὤτρυνον
(cr. n.), by
the remark that the asyndeton in the traditional text implies an
agitation of mind unsuitable to the goddess. But it rather expresses the
vehemence with which the frenzy sent by her drove Ajax onward. Cp. Aesch. καὶ λύσσα καὶ μάταιος ἐκ νυκτῶν φόβος
| κινεῖ,
ταράσσει
.
τῆς Δίκης
ἐν ἕρκεσιν
. Here it is the epithet
κακά
which marks the figurative sense of ἕρκη
: as dirges are ὕμνοι
ἄλυροι
( Eur. πτηνὸς κύων
( Aesch. ἀρκυστάτοις
.
κἄπειτ’ ἐπειδὰν τῆσδ’ ἀπαλλαγῶ
: ἔπειτ’ ἐπειδὴ )μέθυεν
: ἔπειτ’ ἐπειδὴ
μεστὸς ἦν
: [Dem. ] or. 59 § 89 ἔπειτ’
ἐπειδὰν πεισθῇ
. Similarly Eur. ἕως ἐῶσί σ’
: ἢν γυνὴ γένῃ
: ἦμεν ἥμενοι
.
ἀπὸ νόσου μεγάλης καὶ πολέμου βραχύ τι
λελωφήκαμεν
. Cp. Soph.
λωφᾶν
: cp. λωφᾷ..τῆς ὀδύνης
ἀνθρώπους
: cp. 243
δαίμων |
κοὐδεὶς ἀνδρῶν.
ἐὰν ἄρα καὶ σοὶ
ξυνδοκῇ ἅπερ καὶ ἐμοί
. Seyffert writes καί
σοι
(as if the sense were, ‘I will
αἳ ταῦτά σοι
δείξουσιν, Ἠλέκτρα, σαφῆ
. Cp. 81
περιφανῶς..ἰδεῖν
.—We might, indeed, take περιφανῆ
as a mere epithet, ‘this signal,
notable, frenzy’; but in the actual context the other view is
preferable.
πᾶς τοῦτό γ’
Ἑλλήνων θροεῖ
.
ἀλλ’ ἐμοὶ | τόνδ’
ἐξεγεῖραι ξυμφορὰ
γενήσεται
. Hdt. 6. 61
τοὺς γονέας συμφορὴν τὸ εἶδος αὐτῆς ποιευμένους
.
Similarly
τῷ δ’ ἄρ’
ἀνώϊστον κακὸν ἤλυθε δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς
:
Κρέων δέ σοι
πῆμ’ οὐδέν
. —Whitelaw (μίμνε
(μηδὲ συμφορὰν δέχου
) τὸν
ἄνδρα
,—‘Bravely await, expecting no mischance, | His
coming,’— διὰ μέσου
construction (
προσδέχου
.
σὺ καὶ
δικαίων
ἀδίκους φρένας παρασπᾷς
. Here the adj. is equiv. to ἀποστρέψασα
,— ‘I will avert, and (thereby)
hinder.’— μή
: as εἴργω
takes the simple inf. in
These three verses have been rejected (cr. n.), on the ground that, after
this promise from Athena, Odysseus had no cause to feel the alarm which he
shows in vv. 74 ff., or to ask the question (v. 84) which elicits a renewal
of that promise (85). But the poet wished to render the preparation for the
hero's entrance as impressive as possible; and chose, therefore, to
represent Odysseus—a brave man—as still uneasy, until the assurance given to
him had been
ὦ οὗτος
οὗτος
Οἰδίπους, τί μέλλομεν;
σὲ δή, σὲ τὴν
νεύουσαν κ.τ.λ.
αἰχμαλώτων
: cp.
Eur. ἀδελφῇ χειρί
(a sister's hand); εὐναῖς
βασιλίσι
(the bed of a king).
οὐχ ὡς
τάχος
τις τοῦδ’ ἀποστρέψει χέρας
;
σὺν δὲ
πόδας
χεῖράς τε δέον θυμαλγέϊ δεσμῷ | εὖ μάλ’ ἀποστρέψαντε διαμπερές
.
So Achilles deals with his captives,
δῆσε δ’
ὀπίσσω
χεῖρας ἐϋτμήτοισιν ἱμᾶσιν
. Hom. retorta tergo
bracchia
libero.
Cp. Eur. ὧδ’, ὦ κάκιστε, τῆσδ’ ἐλυμήνω χέρας; | βοῦν ἢ λέοντ’
ἤλπιζες ἐντείνειν βρόχοις;
(‘strain with cords’). Ajax fancies
himself to be tying the hands of human prisoners behind them, when he
fastens the fore feet of an ox or sheep to its hind feet. Cp. 299.
σφ’
(cr. n.) seems undesirable here; though
it could be defended (see
οὐ θᾶσσον
οἴσεις
μηδ’ ἀπιστήσεις ἐμοί;
‘Give me thy hand at once —disobey me
not!’
οὐκ εἶ σύ τ’
οἴκους σύ τε, Κρέον, κατὰ στέγας
, |
καὶ
μὴ τὸ μηδὲν ἄλγος εἰς μέγ’ οἴσετε;
‘Come, go thou into the house...and forbear to make much of a petty
grief.’ See Appendix.
σύγγνωτε κἀνάσχεσθε σιγῶσαι.
τὴν
δυσσέβειαν
εὐσεβοῦσ’ ἐκτησάμην
(n.): καὶ δειλίαν γὰρ καὶ κάκην κεκτήσομαι
. The
fut. midd. ἀροῦμαι
occurs in σωτῆρ’ ἀρεῖσθε
ἀρέομαι.. μισθόν
. The fut. act. ἀρῶ
with ἀείρω, αἴρω, ἄρνυμαι
.
ἀρκείτω αὐτὸν ἔνδον μένειν
), cp. 635:
ἀρκέσω
θνῄσκους
ἐγώ
:
ἅλις
νοσοῦσ’
ἐγώ
.
νεκροὺς
δὲ
ταρβεῖτ’ εἰ κρυβήσονται χθονί; | τί μὴ γένηται; μὴ κατασκάψωσι
γῆν |
ταφέντες ὑμῶν;
οὐκ
ἆρ’
Ἀχαιοῖς ἄνδρες εἰσὶ πλὴν ὅδε;
γὰρ
of assent,
οὐδένα
πώποτε κίνδυνον ἐξέστησαν
(a phrase which occurs also in or. 23
§ 76): Plat. ἀλλὰ
γὰρ ὑπεκστῆναι τὸν λόγον ἐπιφερόμενον τοῦτον
βούλομαι
(‘to elude the brunt of this
argument’). Cp. Thuc. 2. 88§ 2 μηδένα ὄχλον...ὑποχωρεῖν
(‘to face any
numbers’). But ἐξίστασθαι
takes a
οὐκ
in 82: ‘even as it is (
δεδορκὸς ὄμμα
(with Tucker's note).
Chrysippus ἔντονον καὶ δεδορκὸς βλέπουσα
(said of
Justice), which Gellius renders,
κ.τ.λ.
: cp. Her.
5. 9
γένοιτο
δ’ ἂν πᾶν ἐν τῷ μακρῷ χρόνῳ.
μέντοι
expresses reflective
assent (‘well, certainly’), as so often in Plato (ἀληθέστατα μέντοι λέγεις
).
θεᾶς
,—the
generalising masc.: Aesch. ἔλθοι· κλύει δὲ καὶ
πρόσωθεν ὢι θεός
. So Soph. ὅστις
), Soph. αὑτοῦ
), Soph. ὃς
), Soph. El. 771(
πάσχοντι
), Soph. El. 1026(ἐγχειροῦντα
), Soph.
El. 1105(τὸν ἄγχιστον
).
ἄν
sometimes
expresses; as here, what the speaker feels that he ὧδ’ ὡς ἔχω
στείχοιμ’ ἄν
(n.). See below, Ant.
186.
ἂν..ἐβουλόμην
: so ἠθέλησα
with ἄν
, εἱλόμη<*>
ἄν
,
ἤθελον
without ἄν
, see 1400.
ἐκτὸς ὄντα
πημάτων
: ἴσως ἂν ἐκτὸς κλαυμάτων ἔχοις πόδα
: fr. 657.
3 ἐκτός εἰσι τῶν κακῶν
.
αντ
(as Αἰαντ
), the Attic vocative ends in α—ς
: so Θόας,
ἄκουσον
, Αἴας
is always Αἶαν
(α^
) —formed on the analogy of the voc
from stems in οντ
, as Κρέον
(stem Κρεοντ
).
The vocatives Πουλυδάμα
(
Λαοδάμα
(
‐αν
might
suggest an accusative.
Ajax enters from the tent, carrying the heavy, blood-stained thong, with
which he has been scourging the cattle (241 f.). Hence the title μαστιγοφόρος
(see Argument to the Play).
ὦ Διογενὲς φιλόμαχον κράτος
(Athena): Eur. ὦ Παλλάς, ὦ δέσποινα, Διογενὲς θεά
. Cp. Eur. παῖς ἁ Λατογενής
.
ὅπως τὸ λοιπὸν
αὐτὸν ἀφνεωτέραις | χερσὶ στέφωμεν ἢ τανῦν δωρούμεθα
:
χοαῖσι..τὸν
νέκυν στέφει
. (In later Greek,
στεφανοῦν
is said of any τὸν..ἄνθρωπον ἐστεφάνωσαν.. δέκα μναῖς
.)
Here, the word may refer more esp. to λάφυρα
δᾴων δουρίπηχθ’ ἁγνοῖς δόμοις | στέψω
,— where, however, the
text is doubtful: cp.
λαβ
),
spoils ἀναθήματα
) of golden vessels.
τοῦτο
would have done) the somewhat abrupt
change of subject. Athena treats Ajax as one whose thoughts can be
turned at pleasure in any new direction.
ξίφος
(10, Ant.
231 , Ant. 1034), and φάσγανον
(834,
Ant.
899).
τὸ μὴ οὐ
would be normal; so
χέρα
is analogous, though not
precisely similar, to the cognate accusative in αἰχμάσαι
τάδε
(
αἰχμὰς αἰχμάσσουσι
(
ᾔχμασας
to the prowess of a warrior.
ὡς
(‘know that..’, 39); and is the more
forcible because γε
is absent (cp. 45 n.).
ἐμέ
) adds a certain majesty to the vaunt; cp. 864: as when Achilles says (
ἧ ποτ’
Ἀχιλλῆος ποθὴ ἵξεται υἷας Ἀχαιῶν
.
ἐν
σκότῳ
.. | ὀψοίαθ’
:
ἵν’ ἀξιῶτον τοὺς φυτεύσαντας σέβειν
:
ἵν’ εἰδότες τὸ κέρδος ἔνθεν οἰστέον | τὸ λοιπὸν
ἁρπάζητε
:
ἵν’ ἐκδιδαχθῇ πᾶσιν ἀγγέλλειν κ.τ.λ.
καλῶς τὰ ἐμὰ ἔφη, οὐχ ἃ δεῖ με λαβεῖν, ὡς ἰδίων
ἀπεστερημένος
.
γάρ
(‘now’) merely prefaces the question; δή
=‘then,’
‘in the next place.’ Cp. τί
δ’ ἡμεῖς οἵ τ ἐμοὶ γεννήτορες; | ἆρ’ εἰσίν;
ἵν’ ἕσταμεν
|
χρείας
:
ποῦ ποτ’ εἰμὶ
πράγματος;
ξυμφορᾶς ἵν’ ἕσταμεν.
ἦ βέβηκεν
ἡμὶν ὁ
ξένος;
(
ἐπιτριβείης
( Ar. περίτριμμα,
ἄλημα
, etc.). ὡς σεμνὸς οὑπίτριπτος
ὦ συκοφάντα καὶ ἐπίτριπτον
κίναδος
. Ar. πυκνότατον κίναδος
, | σόφισμα, κύρμα, τρίμμα, παιπάλημ’ ὅλον
. Here
ἐστί
: a frequent ellipse
after ὅπου
(890,
ἔγωγ’
, it has been urged that, if it
remains, the goddess seems to accept the description just given of her
favourite; and that it would better become her to reply merely, ‘I mean
Odysseus, thy foe.’ But she is displaying the insanity of Ajax, and has
already received his fierce vaunts with the irony of seeming approval.
σφάξαι Μενοικέα τόνδε
: [Eur. ] ἔπειτ’ Ἀχιλλέα Θέτιδος
κ.τ.λ.
But synizesis is not applied by Sophocles to Ὀδυσσέα
in
Ἀχιλλέα
in
Θησέα
in
Ὀδυσσῆ
, a form found in Ἀχιλῆ
.
ἐνίστασθαι
as=‘εὐθύς με τύπτειν ἐπεχείρησεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ
αὐτὸν
ἠμυνάμην ἐνστάς
ἔβαλλέ
με λίθοις
: for the fig. sense, Thuc.
8.
69§ 2 ἤν τις ἐνιστῆται τοῖς
ποιουμένοις
. Hence in logic, ἔνστασις
, ἐνστῆναι
τοῖς εἰρημένοις
). In ἐνστάτης
(quoted from this passage) is
loosely explained as=ἀντιστάτης
.
κατ’ οἶκον,
ἡδὺς
οὐδὲ μητρὶ δυσχερής
.
Ζεὺς ἑρκεῖος
is the god
of the household (
ἑρκεῖος
στέγη
is a poetical phrase for the house. In such a phrase, στέγη
could mean either (ἕρκος
sometimes denotes the
enclosure of the αὐλή
, open to the sky (
ἑρκεῖος
, then, as=‘domestic,’ the poet may
have felt that στέγη
,
κίονες
(called also λάϊνοι
ὀρθοστάται
, πρὸς κίονα | νῶτον
πατάξας, ὃς πεσήμασι στέγης |
διχορραγὴς ἔκειτο κρηπίδων ἔπι
. Cp. also Aesch. ὑψηλῆς στέγης | στῦλον ποδήρη
(‘of a lofty
roof | A strong-based pillar’; Kennedy).—I now prefer this view to that
which takes ἑρκεῖος στέγη
as=‘the αὐλή
, open to the
sky, within the house;—the κίων
being then
one of the columns of a peristyle surrounding this court, as in the ἀνδρωνῖτις
of an ordinary Greek dwelling.
δήσαντες πρὸς τὸν κίονα αὐτὸν...ἐμαστίγουν
πάλιν πρὸς τὸν
κίονα αὐτὸν μαστιγοῦν δήσαντας
. Hypereides abducite hunc intro atque astringite ad
columnam fortiter.
δεῖν
(properly, ‘to προσδεθεὶς
κίονι ἔλαβε
πληγὰς πολλάς
. Cp. 240.—κίων
is masc. in Herodotus Attic. uses it in
both genders (fem. 1. 92, masc. 4. 184). With Pindar it is always fem.; and
usually so in the πρὸς κίονα
μακρὸν ἐρείσας
, the masc. has a metrical motive, but not in 19. 38, κίονες ὑψόσ’ ἔχοντες
.
πρὶν ἄν
: which not only is weaker, but
requires δήσας
instead of δεθεὶς
in 108.
θανεῖν
γὰρ αὐτὸν οὔ τί πω θέλω
(106), we should have had πρὶν ἂν φοινιχθῇ
. But the emphasis on μάστιγι πρῶτον νῶτα φοινιχθεὶς
serves to
excuse the presence of θάνῃ
,—added, for
the sake of greater clearness, after the long interval. So in
τέθνηκεν
, and then in 1133 Heracles, οἴμοι· πρὶν ὡς χρῆν σφ’ ἐξ ἐμῆς θανεῖν χερός;
where the stress on τῆς ἐμῆς
similarly
palliates the illogical form of the sentence.
φοινισσομένην
αἵματι
. Ar. καταξαίνειν τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον εἰς
φοινικίδα
.
μὴ δῆτα,
πρὸς
θεῶν, τὸν γέροντά μ’ αἰκίσῃ
.
ἐφίεμαι χαίρειν δε
,
‘It is my injunction that thou have thy will in all else.’ Cp.
ὅντιν’
ἀρτίως | μολεῖν ἐφιέμεσθα
: where the acc. similarly belongs to
the inf. There is no example of ἐφίεμαί
τινα
(instead of τινι
) ποιεῖν
τι
: though we find in
τοσοῦτον δή
σ’
ἐπισκήπτω
, like κελεύω τινά τι
.
Nor does the sense here require that σε
should be the object of ἐφίεμαι
.—Remark
the objection to rendering ἐφίεμαι
here ‘I ὧν δέ σου
τυχεῖν ἐφίεμαι
, | ἄκουσον
.
Further, the sense, ‘enjoin,’ ‘command,’ better suits the insane ὕβρις
of Ajax.
ἐφίεμαί σε εἰς τὰ
ἄλλα
κελεύειν μοι καὶ χαίρειν ὡς πειθομένου μου
.
οὖν
with pron. and imperat., cp. 961:
ὁ δ’ οὖν ἴτω
: Ar. οἱ δ’ ἐδίωκον κἀβόων
. | ΔΙ.
οἱ δ’ οὖν βοώντων.
τέρψις ἥδε
: ‘since this is thy pleasure,—even
to do (thus).’ Instead of τέρψις
σοι τὸ δρᾶν τόδε
, the defining pron. has been assimilated to τέρψις
: cp.
ἥμαρτον, εἴ τι
τήνδ’
(instead of τόδ’
) ἁμαρτίαν λέγεις
(n.).
χωρῶμεν,
ἐγκονῶμεν
: 844 γεύεσθε, μὴ φείδεσθε
:
988 ἴθ’, ἐγκόνει, σύγκαμνε
: Eur. ἄρασσε, φείδου μηδέν.
τούτων ἅ
:
so Eur. φείδου μηδὲν ὧν
ἐπίστασαι
.
τοῦτο
warrants the place of δέ
, which often, indeed, comes third in a
sentence, or even later; cp. 169:
ὅ τι λέξω δ’
ἀπορῶ
: Aesch. δακρυσίστακτον ἀπ’ ὄσσων ῥαδινῶν δ’
εἰβομένα ῥέος
: Eur. fr. 776 δεινόν γε,
τοῖς πλουτοῦσι τοῦτο δ’
ἔμφυτον
.
ἡ
βροτῶν παροιμία
:
τῶν ἐχθρῶν
κακά
(n.).
ἄν
: cp.
πόθεν κλέος
γ’
ἂν εὐκλεέστερον | κατέσχον
...; Dem.
or. 37
§ 57
πῶς ἂν..ἐγώ τί σε ἠδίκησα;
Αἶαν,
ἐπεί
τοι δῶκε θεὸς μέγεθός τε βίην τε | καὶ πινυτήν.
He did look far | Into the service of the
time, and was | Discipled of the bravest.
μὲν
merely emphasizes the pron.: cp. 455, Xen. ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα.
,
followed by ἄλγεα δ’
ἔμπης | ἐν θυμῷ κατακεῖσθαι ἐάσομεν, ἀχνύμενοί περ
. Cp. 563.
συνέζευκται
, but metre has
prompted the double compound, which recurs only in later Greek. The κατά
adds the idea of a constraining force:
cp. Plutarch τοὺς ἀγάμους
λόγοις τε πείθοντα καὶ ζημίαις ἀπειλοῦντα συγκαταζεῦξαι
(ταῖς
χηρευούσαις
γυναιξί
. Eur. οἵᾳ ξυμφορᾷ συνεζύγης
. Eur. στερρόν τε τὸν ἐμὸν δαίμον’ ᾧ συνεζύγην
.
κ.τ.λ.
The σωφροσύνη
of
Odysseus finds similar expression at 1365 (καὶ
γὰρ αὐτὸς
ἐνθάδ’ ἵξομαι
).
ἄνθρωπός
ἐστι
πνεῦμα καὶ σκιὰ μόνον
, | εἴδωλον
ἄλλως
.
showing a more swelling port | Than my
faint
means would grant continuance.
ἠράμην
(not of 2nd aor. ἠρόμην
, which would have
ἠράμην
is usu. ‘to take up’ or ‘take upon one,’ rarely ‘to win,’
which is the regular sense of ἠρόμην
. See
Appendix on 75.— ἦρα
) has inferior MS. authority, and is also
less suitable in sense: it would mean, ‘lift up,’ ‘exalt.’
συγγενεῖ δέ
τις εὐδοξίᾳ μέγα βρίθει.
χάριν
βραχεῖαν
πρὸς μακροῖς ἄλλοις διδούς.
πλουτοίη δὲ Μίδεω καὶ Κινύρεω βάθιον
(so
Camerarius: μάλιον
G. M. Schmidt): Pind. βαθὺν κλᾶρον
(‘a rich domain’): βαθύπλουτον χθόνα
(referring to soil): Eur. fr. 453 Εἰρήνα
βαθύπλουτε
: τὸν βαθὺν οἶκον
ἐν
εἰρήνῃ τε διάγειν καὶ πλούτῳ βαθεῖ
. Indeed, βαθύς
could be said (like παχύς
) of a rich βαθεῖς τε καὶ ἐρρωμένους ἄνδρας
, ‘men of
substance and power.’—The feeble βρίθεις
.
ἐπάμεροι· τί δέ τις; τί δ’ οὔ τις; σκιᾶς
ὄναρ
| ἄνθρωπος.
ἐπὴν
κλίνῃσι
τάλαντα | Ζεύς.
κἀνάγει κάρα
.
Cp.
τύχη γὰρ
ὀρθοῖ
καὶ τύχη καταρρέπει | τὸν εὐτυχοῦντα τόν τε δυστυχοῦντ’ ἀεί
.
Eur. fr. 420 ὁρᾷς τυράννους διὰ μακρῶν
ηὐξημένους
| ὡς μικρὰ τὰ σφάλλοντα, καὶ μἴ ἡμέρα | τὰ μὲν καθεῖλεν ὑψόθεν,
τὰ δ’
ἦρ’ ἄνω
.
τοὺς σώφρονας
: it
means those who, like Ajax, are led into
δυσσέβεια
by overweening self-reliance or pride.
Parodos, in two main parts, viz., (1) 134—171, the anapaestic marching-song, or parodos proper, sung by the Chorus as they enter; (2) 172— 200, the lyric ode, sung after they have taken up their position in the orchestra.
This is the form of Parodos used by Aeschylus in the
The anapaestic march consists here of 38 verses; in the Aeschylean
The Chorus of fifteen Salaminian sailors enter the orchestra from the spectator's
right (as they come from their quarters in the Greek camp). They march in three
files (στοῖχοι
) of five men each. At the close of
the anapaests (v. 171), they form themselves in three ranks (ζυγά
) of five each, facing the proscenium.
It can scarcely be doubted that the anapaests were chanted by the whole Chorus, and not by the coryphaeus alone (see MA. üller,
Τελαμώνιον
υἱόν
. The followers of Ajax call upon him to come forth from
his tent, —where, for some days previously, he had remained in sullen
seclusion (194 f.), —and to refute this dire rumour of his onslaught on
the cattle. Surely it is a malignant slander. Or is it possible that
some angry deity has driven him to such a deed? Assuredly it is
abhorrent from his own nature.
βάθρον
: this is clear from 859 f. ὦ
γῆς
ἱρὸν οἰκείας πέδον | Σαλαμῖνος, ὦ πατρῷον ἑστίας βάθρον
.
Just so in
ἕως ἂν ᾖ
μοι
γῆς τόδ’ αἰπεινὸν βάθρον
, ‘while I have this craggy Lemnos
beneath my feet.’
τὰν
γαμψώνυχα
παρθένον | χρησμῳδόν
. While ἔμολον ἀμφὶ παρακτίαν ψάμαθον Αὐλίδος
ἐναλίας
, the sandy ἐπ’ οἶδμα πόντιον
γλαυκῆς ἁλός
,—where the blue expanse, the surge, and the
depths beneath it (πόντιον
) are all
suggested.
ἀγχίαλος
was properly said of a place Χαλκίδα τ’
ἀγχίαλον
). In Aesch. ἀγχιάλου
to ἀμφιρύτου
.
Αἴας Σαλαμῖν’ ἔχει
πατρῴαν
.
ἥσθην πατέρα
τὸν
ἀμὸν εὐλογοῦντά σε
: Eur. τοὺς γὰρ εὐσεβεῖς θεοὶ
| θνῄσκοντας οὐ
χαίρουσι
: χαίρω
δέ σ’ εὐτυχοῦντα
.
Διὸς
μάστιγι
δαμέντες.
τόλμα..ζαμενής.
δυσπάρευνον
λέκτρον
,
βίου..τοῦ
μακραίωνος
: cp. 709.
τίς ς’, ὦ
τλῆμον
, | προσέβη μανία
; Eur. ἔτι σε, πότνια
, | μετατροπὰ
τῶνδ’ ἔπεισιν ἔργων
.
πεφοβημένος
), and often in Attic prose; it is emphatic
(=‘thoroughly scared’).
τρήρωσι
πελειάσιν ἴθμαθ’ ὁμοῖαι.
ἀμφινείκητον
ὄμμα
νύμφας
(n.).
ὁρῶ τιν’
ὑμᾶς
ὀμμάτων εἰληφότας | φόβον νεωρῆ
.
ἐπιβάντ’ — ὀλέσαι.
ἐπὶ κακῷ
, Her. 4.
164
ἐπὶ διαφθορῇ
.
τοῦ
τρισχίλιαι ἵπποι
ἕλος κάτα βουκολέοντο
. Sophocles used the word καρπομανής
(fr. 591), doubtless in a sense
parallel with that of ὑλομανής
, λειμὼν ἱππομανής
was
probably λειμὼν ὃς μαίνεται ἵπποις
rather
than ἐν ᾧ ἵπποι μαίνονται
. But the idea of
βοτὰ δορίληπτα
: cp.
ἀσπίδων τε καὶ
στρατοῦ
(=στρατοῦ ὡπλισμένου
): Eur. Θήβας καὶ πόλισμ’ ἑπτάστομον
. We might,
indeed, understand βοτὰ
of the sheep, and λείαν
of the oxen (cp.
53 n.): but that seems less fitting here. ἄδαστος
. See
on 53.
λέβης
or a
τρίπους
(
οἷα ψιθύρων παλάμαις
(the arts of slanderers) ἕπετ’ αἰεὶ βροτῶν
.
(ψιθυριστάς,
καταλάλους
.)
πάντων ὀδυσσεύς
, and it is possible that (as
Nauck thinks) the poet wrote πάντων
Ὀδυσεύς
. (Euripides has that Homeric form in anapaests,
ἥξει δ’
Ὀδυσεὺς
ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη
.) But it seems improbable, seeing that the
short form occurs nowhere else in Sophocles, though he uses the name
some twenty-five times. On the other hand, a transcriber might easily
have written the gen. πάντων
after ὦτα
, by mistake for the less usual dative.
εὔπειστος,
ὅταν τύχῃ,
ἔσται ὁ ἐγκρατής
, it means, ‘easy to persuade,’ as opp. to δύσπειστος
. But in another place ( αριστ. περὶ ἀτόμων γραμμῶν
, p. 969 εὔπειστον ὅτι ἀνάγκη
κ.τ.λ.
mean, ‘it is easy to πείθω τινά τι
, it is natural that εὔπειστος
should be capable of both senses.
Here ταχεῖα πειθὼ τῶν
κακῶν
ὁδοιπορεῖ
.
ὁ κλύων
heard
the story. The slander mobilitate viget, viresque acquirit eundo
τριτημορίδι
τοῦ στρατοῦ κατυβρίσας
: Paus. 4. 27.
3
καθυβρίσαντες τῶν Διοσκούρων τῇ θυσίᾳ
.
Similarly Her. 3. 37
τῷ
ἀγάλματι κατεγέλασε
.
διοτρεφεῖς
βασιλεῖς
like Ajax, who, in the true Homeric spirit, are
conceived as μεγάθυμοι,
μεγαλόψυχοι
above common men.
τοξεύετ’
ἀνδρὸς
τοῦδε
: Eur. ῥίψω πέτρον σου.
τις
could, of course, be easily supplied from the next
clause.
κατὰ
from its case, cp.
969.
οἱ δ’ οὐκ ἔχοντες καὶ
σπανίζοντες βίου
.. | ἐς τοὺς ἔχοντας
κέντρ’ ἀφιᾶσιν κακά
. So
φθόνος
) ἅπτεται δ’ ἐσλῶν ἀεί, χειρόνεσσι δ’ οὐκ
ἐρίζει
. Trag.incert. frag. 547. 12 (ed. Nauck) πρὸς γὰρ τὸ
λαμπρὸν
ὁ φθόνος βιάζεται
(λιάζεται
Wecklein).
ὡς οὐδέν
ἐστιν
οὔτε πύργος οὔτεναῦς | ἔρημος ἀνδρῶν μὴ ξυνοικούντων ἔσω
.
For ῥύεσθαι
, ‘to defend,’ said with ref.
to a town, cp.
ἐρύετο
Ἴλιον
Ἕκτωρ
:
τήνδε
ῥυσαίμην
πόλιν
.—Not, ‘tower of defence.’
τῶν δ’
ὀρθουμένων | σῴζει τὰ πολλὰ σώμαθ’ ἡ πειθαρχία
(n.).—Some
suppose an allusion to building. The small stones, filling the
interstices, keep the large stones in their places: οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄνευ σμικρῶν τοὺς μεγάλους
φασὶν
οἱ λιθολόγοι λίθους εὖ κεῖσθαι
. ‘Great without small Make a
bad wall,’ Donaldson,
πραότερόν με προδίδασκε
), and is fitting here
because the truths are elementary.
τοὺς ἀνοήτους
: cp.
218, 251, 562, 929.
ἀλέξεται
is a fut.: which, like this aor.,
seems to come from a stem ἀλεκ
rather than
from ἀλεξ
(whence the pres. ἀλέξω
): see n. there.
αἰγυπιὸν
in 169 (cr. n.). ‘We can do nothing
without thee;—δέ
) terrified by the
mighty vulture, perchance they will suddenly cower,’ etc. Note these
points:—
(1) οὐδὲν σθένομεν
): cp.
ἐν οὖν
τοιούτοις
οὔτε σωφρονεῖν, φίλαι
, | οὔτ’
εὐσεβεῖν
πάρεστιν, ἀλλ’ ἔν τοι κακοῖς | πολλή )στ’ ἀνάγκη κἀπιτηδεύειν
κακά
.
(2) ἀλλ’ ἐν γὰρ
δεινοῖς οὐ σχήσω κ.τ.λ.
, ‘but (ye speak in vain), for’ etc.:
ἀλλ’ ὅδε γὰρ
δὴ
.. | χωρεῖ
, ‘but (let us
cease),
(3) The reading μέγαν αἰγυπιὸν
to ὑποδείσαντες
and the stop after ἀγέλαι
, we place a comma after αἰγυπιόν
, and govern it by ἀποδρᾶσαι
supplied from
(4) This reading is confirmed by the fact that since
νῦν δ’ ὅτε
δὴ
μέγας εἰμί.
ἀπέδρασαν
( Thuc. 1. 128), like the
poetical ἔβαν, ἔσταν, ἔτλαν
, etc.
οἱ δ’, ὥς
τ’
αἰγυπιοὶ γαμψώνυχες ἀγκυλοχεῖλαι | ἐξ ὀρέων ἐλθόντες ἐπ’
ὀρνίθεσσι
θόρωσι.
τάχα
separately, as=‘swiftly’; ἔπταζον
ὥστ’
ὄρνιθες ὦκυν | αἴετον ἐξαπίνας φάνεντα.
σιγῇ
implies motionless awe; cp. Pind. ἔπταξαν δ’ ἀκίνητοι
σιωπᾷ
. Cp. too the Homeric ἀκὴν
ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ
.
The Chorus being now drawn up in the orchestra (134 n.), the lyric part of the Parodos begins. Strophe 172—182=antistr. 183—193: epode 194 —200. For metres, see Metrical Analysis.
ἦ ῥα
is sometimes interrogative (
ἦ ῥά νυ
). ἦ ῥα
is interrogative in Pind. ἠέ ...ἦ
),
which was not used in direct question.
The sailors ask whether Artemis or Ares can have driven Ajax to such a deed. In connection with their chief, the deities of hunting and war naturally occur to them. They do not think of Athena.
Ταυροπόλος
: for the form, cp. Pind. Λατοῦς ἱπποσόα θυγάτηρ
: Eur. Γοργοφόνα
. There were two cults of Artemis,
originally quite distinct. (1) The
Ταυροπόλος
was a goddess who rules over bulls,—one of the
numerous attributes of Artemis in her relation to wild animals: cp. αἰπόλος,
ἱπποπόλος, οἰοπόλος
. A Macedonian silver coin (from
Amphipolis) shows her riding on a prancing bull, and carrying a torch in
either hand. On another coin she appears (with the inscr.
ΤΑΥΡΟΠΟΛΟΣ
) carrying two torches, and with the horns of a
bull growing out of her shoulders: these horns were meant to suggest the
crescent moon. The cult of the Tauropolos was purely Greek, and had
nothing fierce or cruel about it. (2) The cult of Artemis Ταυρική
(or Ταυρώ
) had orgiastic elements; it was of
Asiatic origin, and belonged to a primitive stage of natureworship. The
ritual was a bloody one, and in early times involved human sacrifice.
This was the Artemis whose cult was said to have been brought to Brauron
in Attica, from the Tauric Chersonese, by Iphigeneia and Orestes.
It is possible that Sophocles here was thinking Ταυροπόλος
proper, and names her simply because
bulls had been among the victims of Ajax. On the other hand, the savage
nature of the bloody onslaught might suggest that she was associated in his
thought with the Ταυρική
. Such an association
occurs as early as
ἐπώνυμον γῆς Ταυρικῆς, 1454) is called
Ταυροπόλος. The dithyrambic poet Timotheus of Miletus (
μαινάδα, θυιάδα, φοιβάδα, λυσσάδα(Bergk fr. 1). See Appendix.
Λαομέδοντος
. But the art. (ἡ
)
is prefixed to Διὸς
in 401, 450.
μεγάλοι λόγοι
(
ὁ μέγας μῦθος.
πειθαρχία
is τῆς
εὐπραξίας μήτηρ
( Aesch. ὦ χρυσέας τέκνον Ἐλπίδος, ἄμβροτε Φάμα
.
λεία ἄδαστος
: see on 54.
καρπός
, no reward; δῶρα
to her. The general cause, denoted by νίκας.. χάριν
, is divided into two special
cases; (1) a victory in νίκας..χάριν
refers to the withholding of a ἐνάρων
refers to a private vow, which he had
made on his own account. On this view, ἦ που
in
176 would be disjunctive,—‘
νίκας..ἀκαρπώτου
χάριν
(
νεῖκος
ἀνδρῶν ξύναιμον
): cp. κακῆς γυναικὸς χάριν ἄχαριν ἀπώλετο
. ὧν δὴ χάριν οὐκ
ἐπίχαριν
λέγοιμ ἂν..νόμον
. (Others take
χάριν
as acc. of respect with
ψευσθεῖσα
: ‘disappointed
ἢ
(or ἦ
=ἠέ
) is rarely thus followed by ῥα
. (Cp. 172 n.)
For ἢ Λυκίας |
εἴτ’ ἐπὶ τὰς ἀνύδρους | Ἀμμωνίδας ἕδρας.
κλυτὰ τεύχεα.
εἴ τι μὴ
ψευσθήσομαι | γνώμης
.
τοῖς γε
πρόσθεν
ἡμαρτημένοις
(n.). Those who retain the MS. reading
ἐλαφαβολίας
, take δώροις
with that
also.) But this is awkward. And, in support of
ψευσθεῖσα
here. See
ΔΗ. εὐκταῖα
φαίνων, ἢ )πὸ μαντείας τινός; ΛΙ. εὐχαῖς
(‘for a vow’).
ΟΙ. πότερα
πόθοισι; ΙΣ. καὶ λόγων γ’ αὐτάγγελος
.
Ἀγροτέρα
) was especially Ἐλαφηβόλος
: see on
Ἄρτεμιν
Ὀρτυγίαν
ἐλαφαβόλον
.
The causes here conjectured for her wrath remind us of her anger with Oeneus,
who had failed to render firstfruits at harvest-tide (
χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ
οὔ τι θαλύσια γουνῷ ἀλωῆς | Οἰνεὺς ῥέξ’
). Cp. Eur. ἀνίερος ἀθύτων πελάνων
(for having failed to make
holy offerings of honey-cakes).
, was
explained by supposing that χαλκοθώραξ
meant Ares, as distinguished from Enyalios (so the schol. here). How the
second μή
is often followed, as here, by τις
, and that its tone of tentative
suggestion is just in place. Cp. ἦ μή τίς σεο μῆλα βροτῶν ἀέκοντος ἐλαύνει;
ἦ
μή τίς σ’ αὐτὸν κτείνει δόλῳ ἠὲ βίηφι;
μή τις Διὸς
κεραυνός, ἤ τις ὀμβρία | χάλαζ’ ἐπιρράξασα;
(2) Another
possibility is ἤ
in
the MSS. is an inadvertent repetition of the first, not a corruption of
some word like itself. (4) μομφὰν ἔχων, εἴ τιν’
(εἶχεν
), would be too harsh. (5) ἦ
regularly
stands first in its clause; only a vocative sometimes precedes it: see
on
Ἄρης | δεινὸς
ἐνυάλιος
). Like Ἐνυώ
, the word
is of uncertain (possibly Thracian) origin. The mention of this deity
has a two-fold fitness here; (1) on account of the reference in 178 to
Artemis Agrotera; for, acc. to Pollux 8. 91, the Athenian Polemarch made
annual offerings Ἀρτέμιδἰ
Αγροτέρᾳ καὶ τῷ Ἐνυαλίῳ
: (2) because in the island-home of
Ajax there was a
ἱερόν
of Enyalios, founded by Solon to commemorate the
victory by which Athens wrested Salamis from the Megarians ( Plut.
μεμφόμενος
: Eur. ἓν μὲν πρῶτά σοι μομφὴν ἔχω
: so Aesch. μέμψιν οὔτιν’ ἀνθρώποις ἔχων.
οὔτ’ ἄρ’ ὅ
γ’
εὐχωλῆς ἐπιμέμφεται οὔθ’ ἑκατόμβης.
πρὸς σὴν ἀφῖγμαι δύναμιν, ὡς κοινὴν
λάβω
. (The word may have been suggested by
ξυνὸς
Ἐνυάλιος
, though there the sense is, ‘The war-god is
impartial.’)
μαχανᾷ
)
where the Doric form of a word from the st. μηχαν
has good support from our MSS. But this fact does not warrant G. Wolff's
view that the form in η
was alone used by
the tragic dramatists.
ἐτίσατο
, was the Attic spelling in the poet's age: see
Meisterhans,
οἴκοθεν
(=in virtue of ἀπὸ οἰκείας γνώσεως
. The
emphasis given by ἐπ’ ἀριστερὰ φρενόθεν
(as=φρενῶν
), ‘to the leftward of thy mind’: nor,
‘went from good sense (=ἀπὸ φρενῶν
) into
folly.’
ἔξω δὲ δρόμου φέρομαι λύσσης | πνεύματι μάργῳ
.
Theognetus (a poet of the New Comedy), Φάσμα
fr. 1. 7 ἐπαρίστερ’ ἔμαθες, ὦ πονηρέ, γράμματα
(Quo
vobis
mentes, rectae quae stare solebant | Antehac, dementes sese
flexere
viai?
ὥστε
πίτνειν
: cp.
ἦ κἀπαπειλῶν
ὧδ’
ἐπεξέρχει θρασύς;
(‘doth thy boldness run to open threats?’)
μένοιμ’ ἄν
.
The
From verse 172 down to this point, the Chorus have been asking whether the rumour can be true. Now they pass to the alternative:—‘But if it is untrue, then up and refute it.’
ἀλεξίκακοι, ἀποτρόπαιοι
. But Zeus is
invoked with especial fitness as being the source of mysterious voices
and rumours (
ἔνθα
πανομφαίῳ
Ζηνὶ ῥέζεσκον Ἀχαιοί
).
ὑποβάλλεσθαι
(
παισίον
) was said of a woman who ‘secretly put to her
breast’ the child of another, and passed it off as her own: τῆς δούλης τεκούσης ἄρρεν,
εἶτα σαυτῇ | τοῦθ’
ὑπεβάλου, τὸ σὸν δὲ θυγάτριον παρῆκας αὐτῇ
. Cp. below, 481.
Hence the metaphor here,—‘falsely suggesting’ stories,
τόδ’ οὐχὶ
κλεπτέον
, ‘this must not be represented falsely’:
κλέψαι..σφαγάς
, λόγῳ
κλέπτοντες
. The participle
‐ῆς
, cp.
βραβῆς
(n.).
κ.τ.λ.
: supply
βασιλῆς
(or
‐εὺς
) from the last clause.
οὑμπολητὸς
Σισύφου Λαερτίῳ
, the son of Sisyphus, bought (with ἕδνα
) by Laertes: see n. there, and on
μοι
is impossible (see
με
could be explained only as depending on
the phrase μή με
διαβάλῃς, αὐτὸς διαβαλλόμενος
): cp.
τάκεις..οἰμωγὰν
..Ἀγαμέμνονα
. But this is certainly forced; and, though the
Chorus afterwards speak of themselves as involved in their chief's peril
(252 ff.), that thought is less fitting here.
The simplest remedy is that which is proposed by Prof. v.
Wilamowitz-Möllendorff (cr. n.), who, referring to the hiatus after ἄνα
in 193, would here omit μή,
μή μ’
answer metrically to μομφὰν
in 180, and we should thus have to suppose that μή, μή
is
supported by
μή, μή μ’
ἀνέρῃ
. Morstadt's remedy, μή, μή μ’, ἄναξ, ἔθ’
,) has found
much favour, and is satisfactory in itself; but it does not account for the
origin of the vulgate.
κλισίαις
is a locative dat. The adv. ἔχων
could not well stand for ἐπέχων
, and (2)
that the seclusion of Ajax λώβαν
in
181), from ἠράμην
: cp. 129, and see Appendix on 75.
ἀνάστηθι
: the hiatus as in
ἀλλ’ ἄνα,
εἰ
μέμονάς γε.
στηρίζει πρὸς σχολῇ
. The simple dat. (of
circumstance) is clearly right.
σχολή
which causes an ἀγών
(ἀγώνιος
σχολή
, ‘a strenuous rest,’ like ἀγώνιος σχολή
should mean merely, his
‘perilous’ or ‘critical’ rest,—made so by the acts of others.
ἴϋζε δ’ ὀμφὰν οὐρανίαν
=
οὐρανομήκη
: and see n. on
θείαν
: cp. 186).
ὑπέροπτα
πορεύεται
:
οὔτοι
κατάμεμπτ’ ἔβητον
:
ἀκίχητα
διώκων
| ἵππους
: Pind. βαίνει..ἀτέκμαρτα
: Soph. ἀπαρθένευτ’
ἀλωμένα
: Eur. οὐδ’ ἄκρανθ’ ὡρμήσαμεν
. For the
hiatus at the end of the verse, cp. 425
χθονὸς μολόντ’ ἀπὸ | Ἑλλανίδος
.
εὐηνέμοις
): so probably in fr. 342 εὐανέμου λίμνας
. Cp.
πτύχας
ἠνεμοέσσας.
χλωραῖς ὑπὸ
βάσσαις
(n.):
Ἴδης ἐν
κνημοῖσι πολυπτύχου ὑληέσσης
.
καγχάζω
was not Attic. (His further change of πάντων
into ἁπάντων
is merely for the sake of equalising
this v. with 197 f.) The main facts are these. 1. Aristophanes uses καχάζων
once (
καχασμῶν
(καγχάζω
cannot be proved by
metre from any verse earlier than that of Babrius (100. 8 καγχάσας
), and Paulus Silentiarius (6th
cent.) in
καγχάζουσα
). 3. On the other hand the MSS. have ἀνεκάγχασε
in Plat.
ἀνακαγχάσας
in
ἀνά
, the nasal (γ
before χ
) makes pronunciation easier. 4.
Lastly, there is the analogy of the Homeric
καγχαλάω
. Surely, then, there is no reason to doubt that
Sophocles could have used καγχάζω
if he
found it metrically convenient.
βαρυαλγήτως
with Dindorf. That the scholiast
in L, like the MSS., had the neut. pl., appears from his paraphrase, βαρέα καὶ ἀλγεινά
. Some editors prefer to
write ἄλγος
is not the bitter
indignation felt by the Greeks. The word occurs only here: and βαρυαλγής
is post-classical.
The first ἐπεισόδιον
falls into two principal
parts. In the first (201—332), the hero's plight is made clear by the exchange
of tidings between Tecmessa and the Chorus, each learning what the other has to
tell. In the second part (333—595), Ajax himself speaks with the Chorus and
Tecmessa; his words foreshadow a resolve to die. The first part opens with a
kommos between the Chorus and Tecmessa (201—262); the second, with a kommos
between the Chorus and Ajax (348—429).
γένος
ναΐας ἀρωγὸν τέχνας
(356). The
Ἀπολλοδώρου υἱός, οἰκίας μεγάλης.
ἀπὸ
with ref. to descent, cp.
παίδων τῶν
ἀπ’
Οἰδίπου
.
Erechtheus, ὁ γηγενής
(
Her. 8. 55), ‘whom Earth, the grain-giver, brought forth, and Athena,
daughter of Zeus, fostered’ (
αὐτόχθονες
. It was in his reign,
acc. to Her. 8. 44, that the folk once called Κραναοί
, and then Κεκροπίδαι
, were first named Ἀθηναῖοι
. For
Ἐρεχθεῖδαι
as=Ἀθηναῖοι
, cp. Pind. κλειναῖς Ἐρεχθειδᾶν χαρίτεσσιν ἀραρὼς | ταῖς λιπαραῖς
ἐν Ἀθάναις
, ‘having attained to the glorious honours given by
the Erechtheidae in shining Athens.’ (In Soph. Θησεῖδαι
( Soph. Καδμεῖοι
,
the Trojans or Romans
χθονίους Ἰναχίδας, where Hesychius explains the adj. by
αὐτόχθονας καὶ οὐκ ἐπήλυδας,— the sense of
Salamis is in this play a kingdom independent of Athens, but the Salaminians are of Athenian stock, and revere ‘sacred Athens’ (1222) as the metropolis of their race. See Introduction, § 4.
τηλοῦ
: cp.
γέννημα τῶν
ἐκεῖθεν
(n.). It goes with τοῦ..οἴκου
,
not with κηδόμενοι
.
ὠμοῖς..νόμοις
,
885 ὠμόθυμος
, 931
ὠμόφρων
. (The word was absurdly taken by some to mean, ‘with
strong shoulders,’—as the εὐρέας ὤμους
, 3. 227.)
θολός, ὁ
,
mud), ‘turbid,’ with ref. to his clouded mind: cp.
Her. 4. 53(of a river) ῥέει τε
καθαρὸς παρὰ
θολεροῖσι
. So Aesch. θολεροὶ δὲ λόγοι παίουδ’ εἰκῇ |
στυγνῆς
πρὸς κύμασιν ἄτης
,—words turbid with passion.— ἀλύοντα χειμερίῳ
| λύπᾳ
:
χειμαζομένῳ.
νοσήσας τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον
: Plat. ὅταν..νοσήσῃ
.
ἐγένετο βασίλισσα ἰδιωτικῆς ἑστίας
ἐξηλλαγμένη
ἡγεμονίαν
. The fact that ἤλλαγμαι
has more often a passive sense in Attic is quite compatible with such an
exceptional use; thus Antiphon can say, τὸν πλοῦν
πεποιημένος
(or. 5 § 21), and τετιμωρημένος ἑαυτόν
( β.
β.
§ 8). But it is more doubtful whether such a notion as μοίρας, πράξεως
, or
καταστάσεως
can here be supplied with τῆς
ἡμερίας
. The parallels adduced are such as ἡ
ἑῴα, ἡ ἑωθινή, ἡ ὀψία, ἡ πρωΐα, τὴν θερείην
(‘in summer,’ Her. 1. 189), τὴν
χειμερινήν
(γῆ, ὁδός, ὥρα,
μοῖρα, δίκη
) could readily be understood. And that tendency
must be considered here.
No tolerable emendation has been made. εὐμαρείας
), which Nauck adopts, is directly
contrary to the sense; for, even τῆς πρὶν
),
would be too vague. And the words
The schol. in L has: γρ. δὲ ἀημερίας ἀντὶ τῆς
ἀηδοῦς φορᾶς
(‘unpleasant course’), καὶ
ἔσται ὁ νοῦς, ποῖον βάρος ἔλαβεν αὕτη ἡ νὺξ ἀπὸ τῆς προτέρας ἀηδίας;
This explanation of ἀημερίας
by ἀηδοῦς φορᾶς
and ἀηδίας
indicates (I think) a reference, not to ἡμέρα
—as
if ἀημερία
could mean δυσημερία
—but to ἥμερος
:
the original scholium may have had ἀνημερίας
(meant as ‘unkindly fortune’).
Ἀλφεσίβοιαν ἣν ὁ
γεννήσας πατήρ
(it is improbable that Sophocles wrote Ἀλφησίβοιαν
):
Aesch. Ἱππομέδοντος
σχῆμα
: Παρθενοπαῖος,
εἶδος ἐξοχώτατος
. ( Aesch. Παρθενοπαῖος Ἀρκάς
,
is rejected by many critics.) Indeed, such license was not strictly
confined to proper names, to judge by Aesch.
φαιοχίτωνες
.
Lobeck remarks that the father of Tecmessa is called
ὁμευνέτις
(501): being δουριάλωτος
,
she is δούλη
(489). Cp.
κρύφιον ὡς
ἔχοι
λέχος
(Iolè).
βάκχης ἀνέχων λέκτρ’ Ἀγαμέμνων
, ‘constant to’
her bed. (In Soph. τὸν οἰνῶπ’ ἀνέχουσα κισσὸν
is the
common reading, we should probably read τὸν
οἰνωπὸν ἔχουσα κισσόν
.)
θάνατος μὲν
τάδ’ ἀκούειν
. In the ἰσοθάνατον
as=οὐ
πάνυ ἀνεκτόν
, acc. to Pollux 6. 174.
γάρ
in two successive clauses (
πάννυχα καὶ
φαέθοντ’ ἀνεστέναζες
.
ἠερίη δ’
ἀνέβη
. The word is irregularly placed, as if the speaker had
meant to designate Ajax by ὁ κλεινὸς
only,
and had then added Αἴας
: for similar
irregularities, cp.
ἐξελωβήθην
: λώβας..λωβηθείς
ἔβαψας ἔγχος εὖ..;
σφάγια καὶ χρηστήρια | θεοῖσιν ἔρδειν
. Cp. Aesch. παιᾶνα τόνδ’ Ερινύων
.
A strophe, to which vv. 245—256 form the antistrophe. For the metres, see Metrical Analysis.
μῦθος.. φίλων
(n.).
αἴθων..λῆμα
: in v. 147 the word
is applied to a bright sword. This inflexion (instead of αἴθωνος
) occurs elsewhere only in Hes. αἴθονα λιμόν
(Bergk's correction of the MS. αἴθοπα
), a reading which is made certain by λιμόν τ’ αἴθωνα κρατερόν τ’ ἐπάγοντες Ἄρηα
ἔμβαλε λιμόν, | αἴθωνα, κρατερόν
The φέρεται
αἴθων βοῦς καὶ σίδηρος καὶ ἄνθρωπος καὶ λέων· αἴθοψ δὲ οὐδεὶς
αὐτῶν
λέγοιτ’ ἄν, ἀλλὰ τοὔνομα οἴνῳ μέλανι ἐπιτίθεται
. The variant
was doubtless due, in both passages, to the rarity, for αἴθων
, of the inflexion with νήφοσι
in Theognis 481, and by
such alternative forms of the gen. as Αἴσονος,
Ἀκταίονος
, etc.
οὐδέ
as=ἀλλ’ οὐ
, cp.
οἱ μεγάλοι βασιλῆς
, 189),
but the Greek army at large. It is the popular fury that the Salaminians
are now thinking of: in 228
περίφαντος..θανεῖται
alludes to public stoning, the λιθόλευστον Ἄρη
of v. 253.
κλῄζεται θυτήρ
,
he is κλῃζόμενοι
|
πατέρες
.
ὦ μεγάλα φάτις
(n.).
θανεῖν προδήλως
.
γέλωτι παραπεπληγμένῳ
. The adj. is more
usually παραπλήξ
. Cp.
40
δυσλόγιστον..χέρα.
συγκατέκτανον
=‘ἔκτα
(n.).— κελαινὰ λόγχα
(n.).
Φρίξου μάχαιραι
ἅρπαις
(the scimitar of Perseus). The dat. ξίφεσιν
, following χερί
, defines the instrument used (slain by
the hand with the sword): cp. 310
ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν
χερί
. ὄνυχι..γένυν | ἔδευσε φοινίαισι πλαγαῖς
ποιμνίων
ἐπιστάταις
, 27). It would be forced, then, to suppose that
ἱππονώμας
means ‘λειμὼν
ἱππομανής
(143 f.). That would be as if one said, ‘the
cattle, and their herdsmen, who ἱππονώμας
, instead of
ἧς
, since ἄμβασις, οἳ
κ.τ.λ.
(n.). Then ποίμνην
) follows ὧν
,
as it might have followed ἧς
: cp. Thuc. 1. 2§ 3 τῆς
γῆς ἡ ἀρίστη
, τὸν
πλεῖστον τοῦ βίου
. Finally, βοτὰ
) refers to ὧν
.—The
antithesis to τὴν
is given by τὰ
,
not (as some have thought) by δύο
.
ἤλυθε
).
Schneidewin wrongly joins πέπληγμαι καιρίαν πληγὴν ἔσω
. But σφάζε
denotes ‘cutting the throat,’ not
‘stabbing’; cp. 298.
θαλαττοκοπεῖν
( Ar. μετεωροκοπεῖν
( Ar.
If the two rams are the two Atreidae, then Odysseus is ignored here. This
would be consistent both with vv. 97— 110 and with 298—306. The flogging of
the second ram here would correspond with the words τοὺς δὲ δεσμίους | ᾐκίζεθ’
in 299 f. Then came
the colloquy of Ajax with Athena (301); after which, he slowly regained his
sanity,—before he had inflicted the lash upon Odysseus. That the ‘two rams’
are here the royal
ἄκρα γλῶσσα
can mean the extremity,
the tip, of the tongue, as in ἐπὶ γλώσσας ἄκρας
ἄκρον πόδα
is the heel. It could not mean, ‘the tongue from the roots,’ γλῶσσαν πρυμνήν
(
ῥιπτοῦντα
in his paraphrase. ῥιπτεῖν
,
used only in pres. and impf., was current in Attic ( Ar. ῥιπτεῖτε
χλαίνας
). It has good authority in Thuc.
5. 103§ 1 (ἀναρριπτοῦσι
), and ῥιπτοῦσι
). In
Tragedy it is nowhere required by metre; and Elmsley (on Eur. ῥίπτω
.
No difference of sense between ῥιπτέω
and ῥίπτω
can be clearly shown; though it has
been fancied that ῥιπτέω
implies the
frequency or vehemence of the act (
πρὸς κίονα
, El. 108 ).
σπεύδειν ἀπὸ
ῥυτῆρος
), or driving-reins (
ῥυτὰ χαλαίνοντες
,
‘slackening the reins.’ Ajax makes a διπλῆ
μάστιξ
, a whip with two thongs, by doubling the strap. Cp. Aeschin. or. 2 § 157
λαβὼν
ῥυτῆρα μαστιγοίην αἰχμάλωτον
.
μάστιγι
λιγυρῇ
.
ὀνειδίζων
ὀνείδη
: see on
δεννάσεις.
λυσσῶντι δ’
αὐτῷ δαιμόνων δείκνυσί τις· | οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀνδρῶν οἳ παρῆμεν ἐγγύθεν
.
κρᾶτα
, change ἤδη τοι
, is doubly impro bable, since ἤδη
is emphatic, and
ἤτοι
would be somewhat weak. See Appendix.
ἐγκαλυψάμενος
ἀπέκλαιον ἐμαυτόν
: Aeschin. or. 2 §
111
τά γε δὴ καταγέλαστα παντελῶς, ἐφ’
οἷς οἱ συμπρέσβεις
ἐνεκαλύψαντο
. Multi ex plebe spe amissa..capitibus
obvolutis
se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt.
οὐκ εὔκοσμον αἴρονται φυγήν
: [Eur. ] νυκτέρῳ πλάτῃ
) αἴρεσθαι φυγήν
. The verb here means, ‘to take
up,’ ‘betake oneself to’; not ‘to win,’ ‘secure’: see Appendix on 75.
For ἐξέκλεπτον
ἐκ
δόμων πόδα
.
ζυγὸν
ἕζομαι
, as Aesch. σέλμα..ἡμένων
, Eur. τρίποδα καθίζων
.
ἡνίας
, or the like, being understood. Cp.
Eur. fr. 779 κρούσας δὲ πλευρὰ πτεροφόρων
ὀχημάτων
| μεθῆκεν
(‘he let his horses go’)·
αἱ δ’
ἔπταντ’ ἐπ’ αἰθέρος πτυχάς
. The elliptical use of μεθιέναι
, with dat., in this sense, seems to
be rare: but it is parallel with that of
ἐφιέναι
as=ὅταν τις ἐφιῇ..γέλωτι
).
μῆτιν ἐρέσσων
,
‘revolving’ thoughts in the mind. Cp. the elegiac poet Dionysius εἰρεσίῃ
γλώσσης ἀποπέμψομεν εἰς μέγαν αἶνον
(‘by our
τούς
τε δισσάρχας..βασιλῆς
:
τὰς
διστόλους
| ...ἀδελφὰς
,
φόνον..δημόλευστον
. Aesch. δημορριφεῖς..λευσίμους
ἀράς
. When, as here, Ἄρης
stands for the notion of a ‘violent death,’ it always, of course,
implies an onslaught; as in Soph. ὅτῳ μήτ’ Ἄρης | μήτε
πόντος ἀντέκυρσεν
(death in battle, or by drowning): Aesch. θηλυκτόνῳ | Ἄρει δαμέντων
, χρονίῳ σὺν Ἄρει
is best taken, with
Gildersleeve, as =‘by tardy help of Ares.’) The initial A is long here
(answering to the penult. of συγκατακτὰς
in 230), as in 614, Soph.
The accus. is, in the first place, object to ἄλγος
ἀλγῶ
), and could be, further, an acc. of the inner object
with ἕλκεα...
ὅσσ’
ἐτύπη
): it is one of those cumulative constructions which
Greek idiom (esp. in poetry) favours. Note that a simple inf. after φοβοῦμαι
usu. denotes what one is afraid φοβοῦμαι δ’ ἔπος τόδ’ ἐκβαλεῖν
), but can also
denote what one fears φοβούμενοι..ἡδονῶν στερηθῆναι
.
ἄπλατον
θρέμμα
,
The words ᾄξας ὀξύς
), like the wind of the south.’ A
key to these much-discussed verses may be found, I think, in a passage which
seems to have been overlooked. The Greeks had observed that, when the Νότος
was a stormy wind, it was accompanied
by clouds; but, when gentler, by a clear sky: ὁ
νότος, ὅταν μὲν ἐλάττων ᾖ, αἴθριός ἐστιν, ὅταν δὲ μέγας, νεφώδης
.
The mood of Ajax is now once more becoming αἴθριος
,
like the milder south-wind; lately it was like a fierce storm from the
south, and νεφώδης
, dark with the clouds from
which the στεροπή
of his madness was flashing.
Compare the description of the mad Ajax by Arctînus in the ὄμματά τ’ ἀστράπτοντα βαρυνόμενόν τε
νόημα
.— For other views of this passage, and the attempts to
amend it, see Appendix.
οἰκείας εἰς
ἄτας
| ἐμπίπτεις.
παραπράσσω
(which in Her. 5. 45 means ‘to do something beyond’
one's proper task, and in Plut. παραίτιος
( Aesch. παραβάντος
).
τὰς
ἐλπίδας ὑμῖν
ὑποτείνων
.
ὁ Αἴας τῆς νόσου
: cp.
279. The subject to ἡμᾶς
than
αὐτόν
: the thought is, δοκῶ ὅτι
εὐτυχοῖμεν
ἄν
. Cp.
λέγω γὰρ καὶ
τὰ
δύσφοῤ, εἰ τύχοι | κατ’ ὀρθὸν ἐξελθόντα, πάντ’ ἂν εὐτυχεῖν
.
In the omission of the subject to the inf., as in
πέπαυται
and in τοῦ κακοῦ
,
there is a shade of reticence which suits the recent sense of horror in
the speaker's mind.
μύχθου γὰρ οὐδεὶς τοῦ παρελθόντος
λόγος
. Their thought is that, if he is himself again, his
value to the Greeks will plead for pardon of his frenzy.
πότερον
, to avoid an anapaest, as in 460, and
The words κοινωνὸς ἐν κοινωνοῖς
: cp.
μήτ’ ἐν θεῶν
εὐχαῖσι μήτε θύμασιν | κοινὸν ποεῖσθαι
. Similarly kinsfolk can be
termed κοινοί
, as sharers in a common lineage
(
κοινὸς ἐν κοινοῖς
, emphasises the idea of
mutual sympathy: cp. 467
μόνος μόνοις
(and 1283 μόνος
μόνου
), 620 ἄφιλα παρ’ ἀφίλοις
,
and n. on
ἰσάζω
, ‘to be equal’): but
the verb is trans. in Andoc. or. 4 § 11 τὸν
φόρον..διπλάσειεν
, unless we should there read διπλασιάσειεν
.
Though ἀτώμεσθα
which suits her point; and (2) it
suggests the identity of their interest with that of Ajax. The figurative
sense of νοσεῖν
is often found in
juxtaposition with the literal, as in
νοσεῖτε
πάντες,
καὶ νοσοῦντες, ὡς ἐγὼ | οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ
.
οὔτ’ εὐτυχοῦσα
μᾶλλον οὔτ’ ἀτωμένη
: cp.
κακοῖς
ἐν οἷς εἴχετο
: cp. 1144: Her. 9. 37
ἐν τούτῳ
τῷ κακῷ ἐχόμενος
. The antecedent
κακοῖς
is drawn into the relative clause, though here its case
is not thereby affected: cp.
θάπτουσαν ὃν
σὺ
τὸν νεκρὸν | ἀπεῖπας
.
ἀναπνοή
. Cp.
ἀνέπνευσαν
κακότητος
: and n. on
Instead of αὐτός
: but the former has been
preferred, because it better marks the antithesis between Ajax and his
friends.
πόλις γάρ ἐστι
πᾶσα τῶν ἡγουμένων.
συμφορὰς
) οἵαις.. ἐλαύνεται
(n.). For the emphatic
perf., cp.
ἡ δὲ
ψυχὴ..ἀπαλλαττομένη τοῦ σώματος εὐθὺς διαπεφύσηται καὶ ἀπόλωλεν
.
ἆρ’ οὐ;
ἆρ’ ἔφυν
κακός;
διπλᾶ
.
Cp.
τρὶς
τόσσα..δῶρα
: Eur. δὶς τόσως
(‘in double
measure’).— χάρις
) ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ
.
ἄλλως ἔχει;
Normally, πῶς
γάρ
follows a negative statement, as in
οὐδ’ αὖ σύ·
πῶς
γάρ;
(
ἔδρασας
): while πῶς γὰρ οὔ
follows an affirmative, as οἶσθα μὲν τἀνθένδε, πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
The use of πῶς γάρ
here is thus peculiar, though the
sense is clear.
θεία νόσος
as a
possibility (186).
μηδέν τι λίαν
: Eur. οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον οἶδα
.
κ.τ.λ.
: ὡς
marks the point of view to be taken: the gen. abs. presents the state of
the facts as the condition under which one's opinion must be formed. Cp. Aesch. ὡς τοίνυν ὄντων
τῶνδέ σοι
μαθεῖν πάρα
. Eur. ὡς οὐκέτ’ ὄντων σῶν τέκνων φρόντιζε
δή
. Thuc. 7. 15§ 1 ὡς..τῶν
στρατιωτῶν..μὴ μεμπτῶν γεγενημένων οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε
. Xen. ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς, οὕτω τὴν
γνώμην
ἔχετε
. See also below, 904, 981.
γάρ
in question, cp.
ὅθεν μοι σχετλίᾳ
προσέπτατο
: Eur. κοὐκ ἄφνω κακὸν τόδε | προσέπτατ’
.
From the Homeric ἔπτατο
(
ἔπτην
): cp. 693. The
aor. of πέτομαι
in Attic Comedy and prose is
usu. ἐπτόμην
(see Veitch,
πτέσθαιin
ἐπιπτέσθαι).
γὰρ
merely prefaces the narrative (
ἄκρος
so used (natural though the use is)
seems to be
ἄκρα νύξ
means either (1) the beginning of night, nightfall, as in Aratus 775 ἄκρῃ νυκτί
: or (2) the verge between night
and dawn, as ἀκρόθι νυκτός
. In Theophrastus ἀκρόνυχοι
ἀνατολαί
of stars are their risings ὅταν
ἅμα δυομένῳ ἀνατέλλῃ
(τὰ ἄστρα
), ἀκρέσπερος
varies
like that of ἄκρα νύξ
. In Hippocr. ἀκρέσπερος
φρίκη
is a chill at the ἀκρέσπερος
is explained by the
schol. as=‘at the ἄκρᾳ σὺν ἑσπέρᾳ
in
Pindar ἄχρις ἑσπερίου
have
been conjecturally changed to τὴν
ἀρχέσπερον
, from Athen. p. 353 B; or to τὴν ἀκρέσπερον
: the sense required is ‘at
nightfall.’]
φόως ἐμὲν
ἠδὲ
θέρεσθαι
).
αὐτίκα
λαμπτῆρας τρεῖς ἵστασαν ἐν μεγάροισιν
, | ὄφρα
φαείνοιεν· περὶ δὲ ξύλα κάγκανα θῆκαν
, | .. καὶ δαΐδας μετέμισγον
. As Helbig remarks (μέγαρον
is sometimes called αἰθαλόεν
(
For this mode of indicating the time, cp. Her. 7.
215
περὶ λύχνων ἁφάς
: ad extremas..lucernas
post primam facem.
ἐκδήμους στρατείας .. οὐκ
ἐξῄεσαν.
θηρᾶσθαι κενά
.
The general word, οὔθ’
ὑπ’
ἀγγέλων κληθείς, οὔτε σάλπιγγός του κλύων
. Here the double οὐδέ
: with the latter, the sense
would be, ‘uncalled, οὐκ ἐμῶν ὑπ’
ἀγγέλων | ἀλλ’ αὐτόκλητος
. Aesch. ἥκω μὲν οὐκ ἄκλητος, ἀλλ’
ὑπάγγελος
.
ἐκ
τῆς
Μελιτίας ἀφώρμησεν
(‘he started’): ἡ ὁρμὴ ἣν ὁρμᾷς.
ἀσάλπιγκτον
ὥραν
= μέσην νύκτα.
περὶ πρῶτον ὕπνον
( Thuc.
2. 2§ 1), nocte concubia
( Liv. 25. 9§ 8).
decantata.
Schol. ἀεὶ θρυλούμενα ὑπὸ
πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ κοινά
. Plat. καὶ ἄλλα δὴ ὅσα καὶ οἷα φιλοῦσιν αἱ γυναῖκες περὶ
τῶν
τοιούτων ὑμνεῖν
. cantilenam eandem canis.
γυναικὶ γὰρ σιγή τε καὶ τὸ σωφρονεῖν | κάλλιστον
.
In Ar. τί
δέ
σοι ταῦτ’ ; ἦ δ’ ὃς ἂν ἁνήρ· | οὐ σιγήσει; κἀγὼ )σίγων.
αἷς κόσμος ἡ σιγή τε καὶ τὰ παῦρ’ ἔπη
.
ἐσύθη
,
an epic license allowed in narrative. Cp. ἀπέσσυθεν
(3rd pl.).
συθείς
occurs in
συθῶμεν
ἐσύθη
in
πάθη
occurs also in
τοὺς ποιμενικοὺς κύνας· οὐ γὰρ ἀναιρεῖ κατὰ τὴν
σκηνὴν ἄνθρωπον.
εὔκερων
, refers it to the horns of the rams; while Prof.
Campbell, who also keeps it, says, ‘The word describes all the cattle,
small and great, excepting the bulls, which have been mentioned
separately.’) The form εὔερος
(Attic for εὔειρος
). from εἶρος
, ‘wool,’ occurs in
οἰὸς εὐέρου
)
and is proved by metre in Ar.
αὐχήν
(ἐπαυχένιον .. ζυγόν
.) The
Homeric δειρορομεῖν
(
αὐχενίζειν
.
αὐέρυσαν
μὲν
πρῶτα καὶ ἔσφαξαν καὶ ἔδειραν
: where
αὐέρυσαν
is now explained as =
ἀv‐vέρυσαν
, by assimilation for ἀν‐vερ
,
‘they αὐ
ἔρυσαν
, ‘drew back,’ as it was formerly taken): see Leaf
σφαγή
, τράχηλος
,
ὡς
, an
epic use frequent with Aesch. and Soph. : Soph.
ἄνδρας
is in 64, to
θῆρας
: sometimes φώς
is opp. to θεός
(
ἀπᾶξας
) it has, on the whole, at least as good authority as ὑπᾴξας
, expressing the sudden rush ὑπό
in comp.,
cp. ὑπάγω
, etc. The third possibility,
ὥσπερ ἐκ φαρέτρας ῥηματίσκια αἰνιγματώδη
ἀνασπῶντες
ἀποτοξεύουσι
. Menander
*(παπιζομένης
fr. 7 πόθεν τούτους
ἀνεσπάκασιν οὗτοι τοὺς λόγους;
Ar. τὸν δ’
(Aeschylus) ἀνασπῶντ’
αὐτοπρέμνοις
(‐ους
?) | τοῖς λόγοισιν κ.τ.λ.
, (where the idea is that
of tearing up trees by the roots; but the use of
ἀνασπᾶν
in ref. to a bold style is suggestive). Eustathius
p. 679. 61 οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ φυτῶν τὸ
ἀνασπᾶν λέγεται,
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ ἀλαζονείας, ὡς δηλοῖ τὸ παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ λόγους ἀνέσπα
.
κατά
placed after its case, cp.
969 .
ἀμφί
with dat. in this sense, cp. 340,
684:
ἀμφ’ ἐμοὶ
στένεις.
ξυντίθησι δὲ παιδὸς μόρον
,
γέλωτ’
below, Ant. 382, Ant. 958. Eur. too uses γέλων
where it is metrically convenient ( Eur. νεώς
.
In Hom. γέλον
should prob. be read; in the
former place the MSS. give also
γέλω
and γέλων
. Stems in
ἐκτίνεσθαι
, as in Eur. μή ποτε Κρέοντος θάνατον ἐκτεισαίατο
(‘avenge’). Here the verb means, ‘inflict in vengeance.’
αὐτοῦ
could replace δεσμώτης
(105).
ὅτε ᾔει
)
adds animation; see on
δράτω,
φρονείτω
μεῖζον ἢ κατ’ ἄνδρ’ ἰών
.
ἐπᾴσσειν
is ‘to rush ἀπᾴξας
, on the other hand,
would be somewhat awkward, since he was coming εἴσω δ’
ἀποστείχουσα
, where Deianeira means, ‘as I was going ἐσᾴξας.
μόγις πως ἐμαυτὸν ὡσπερεὶ ουναγείρας
. So μόλις ποτέ
πως
thus used, cp. also
μάλα πώς
με
καθίκεο θυμὸν ἐνιπῇ
, ‘thou hast strangely moved me.’
οὐκ ἀλλοτρίαν | ἄτην
, ‘the work of no
stranger's madness.’
ῥήσεις
(see
)κράτησα.
λείας..βουκόλων φρουρήματα
(54), the first
gen. defines, and the second is possessive. Cp. 465, 616 f. The phrase νεκρῶν ἐρείπια
occurs also in Eur. fr. 266.
2; and χλανιδίων ἐρειπίοις
(which seems to
verge on bathos) in frag. incert. 7 (ed. Nauck).
ἐρείπεται
(‘crashes down’) occurs in
οὐδὲ..χαλεπῶς ἂν ἠρείφθη
. ἐριπέντι
. The old
οὗ ἂν δύνωνται ἀπρὶξ τοῖν χεροῖν λαβέσθαι
τοῦ γε κερδαίνειν ὅμως | ἀπρὶξ
ἔχονται
. The word is from the rt. of
πρίω
, as=‘to grip’ (1030 n.), with euphonic ἄπριγδα
( Aesch.
ὄνυξι
) more closely defines the other; see on 230 f. (
χερὶ..ξίφεσιν
).
κ.τ.λ.
The bold order of words is
explained by ἔπειτα
in 312: τὸν
from πλεῖστον
, the writer obtains the same effect
as if he had said, καὶ πρῶτον μὲν καὶ
τὸν πλεῖστον χρόνον κ.τ.λ.
ποῦ δ’, ὃς τὰ δεινὰ τῇδ’ ἐφυβρίζει
πόλει | Καπανεύς;
‘
φανέω
is formed with the modal suffix δρα‐ο‐ιη‐ν, δρῴην
. Cp. Xen. ἐροίη
(opt. of fut.
ἐρέω
): Platonic διαβαλοίην
.
ἐν τῷ
συμφορᾶς
διεφθάρης
; ἐπὶ παντί τῳ χρείας
The words
τοιούσδε γόους
, πρὸς ἀνδρὸς
κακοῦ κ.τ.λ.
, are equiv. to an adverb with the intrans. ἔχειν
: γόοι ἀνάνδρως ἔχουσι
, so γόοι ἔχουσι πρὸς κακοῦ ἀνδρός
. This intrans.
use of ἔχειν
with phrases of an adverbial
kind is frequent with Herodotus; ἀγῶνα
γυμνικὸν <*>ιὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης
ἔχοντα
, ‘ἔχειν
γόους τοιούσδε
, to indulge in such laments.’ ἔχειν
would then be used as in
δῆριν
ἔχουσι
. But this implies an impossible ellipse of ἐ=ναι
after
ἐξηγεῖτο
.
μικροψύχου
, conveys a different idea.) The word occurs
nowhere else, βαρυθυμος
being the usual
term; but cp. βαρύφρων
, and the
post-classical βαρυκάρδιος
. Plutarch
illustrates the poet's meaning when he speaks ( ἐν ὀδυρμοῖς τὰ πολλὰ καὶ
βαρυθυμίαις καὶ
μερίμναις..διατρίβοντας
. So Heracles says,
ἀλλ’
ἀστένακτος αἰὲν εἱπόμην κακοῖς
.
ἐξηγηταί
), and suggests the submissive
reverence with which Tecmessa listened to her lord.
ἀνήνεμον..χειμώνων
(n.).— ὑποστενούσης.
πικρᾶς |
ὄρνιθος
ὀξὺν φθόγγον.
ταῦρος ἐριβρύχης
. The word expresses μυκᾶσθαι
can denote the mere βρυχηδὸν
ἐμυκήσαντο
. The unhappy conjecture βρυχώμενος
and
ὑπεστέναζε
: but there is no reason why deep tones should not
be also muffled.
ὑπεστέναζε
(322), as though he were now
wholly silent.
κεῖτ’ ἄρ’ ἄσιτος ἄπαστος ἐδητύος
ἠδὲ
ποτῆτος
.
οἱ καμόντες, οἱ κεκμηκότες
, so σιδηροκμής
is one who has died by the sword:
cp. Aesch. δουρικμῆτι λαῷ
: ἀνδροκμῆτα πέλεκυν
(an axe by which men die).
δρασείων τι
simply: cp. ὡς τελῶν ἐφαίνετο
δῆλος ἦν Κῦρος ὡς σπεύδων
: δῆλοι ἔσεσθε ὡς ὀργιζόμενοι.
ἐργασείεις
(n.). ἄνθρωπος οὗτος
μέγα
τι δρασείει κακόν
.
ἔλεξεν ὧδέ
πως εἰς τὸ
μέσον.
ἰώ μοί μοι
, 333), are in a tone which
foreshadows the worst.
The verse is rejected by Nauck and others as though it were inconsistent with
v. 325, and had been patched up from v. 383. There is no ground for this
view. On the other hand, after ἥσυχος
in 325,
the fear expressed in 326 would be unintelligible, if no reason were
subjoined. Bergk, who joins in condemning the verse, allows that Sophocles
is usually careful of logical coherence in drama (‘pflegt .. sorgfältig zu
motiviren’); but suggests that
οἷπερ ἐστάλην
ὁδοῦ
:
προὐστάλης
.
κρατεῖς
τοι τῶν φίλων νικώμενος
.
ἴδῃς
: Aesch. οὐ κομπάσαιμ’ ἂν
θεσφάτων γνώμων ἄκρος | εἶναι, κακῷ
δέ τῳ προσεικάζω τάδε
: Aesch. διάστροφοι | ἦσαν,
κεραστὶς
δ’ κ.τ.λ.
But on the whole it seems better to have a comma
after λέγεις
, and to take
ἡμῖν
as ethic dat. (‘to our sorrow’): though this, too, is
slightly harsh; for such an ethic dat. ought not to stand first, but to
follow some significant word, as in 216 μανίᾳ
γὰρ
ἁλοὺς ἡμὶν ὁ κλεινός
:
τὸν αὐτοέντην
ἡμίν
.
φοιβάζω
, from
Φοῖβος
, meant ‘to inspire,’ as Apollo inspires the divine
frenzy of μάντις
or of poet; Φοῖβον, φοιβάζοντα,
φιλοστέφανον,
φιλογηθῆ
: Longinus 8 § 4 πάθος
φοιβάζον
τοὺς λόγους
. (The word could mean also ‘to utter
prophetically,’ as in Lycophron 6 δαφνηφάγων
φοίβαζεν ἐκ λαιμῶν
ὄπα
.) Tecmessa has just described both the recent frenzy of
Ajax—which she had already pictured in vv. 233 ff.—and his present
despair. By διαπεφοιβάσθαι
the Chorus mean
that a malign power has taken διά
, and the perfect tense, serve to mark
this. By
νοσήσει
, or the like.
ὅρα..τόνδ’ ὁποἶ ἔπη θροεῖ
. As in 308 )θώϋξεν
marked the first pangs of his
despair,
τοῖς
πάλαι ξυνοῦσι ν.
: for the irregular order, cp.
τὰς..ἐκ θεῶν
|
τύχας δοθείσας
(n.). The sense is τοῖς
ν.
ἃ πάλαι ξυνῆν
. If the order of words were normal, ὅτε
ξύνεστιν
. But then (1) the alternative to ἢ νοσεῖν
is less clearly marked, since the
old νοσήματα
are, in a sense, still with
him; and (2) ξυνοῦσι
, as referring merely
to a
Prof. Campbell understands ἰὼ παῖ παῖ
as
meaning Teucer, whom an elder brother might so address. Tecmessa, at least,
did not so take the words.
τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον
is frequent. The separation of τὸν εἰσαεὶ
from χρόνον
deserves notice, as suggesting the
possibility that τὸν ἀεὶ
may sometimes
have been used (without χρόνον
) as=‘for
ever’: a usage which, however, lacks proof: see on
φαίνονται...πρὸς γεωργίαν τῆς
Χερσονήσου τραπόμενοι καὶ λῃστείαν τῆς τροφῆς ἀπορίᾳ
. The
ἀλλ’ ἀνοίξατε
: aperite, aliquis.
Ajax had πρόσπολοι
, though they were not at this time
in the house (539).—We should not explain the plur. as addressed by the
choregus to the choreutae and Tecmessa.
φρόνησιν..
λάβοι
:
προθυμίαν
|
... λαβεῖν.
καί
, cp.
εἴπερ κἀγώ τι
φρονῶ
, and n. on
κἀπ’ ἐμοί
, though βλέπειν
ἐπί τινι
seems to occur nowhere else, and ἐπιβλέπειν τινί
only in Lucian
καὶ σφίσι
γινομένοισι τῷ μὲν ἡ Ἀφροδίτη τῷ δὲ ὁ Ζεὺς...ἐπέβλεψαν
(‘looked
with favour’). The alternative is to take ἐπ’ ἐμοί
as= ‘in my case,’ and βλέψας
as epexegetic; but this is certainly
harsh.
διοίγειν
κλῇθρα
, and
The ἐκκύκλημα
is now pushed on through the
central door. It was a small stage, but large enough to allow of Ajax being
shown surrounded by some of the slaughtered animals. The word πράγη
in 347, and the language of vv. 351 ff.,
show that the carnage was represented. The other plays in which Soph
<*>es has used the eccyclema are the
Ajax, sitting among his victims, and meditating his own destruction, was the subject of a famous picture by Timomachus of Byzantium. Philostratus (
τὸν Αἴαντα τὸν Τιμομάχου..ἀπεκτονότα τἀν τῇ Τροίᾳ βουκόλια καθῆσθαι ἀπειρηκότα[cp. v. 325
ἥσυχος θακεῖ],
βουλὴν ποιούμενον καὶ
ἑαυτὸν διαφθεῖραι. The picture was at Cyzicus in 70 B.C. ( Cic.
This kommos serves, like the last (201—262), as a lyric expression of tragic pathos; after which the situation is further developed, as in the former case, by iambic dialogue. But in one respect this kommos differs from its predecessor. In order to bring the mind of Ajax into fuller relief, the lyrics are given to him alone, while the Chorus and Tecmessa speak only trimeters.
The structure is as follows:—1st strophe 348—355=1st antistr. 356—363: 2nd str. 364—378=2nd ant. 379—393: 3rd str. 394—411=3rd ant. 412—429. For the metres see Metrical Analysis.
τῷ
κηρύγματι
) ἐμμένειν.
ἴδεσθέ μ’ οἷα πρὸς θεῶν πάσχω θεός.
οἱ δ’ ἀνιαραῖς | ἀντικύρσαντες ζάλαις ἐσλὸν βαθὺ
πήματος ἐν μικρῷ πεδάμειψαν χρόνῳ
. The epithet ζάλη
(
κῦμα
), has a more vivid fitness than in
Soph. βυθῶν..φοινίου
σάλου
is meant the pestilence.
μηνοειδὲς
ποιήσαντες τῶν νεῶν ἐκυκλεῦντο ὡς περιλάβοιεν αὐτούς
. But in fr.
787. 2 κυκλεῖται
is pass.; and so Ellendt
would take it here (‘
οἲ
ἐμὲ δειλήν
in οἴμ’
=οἴ
με
.
πέμπων οὐκ
ἀφροντίστως
: Xen. μηδέποτ’ οὖν ἀφροντίστως ἔχε
,
‘never be heedless.’ For the pass. form of the word, cp. δυσλόγιστον
(40 n.). It is not easy to decide
whether the subject to ἔχει
is Ajax, or τοὔργον
: but the usage of the adverb rather
favours the view that it is Ajax. The phrase is designedly euphemistic
and reticent.
ἀρωγὰ τῆς δίκης
ὁρκώματα
. Cp. 201.
ὃς ἐπ‐
then correspond with a long syllable
(the first of ἐμμένοντες
) in v. 350; as
the dochmiac metre allows. Hermann's later emendation, ἐπέβας
:
nor is there much force in his reason for preferring it, viz., that the
gloss ἐπέβας τῶν νεῶν
points to ἁλιᾶν.. πλατᾶν
, and this to ἁλίαν
(rather than
ἅλιον
) πλάταν
. Cp. Eur. ἁλίῳ πλάτᾳ
.
ὅστις
refers to σώματα
in 758, and
in
ὅστις
is resumed by οὗτοι.
ἐπιβήσονται
),—recalling the moment when they set forth from
Salamis together; a point which is lost if
ἐπέβας
be taken as =‘thou hast come hither.’
πόδα σὸν
εἱλίξεις
,
οὐδέ τί οἱ
τό
γ’ ἐπήρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον
:
οὔτε τι
Τηλέμαχος τό γ’ ἐπήρκεσεν οὔτε τις ἄλλος
. Thus, though ἐπαρκεῖν
could not mean literally ‘to ward
The traditional reading τῶν ἐμὲ ποιμαινόντων
καὶ θαλπόντων
:
ποιμένων
, in such a context, would suggest rather the idea
of chieftainship (cp. ποιμένα λαῶν, ναῶν ποιμένες
in
ὦ Φίντις, ἀλλὰ ζεῦξον
ἤδη
μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων
(‘ἀλλά με |
λόγοις
ἀπώλλυς.
ἅμα
τοῖς
βοτοῖς
.
ἐνταῦθα μέντοι πάντα τἀνθρῶπων νοσεῖ
, | κακοῖς ὅταν θέλωσιν ἰᾶσθαι κακά
. Her. 3. 53
μὴ τῷ κακῷ
τὸ
κακὸν ἰῶ
: Thuc. 5. 65§ 2 διανοεῖται κακὸν κακῷ ἰᾶσθαι
: Plat. ἰώμενος μεῖζον τὸ νόσημα
ποιῶ
.— τὸ πῆμα..
τῆς νόσου
: Hom. ἐπὶ γὰρ Ζεὺς
ἤρτυε πήμα κακοῖο
.—Not, ‘make the present woe worse than the
(τῆς ἄτης
would then need further definition.
θρασύς
is
frequent in poetry from Homer onwards, though in Attic prose the bad
sense predominates.
ἀφόβοις..θηρσὶ
is not an oxymoron (as if it meant, ‘wild creatures which are not wild,’
‘tame beasts’): θηρσί
is a generic term;
he attacked beasts instead of men: cp. fr. 855. 12 ἐν θηρσίν, ἐν
βροτοῖσιν, ἐν θεοῖς ἄνω
.
ἀφαυρότερος
χεῖράς τε μένος τε
.
ὤμοι ἐμᾶς
ἄτας
:
οἴμοι
κελεύθου
κ.τ.λ.
δούλη
(489).
κ.τ.λ.
It seems more probable that in v.
384 the MSS. have lost a syllable (as μήν
)
than that here we should omit the second οὐκ
.
Cp.
οὐκ εἰς
ὄλεθρον; οὐχὶ θᾶσσον; οὐ πάλιν | ἄψορρος οἴκων τῶνδ’ ἀποστραφεὶς
ἄπει
; If here we read, ἐκτὸς
, taken with ἄψορρον ἐκνεμεῖ
, is positively weak. It may
be added that the first syllable of
ἄψορρον
here, and of καίπερ
in
384, must then be treated as having the time-value of
For οὔκουν μ’
ἐάσεις κἀκτὸς εἶ;
ὅπως ἄψορρον
ἀντῴη πατρί
,
ἄψορρον ἥξομεν.
ὀλίγος ὁ τόπος ὁ
φέρων,
καὶ τοῦτον αἱ αἶγες ἐκνέμονται
, ἴχνεσιν ἐν
Πραξιδάμαντος
ἑὸν πόδα νέμων
, would certainly point to
νεμούμεθα
, Dem. or. 21 § 203
νεμεῖσθαι
.
κ.τ.λ.
The MSS. seem right in giving this
verse to the Chorus. Just after so violent a rebuke, the timid Tecmessa
would scarcely venture on praying her ‘master’ to be ‘sane’; while the
intercession of the Chorus is natural enough.
ὢ μέλεος
,
where ὢ
is exclamatory, and stronger than
the mere sign of the vocative (ὦ
).
χερὶ μεθῆκα μὲν
: for the irregular place of μέν
, cp.
ὁρῶντα μὲν
ναῦς
.. | ..βεβώσας, ἄνδρα δ’ οὐδέν’
ἔντοπον
(instead of ὁρῶντα ναῦς μὲν
). ἔδευσα
no less than to
μεθῆκα
.
ἀλάστορα
( Aesch. ἄνθρωποι μιαροὶ καὶ κόλακες καὶ
ἀλάστορες,
ἠκρωτηριασμένοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστοι πατρίδας
(‘who have
crippled their respective cities’),—a passage which suggests that ἀλάστωρ
, as said of a man, meant rather one
who is a ‘curse’ or ‘plague’ to his neighbours, than one who is driven
by an avenging spirit; indeed, such a passive sense is not easily
conceived.
κλυτὰ μῆλα
(
αἰπόλια
πλατἔ
αἰγῶν
. This is the only express mention of goats among his
victims; but there is no reason to think that
αἰπόλιον
could be used as merely =
ποίμνιον.
ἐρεμνῇ ψακάδι φοινίας δρόσου.
τέγγει δακρύων
ἄχναν
(n.).
ἐπὶ
denotes the condition: Aesch. ἕστηκα δ’ ἔνθ’
ἔπαισ’ ἐπ’
ἐξειργασμένοις
. (The phrase occurs also in Aesch. ἐπ’ ἀρρήτοις..τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις
(n.).
οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο οὐχ ὧδ’ ἔχειν
, οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο ὅπως τοῦτο οὐχ ὧδ’ ἕξει
,—with
the same meaning: cp. οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ’, ὅπως ἐγὼ … | … οὐ
φανῶ
τοὐμὸν γένος
ὅπως
is due to its association
with statements of impossibility in the formula οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ
(
οὐκ ἂν
γένοιτο
τοῦθ’, ὅπως κ.τ.λ.
, where τοῦτο
is subject to γένοιτο
. The declension of οὐδεὶς‐ὅστισοὐ
, as an integral equivalent for πᾶς τις
, similarly illustrates the manner in
which the associations of idiom could sometimes generate anomalies in
grammar.
For the sentiment, cp.
τὸ γὰρ | φανθὲν
τίς ἂν δύναιτ’ ἂν ἀγένητον ποεῖν;
(n.).
ἀλλ’ ἡ κακὴ
σὴ
διὰ μυχῶν βλέπουσ’ ἀεὶ | ψυχή κ.τ.λ.
, ‘thy base soul, ever
peering from some ambush.’ The conjecture πάντα
δρῶν
is not only weak, but incorrect, since the sense would
require πᾶν δρῶν
.
δέ
often occurs thus in ‘epanaphora,’ as
τὰν νεάταν
ὁδὸν
| στείχουσαν, νέατον δὲ φέγγος λεύσσουσαν
(n.). Here the
case for ἅπανθ’
(and not
πάνθ’
) had preceded.
ἔξοιδα
γάρ νιν παντὸς ἂν λόγου κακοῦ | γλώσσῃ θιγόντα καὶ πανουργίας
.
ἀλέω
), hence, ‘a subtle knave,’—a word found only here and
in 389. παιπάλη
(reduplicated from πάλη
) had the same senses, literal and
figurative; and παιπάλημα
was a current
term ( Ar. πάνσοφον κρότημα
, as in
πανουργίας |
δεινῆς τέχνημ’ ἔχθιστον
.—For the early repetition of ἄλημα
, in 389, cp. that of κείσομαι
in
ἄγειν
γέλωτα
denotes frequent or continued derision, as ἄγειν κτύπον
=‘to keep up a noise’: Eur. κτύπον ἠγάγετ)· οὐχὶ σῖγα κ.τ.λ.
So νεῖκος ἄγειν
, to sustain a conflict ( Pind. σχολὴν ἄγειν
, etc.
ξύν τοι θεῷ
here do so on the ground that σὺν θεῷ
, not σὺν τῷ
θεῷ
, is the regular phrase when the sense is general, ‘with
the divine aid’; whereas in
σὺν τῷ θεῷ
refers to a particular god (Apollo). But there is an arbitrary rigour in
this doctrine. ὁ θεός
often means ‘the
divine power’ generally: ὁ γὰρ θεὸς μέγιστος ἀνθρώποις
νόμος
: and 496. 2 πόρρω γὰρ ἑστὼς ὁ
θεὸς ἐγγύθεν βλέπει
. And this very phrase, σὺν τῷ θεῷ
, occurs once, at least, in a
passage where the context plainly indicates that the sense is general,
viz. Eur. fr. 490 σὺν τῷ θεῷ
χρὴ τοὺς σοφοὺς ἀναστρέφειν | βουλεύματ’ ἀεί
. There, indeed,
as here, Nauck changes τῷ
to τοι
, but without any warrant.
οὐκ
in that verse is genuine; from which it
would follow that there is a defect here. Bellermann, indeed, is content
to hold that Sophocles neglected an exact correspondence; but this seems
very unlikely. L. Dindorf's remedy ἴδοιμι <
, has this advantage over the others
(cr. n.), that it gives a light adversative force, and so fitly responds
to v. 383, ξὺν τῷ θεῷ κ.τ.λ.
‘Triumph,
like defeat, is the gift of heaven.’—‘ἴδοιμί
.
μηδὲν μέγ’
ἀΰσῃς
(n.).
χερὶ μὲν
in 372) had an obvious and prosaic
motive; viz., that Aeacus, the grandfather of Ajax, was the son of Zeus
(
προγόνων προπάτωρ
, it was enough for
him that it expressed the thought, ‘author of my line’; he did not
trouble himself with this subtlety.—It was the nymph Aegina who bore
Aeacus to Zeus ( Plat. τὸν δικαστὴν τὸν τῆς Αἰγίνης υἱόν
).
πῶς ἂν
ὑμὶν
ἐμφανὴς | ἔργῳ γενοίμην
(n.).
δικρατεῖς.
πέλασσον
.
(Below, in 927, some edd. read ἐξανύσσειν
:
see n. there.) This epic licence in tragic lyrics is illustrated by
their toleration of such forms as τόσσον
(185), μέσσος, ζώειν
(
πνείειν
(
ευ
stems ended in ‐έα—ς
,
always uncontracted; while the contraction in
‐εῖς
(not ‐ῆς
) was the rule
from the Macedonian age onwards. (The earliest example of τοὺς
βασιλεῖς
quoted by Meisterhans, βασιλῆς
here, then, not as an old
Attic, but as a poetical form. On the other hand, βασιλῆς
was the form of the
νομῆς
from Xenophon, as if it were an βασιλῆς
here: but in the place to
which he apparently refers ( I.
νομεῖς
.
ἔπειτ’ ἐγὼ νοσφίσας ὀλοίμαν
.
σκότου πύλαι
( Eur. τὸ Ταρτάρου |
στυγνὸν...ἔρεβος
. So, too, in
ἐξ ἐρέβευς ἄξοντα
), not a
definitely named region, Erebos.
ὡς
, cp.
μακρὰν...ὡς
γέροντι
: Plat. ταχεῖαν, ὡς ἐμοί, σκέψιν
.
ἕλετε
: cp.
κακά νιν
ἕλοιτο
μοῖρα
. Conversely we find εὑρεῖν
where εὑρέσθαι
would be normal (
Δελφῶν κἀπὸ
Δαυλίας
: τίς ἄταις ἀγρίαις, τίς ἐν πόνοις
:
οὔτε
νυκτὸς..οὔτ’
ἐξ ἡμέρας.
εἰμί
, cp. 813 n.
ἐς τίν’
ἐλπίδων |
βλέψασ’ ἔτ’ ὀρθήν;
χὡ Διὸς
Φοῖβος.
εὔφρονες
in 420. If it be sound, the first
syllable must represent the anacrusis, which is omitted before εὔφρονες
: and the ε
is long, as it is in 799 (ὀλεθρίαν
),
ὀλέθριον
),
and
ὀλεθρία
):
though we find ε^
in
ὀλεθρίαισι
),
and
ὀλεθρία
). The neatest emendation is
τί πάθω; τί δὲ
μήσομαι;
κ.τ.λ.
The conjectures of various critics are recorded and
classified in the Appendix. Here I will briefly state what seem the main
points of the problem.
(1) The antistrophic verses, 423—427 (
ἐξερῶ...πρόκειμαι
), appear sound. The changes which have been
proposed in them have all been designed to suit some emendation in 405 ff.,
and would have no probability if verses 423 ff. were considered simply on
their own merits.
(2) There is only one real discrepancy of metre between the traditional text
here and that of the antistrophe; viz., that οὔτινα
in 424, where the α
, being the last syllable of a verse, could
be either long or short, and is here long. (Some, indeed, read οὔτιν’ ἁ
: cr. n.) That is, instead of τοῖσδ’
, we require ἐξερέω
in 423,
answering to εἰ τὰ μὲν
in 405, we should write ἐξερῶ
. With regard to the
(3) If, then, we assume that the antistrophe is sound, we may conclude that
the fault in the strophe lies within the words εἰ τὰ μὲν φθίνει, φίλοι, τοῖσδ’ ὁμοῦ πέλας
. A
very slight change will restore the metre, viz. ὥστ’ ἐν τοιοῖσδε χεῖρας
αἱμάξαι
βοτοῖς
. There he points to the slain cattle around him; and
so he probably does here also. We could then understand the sense to be: ‘If
those things (τὰ μὲν
, his glories in the past)
perish, my friends, ὁμοῦ τοιοῖσδε
, πέλας
, near me there.’ But πέλας
may have been a marginal gloss (on ὁμοῦ
), which has displaced some other word:
(4) Whatever may have been the original εἰ τὰ μὲν φθίνει, φίλοι, τοῖσδ’ ὁμοῦ πέλας
, it is
at least highly probable that their general sense was, ‘If my old renown is
perishing.’ This is suggested by the other passages where we find the same
sequence of ideas,—
(5) Those who believe that the antistrophic verses 423—427 are corrupt have a freer hand for emendation here; and, as will be seen in the Appendix, some of the proposed restorations have been very bold. But such remedies pass into the region of pure guess-work.
φιλοινίῃ...προσκέεσθαι
. The word can also denote, in a good
sense, that to which the attention is given, as Thuc. (1. 93 § 7) says
of Themistocles, ταῖς γὰρ ναυσὶ μάλιστα
προσέκειτο.
μωρὰν
in
‐ρος
are oxytone. But the grammarians attest that the Attic
accent was μῶρος
. See, μῶρος παρ’ Ἀττικοῖς, ὁ παρὰ τοῖς ὕστερον μωρός
:
and Chandler,
ἄψαυστος ἔγχους
,
ὡς δ’ εἴδομεν δίπαλτα
πολεμίων ξίφη
. That the word had passed into a figurative
sense (in which δι‐
was merely equiv. to
‘fiercely’), is indicated by τριπάλτων
πημάτων
in Aesch. δίπαλτος
should not be explained with ref. to
the πάλλων δ’
ὀξέα
δοῦρε
).
ἐμὲ παθεῖν τάδε
. It was common in colloquial
Attic; see βάλλ’ ἐς κόρακας· τοιουτονὶ
τρέφειν κύνα
. For this inf. with the article added, see
φεῦ τὸ καὶ
λαβεῖν
(n.).
ἔκπλους φυλάσσειν καὶ
πόρους ἁλιρρόθους
: meaning here the waters of the
Hellespont. His thought passes from those waters to the ῥιμφαρμάτοις...ἁμίλλαις
.—The other version,
‘paths
ἐν νέμεϊ
σκιερῷ
(a phrase repeated in
As I have noted in writing on the Troad elsewhere, ‘nearly all the plains and hills are more or less well-wooded. Besides the valonia oak, the elm, willow, cypress and tamarisk shrub abound. Lotus, galingale, and reeds are still plentiful, as in Homeric days, about the streams in the Trojan plain.’ (
κ.τ.λ.
This order of words has the best
authority, and is confirmed by the metre. Cp. 396.
ἔμπνουν
ὄντα
. The proper sense of ἀναπνοή
is (1) ‘recovery of breath’; or (2) =εἰσπνοή
as opp. to ἐκπνοή
, the drawing in of
breath. Here, however, it means merely πνοή
,
as=‘the breath of life.’ Cp. Eur. μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί
.
ἐν λειμῶνι
Σκαμανδρίῳ ἀνθεμόεντι
. The Scamander, still called the
ποταμοί
of the plain
are called τροφῆς
.— Not: ‘friendly to my
Greek οὐκέτ’
ἄνδρα μὴ τόνδ’ ἴδητ’
, as meaning, ‘No longer, allies of the
Greeks, will ye see me,’—
οὐ
μὴ
with subjunct. gives a strong emphasis; cp. 83, 560.
εἰ τὰ μὲν
in 405. The ὑπεράχθεο
,
ὑπέσχεο
,
κλονέουσιν
. (In
καλέονται
should be κλέονται
.) But ἐξερέω
was so familiar as the Homeric form
that it could easily have displaced ἐξερῶ
here. It is not likely that the poet would have written ἐξερέω
if he had meant the word to be scanned
Join κεἴ τινα
στρατοῦ.
ἀπό
, and for the hiatus, cp.
Βακχίας ἀπὸ |
ἦλθε...Θήβας
.
This vaunt of Ajax (modified only by the half-apologetic ἔπος ἐξερῶ μέγα
) is epic in tone; thus Achilles
says of himself τοῖος ἐὼν οἷος οὔτις Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
ὁ πᾶσι κλεινός
.)
τῷδ’
ἀνδρὶ
(=ἐμοὶ
) is immediately
followed by τοὐμοῦ
, as in
τοῦδε
τἀνδρὸς
by τῆς ἐμῆς
. See also
below, O. T. 865.
οὔθ’
of the MSS. should be οὐδ’
here. In
οὔθ’
, where οὐδ’
is right; as
in
μήθ’
instead of μηδ’
. As to the conditions
under which
πῶς ἐῶ;
(‘how am I to
allow..?’) Cp.
οὐκ οἶδ’
ὅπως
σε φῶ βεβουλεῦσθαι καλῶς
: Dem. or. 9
§ 54
οὐκ ἔχω τί λέγω
.
τίς
ἂν..ηὑρέθη;
δυσώνυμος
. For the verb, cp. Ar. καὶ μήν σ’ ἐλέγξαι βούλομαι τεκμηρίῳ
, | εἴ τι ξυνοίσεις τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς θεσφάτοις
, Ἀρήτη δ’ ὄνομ’
ἐστὶν
ἐπώνυμον
: τῷ δ’ Ὀδυσεὺς ὄνομ’ ἔστω ἐπώνυμον
: where in
each case ἐπώνυμον
means that the name is
ἐπώνυμος
, with ref. to the ἐπώνυμός τινος
, either as (1) being
named from it, or (2) giving a name to it. Cp. 574 .
Pindar adopts the derivation of Αἴας
from αἰετός
:
καί νιν ὄρνιχος φανέντος κέκλετ’ ἐπώνυμον εὐρυβίαν Αἴαντα. This was the popular etymology (schol. Apoll. Rh. 1. 1289; schol. Theocr. 13. 37: Apollod. 3. 12 § 7). But the association of
Αἴαςwith
αἶ αἶappears in the legend that a hyacinth (on whose petals the letters AI were supposed to be legible, Moschus 3. 6) sprang from the blood of Ajax, as it had sprung from that of Hyacinthus:
Littera communis mediis pueroque viroque | Inscripta est foliis; haec nominis (Ajax), illa querelae
So Odysseus was associated with ὀδύσσομαι
(
τί νύ οἱ τόσον
ὠδύσαο, Ζεῦ
; imitated by Soph. , fr. 880): Pentheus, with πένθος
( Eur.
νεῖκος
( Aesch. μελέα ἄγρα
( Eur. fr. 517):
Sidêro with σίδηρος
( Soph. fr. 597): and
Helen is ἐλέναυς
, etc. ( Aesch.
Such play on names did not seem to the Greeks unworthy of grave poetry,
because to them the omens conveyed by words (ὀμφαί,
κληδόνες
) were so serious. In modern poetry, too, it has sometimes
been used with tragic pathos. Thus Dante
Savia non fui, avvegna che Sapía Fossi chiamata:and Shakesp.
O how that name befits my composition! | Old Gaunt indeed; and gaunt in being oldetc. The king asks,
Can sick men play so nicely with their names? No, is the reply,
misery makes sport to mock itself.
The real etymology of Αἴας
is uncertain.
Vase-inscriptions show that the original form was
Αἴvας
, and Sonne (in Kuhn's
Οἰλῆος ταχὺς Αἴαςbetter than the son of Telamon: and it is not improbable (as Fleischer suggests in Roscher's
δὶς ταὐτὰ
βούλει
καὶ τρὶς ἀναπολεῖν μ’ ἔπη;
γάρ
in two successive sentences, cp.
186 .
καλλιστεῖα
(properly ‘prize for beauty’) may
have been chosen because the prize was Hesionè. Cp. 1300
στρατοῦ
τὰ
πρῶτ’ ἀριστεύσας
.
Τροίαν
: a periphrasis
like τὸν Κιθαιρῶνος τόπον
(
Τροία
is used in the Homeric manner, to denote not only the
city but the country; ἡ Τρῳάς
, as=‘the
Troad,’ occurs first in Herodotus (5. 122).
ἐπιγίγνομαι
.
ἐπαρκεῖν
with acc. often
bears, viz., ‘to furnish at need’: Aesch. ἄκος δ’ οὐδὲν
ἐπήρκεσαν
. The strict meaning is then, ‘having rendered no less
service by the deeds of my hand.’
καίτοι
τοσοῦτόν γ’ οἶδα
(and
ἐπίσταμαι δὲ τοσοῦτο, ὅτι κ.τ.λ.
Here the
omission of ὅτι
adds vigour to
ὅς
, ἑός
,) in
οἷσιν
),
ὧν
), ὅν
).
Here it is emphatic: ‘his own arms,’—of which he could dispose with the
best right.
ἀέθλων..κράτος
, victory in them. For the
pres. inf. κρίνειν
with ἔμελλε
, cp. Soph.
οὔτις
ἄλλος
ἀντ’ ἐμοῦ
.
πανούργῳ
: cp.
παντότολμος
as=πάντολμος
. Cp. Aesch. φωτὶ παντόλμῳ φρένας
.
πράσσειν
oft. denotes intrigue (
πράσσειν
τί τινι
(‘to πράττειν μὲν ἑαυτοῖς
ἐπαρχιῶν καὶ στρατοπέδων
ἡγεμονίας.
ἀτιμάσαντες
. The midd. is usual
as=‘to reject’ (
οὐκ οἶδα
τοιοῦδ’
ἀνδρὸς ἔργα καὶ κράτη
.
τό τ’ ὄμμα
(with χαἱ
). Cp. Athena's words (51) δυσφόρους ἐπ’ ὄμμασι | γνώμας βαλοῦσα.—
: Aesch. εὐθὺς δὲ μορφὴ καὶ φρένες
διάστροφοι |
ἦσαν.
τἄμ’
: 442 τῶν
ὧν
.
θανόντες
..ἀφαιρείσθων
. The midd. ψηφίζομαι
δίκην
means ‘to decide a cause by one's vote’; Isae. or. 3 § 7 τοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου τὴν δίκην μέλλουσι
ψηφιεῖσθαι
. And for οὐδεμίαν αἰσχρὰν
δίκην
κατεψηφίσαντο αὐτοῦ
. The act.
ψηφίζω
usu.=‘to count’ (as Polyb. 5. 26 κατὰ τὴν τοῦ
ψηφίζοντος βούλησιν
, ‘at the reckoner's will’). Here, δίκην ἐψηφίσαντο
: but it is not directly
modelled on that prose idiom: rather it is a new poetical phrase,
meaning strictly, ‘ψῆφοι
.’ It implies that the votes against
Ajax were secured by the intrigues of the chiefs: cp. Pind. κρυφίαισι γὰρ ἐν ψάφοις Ὀδυσσῆ Δαναοὶ θεράπευσαν·
|
χρυσέων δ’ Αἴας
στερηθεὶς ὅπλων
φόνῳ
πάλαισεν
. [ἐψήφισαν
certainly
has not the technical sense of
ἐπεψήφισαν
, as if the Atreidae were the ἡγεμόνες δικαστηρίου
, who put the issue to
the vote. Even if the simple
ψηφίζω
could be so used, this would be too technical and
prosaic.]
τὴν Διὸς γοργῶπιν Ἐργάνην
. Cp.
αὐτίκα δ’ ἔγνω | Παλλάδ’ Ἀθηναίην·
δεινὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε
φάανθεν.
ἀδάμαστος
.
εὐτρεπίζοντα
.
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν
νῦν νῶιν ἐπέντυε μώνυχας ἵππους
. Oppian
ἤδη γὰρ
δελφῖσιν ἐπεντύνουσιν Ἄρηα
.—The reading
ἐπευθύνοντ’
is to mean merely, ‘ἐπεντύνοντ’
. The chief recommendation of ἐπευθύνοντ’
is the fact that it was first
written by the scribe of L, though corrected either by him or by an
early hand. But (since
εὐθύνω
was so familiar) it may easily have been a mere slip
for the rarer and more exquisite word
ἐπεντύνοντ’
.
λύσσα μαινάς
. In
λυσσώδης,
φλογὶ εἴκελος
.
ὅταν δέ τις
θεῶν
| βλάπτῃ, δύναιτ’ ἂν οὐδ’ ἂν ἰσχύων φυγεῖν
(n.).
δρᾶν
.
See on
κἄμοιγε ποῦ
ταῦτ’ ἐστίν; οἵτινες κ.τ.λ.
(ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς
).
ἄβατον ὄρος
(n.), πατέρα
πατήρ
.
Ἀχαιῶν ναύλοχοι περιπτυχαί
(the Greek camp at
the ships, with its τεῖχος
).
λιπών
), πῶς σοῦ μόνη Μήδεια λείπεσθαι θέλει;
Cp.
πῶς ἂν ἔπειτ’ ἀπὸ σεῖο, φίλον τέκος, αὖθι
λιποίμην |
οἶος;
καί
in questions, cp.
ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐκ
οἶδ’ ὄμμασιν ποίοις βλέπων | πατέρα ποτ’ ἂν προσεῖδον
:
πῶς οὖν βλέπων
τις ταῦτα τολμήσει λακεῖν;
τῶν
ἀριστείων ἄτερ
: cp.
κενὴν οἴκησιν
ἀνθρώπων δίχα
:
ἔρημος ἀνδρῶν
μὴ
ξυνοικούντων ἔσω
:
ἔξω βαρείας
αἰτίας ἐλεύθερον
.
στέφανος
, but
εὐκλείας
goes more closely with it: cp.
308 f. ἐρειπίοις | νεκρῶν...ἀρνείου
φόνου
.
τὸ ἔρυμα
τοῦ τείχεος.
πολλοῖς μόνος
(cr. n.).
ἀλλ’ ἐργάσομαί τι δεινὸν ἔργον καὶ μέγα
. The
sense of δρᾶν τι
alone is often similar:
δράσας
, because he would die in the
act.—There was a legend, which the poet glances at here, that Ajax, in
his madness, attacked the Trojans with success;
Hoc Ithacus velit et magno mercentur
Atreidae.
δηλώσει...μείζων
γεγενημένος
: Andoc. or. 4 § 14 ἐδήλωσε
τῶν νόμων καταφρονῶν.
μή
τοι...γε
, see on
ἀκούσας
) τοιαῦθ’ ἃ τὸν τοῦδ’ οὔ ποτ’ εὐφρανεῖ βίον
.
But τοιαῦτα ζητήσεις λέγειν, ἐξ
ὧν μήτ’
αὐτὸς χείρων εἶναι δόξεις μήτε τοὺς μιμουμένους λυμανεῖ μήτε τὴν
περὶ
τοὺς λόγους παίδευσιν διαβαλεῖς.
κακόσπλαγχνος
( Aesch. θρασύσπλαγχνος
: and
εὐσπλαγχνία
[Eur. ]
οὔτοι βίου
μοι
τοῦ μακραίωνος πόθος
.
φθίνουσα μὲν
κάλυξιν
: Xen. διεφθάρθαι..ταῖς γνώμαις
. The
generic negative ὅστις
refers to a class or type. (Cp. Soph. ὅστις..μὴ..ἅπτεται
.) For the sentiment, cp. Soph. ὅστις γὰρ ἐν πολλοῖσιν, ὡς ἐγώ, κακοῖς | ζῇ, πῶς
ὅδ’
οὐχὶ κατθανὼν κέρδος φέρει;
fr. 866 ὅστις
γὰρ ἐν κακοῖσιν ἱμείρει βίου
, | ἢ
δειλός
ἐστιν ἢ δυσάλγητος φρένας
.
ἀνὴρ
παρ’ ἄνδρα
could be said of forming men in rank. The sense
is: ‘When a man's miseries are unbroken, τί
τέρπειν
ἔχει ἡμέρα παρ’ ἦμαρ
, what power to please him has each
successive day, αὐτὸν
) τῷ κατθανεῖν
, when it has brought him
close up to death,
, and then again moved
him back from death?’ Death is the boundary-line (
γραμμή
) on the field of life: Eur. πρὶν ἂν πέλας | γραμμῆς
ἵκηται καὶ τέλος κάμψῃ βίου
(
πεσσός
on the draughtboard, at one moment moved close up to
the line, and then again withdrawn from it a little; but it is death,
after all,—death and nothing else,—that awaits him (τοῦ
). This is not the platitude, ‘all
men must die’, but a thought sug gested by the case of the man ‘whose
woes are unvarying.’ καλῶς
ζῆν
is denied to him; and that being so, the next best thing
is to die honourably καλῶς
τεθνηκέναι
.
πρὶν Ἅιδῃ παῖδ’ ἐμὴν προσθῶ λαβών
:
Ἅιδῃ
προστιθεῖσ’
ἐμὸν δέμας
. The dat. τῷ κατθανεῖν
is easily supplied from the genitive, which is adapted to the nearer
participle.
ἀνατίθεσθαι
, to ‘take back’ a move, to ‘retract’ an opinion ( Xen.
φίλον πρίασθαι χρημάτων πολλῶν σαφῆ.
μὴ φῦναι
τὸν
ἅπαντα νικᾷ λόγον
(n.).
ἢ γὰρ ἂν
καλῶς
| ἔσωσ’ ἐμαυτήν, ἢ καλῶς ἀπωλόμην.
πάντ’ ἀκήκοας
:
οἶσθα δὴ τὸ
πᾶν
: Aesch. πάντ’ ἔχεις λόγον
.
ὑποβαλλόμενοι
. Eustath. p.
106. 7 Σοφοκλῆς ὑποβολιμαίους εἶπε λόγους τοὺς
μὴ γνησίους
. (In
ὑπόβλητον
στόμα
, the sense is, ‘suborned.’)
ἀνάγκη
,’—by necessity,
fate; but it has different shades of meaning according to the context.
Here, it is the fortune by which
ἀνάγκη
has doomed her to be a slave; but there is no ἀναγκαίας τύχης
is the ‘fatal chance’ by which Orestes was killed. In
ἦμαρ
ἀναγκαῖον
is ‘the day of doom’ hanging over Troy.
σθένοντος,
εἴ τις ἔσθενε
: cp. πρὸς πόλιν δ’ ἐπίσταμαι | σθένουσαν ἥκων, εἴ
τιν’ Ἑλλάδος, μέγα
(n.).
χαίρετ’ ἐν αἰσιμίαισι πλούτου
.
λέχος
is acc., as after a verb of motion: Eur. ἡ δὲ ξύναιμον λέχος ἦλθεν
. (In Soph. λέχος
is rather nom., ‘as bride.’)
σοι
.
ἑστία
. In Her. 1. 44
the Ἐπίστιος Ζεύς
is the god who punishes
a wrong done to the hearth by an abuse of hospitality. Cp. Eustath. p.
1930. 28 ἐν τῇ κατ’ οἶκον ἑστίᾳ Δΐ
ἐγίνοντο
θυσίαι, ὃν οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ἐφέστιον, Ἡρόδοτος δὲ Ἰωνικῶς λέγει
ἐπίστιον
.
Ἑλένῳ
συναλλαχθεῖσαν εὐναίοις γάμοις
,—where, as here, the bride
became such by the fortune of war.
ἔπαινον
ἕξεις..ὑπὸ πάντων
: Eur. κλέος | τοιόνδε..ὑφ’
Ἑλλήνων λαβεῖν.
ὑποχείριον
: Eur. ἐλάβετε Τροίαν τὴν Ἑλένην τε χειρίαν.
οἷς
οὐκέτι ἐφίεσαν οἱ ξύμμαχοι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν
.
κ.τ.λ.
The reason for preferring Bothe's εἰ
with the
subjunctive, even in trimeters; cp.
εἴ σου
στερηθῶ
, and see εἰ
or ᾗ
would
have been written EI by Sophocles.
με
: but it is needless to write μ’ ἀφῇς
with Brunck. For the omission of the
pron. in acc., cp.
ἔμπρησον
(‘burn me’): ἕκηλον εὕδειν
(αὐτόν
): πέμψον
(με
): κἂν λάβῃς
ἐψευσμένον
.—For the sense of ἀφῇς
,
cp.
ἄφετε μόνην,
ἔρημον
: Her. 8. 70
ἀπέντες τὴν ἑωυτῶν ἀφύλακτον
.
δούλη
and her son, would be seized by the Greek chiefs.— δουλίᾳ..φρενί
: Her.
3. 14
ἐσθῆτι δουλίῃ
(or δουληίῃ
). The Attic prose word would be δουλικήν.
δυσμόρου..τροφῆς
: δύσοιστον ἕξομεν τροφάν
.
κ.τ.λ.
A reminiscence of
καί ποτέ τις εἴπῃσιν, ἰδὼν
κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσαν· | ‘Ἕκτορος ἥδε γυνή, ὃς ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι |
Τρώων
ἱπποδάμων, ὅτε Ἴλιον ἀμφεμάχοντο.’
ἀγγεῖον ὃ δὴ μιᾷ κλήσει
προσφθεγγόμεθα
(call by that name). Cp.
οὔ σοι
προσήκει
τήνδε προσφωνεῖν φάτιν
(αὐτόν
), ὁμευνέτιν
, but also to οἵας λατρείας κ.τ.λ.
τόξοις
defines its literal sense in
Aesch. τόξοις
ἰάπτων μηκέτ’ εἰς ἡμᾶς βέλη
): the object answering to the
literal βέλη
(such as ὀνείδη
) is left to be understood. Cp. Rhianus
(3rd cent. B.C.) μακάρεσσιν
ἐπὶ ψόγον αἰνὸν ἰάπτει
(by tmesis for
ἐπιάπτει
). This seems truer than to suppose that the constr. is λόγοις ἰάπτων
(με
), ‘assailing me with taunts,’ though the
latter view might be supported by the rare use of ἰάλλω
in
πρεσβύτατον
καὶ ἄριστον ἀτι‐
μίῃσιν ἰάλλειν
.
As to the root of ἰάπτω
, Curtius holds
that ἰα‐π
is expanded from
ἰα
(=Skt. π
, just as the Lat.
ἐνόσησε
etc.
Here, however, it refers to the past ἦρξε, ἐβασίλευσε
. Cp. the aor. in
τροφῆς
) τὴν ἐγὼ θάμ’ ἀμφὶ σοὶ | πόνῳ γλυκεῖ παρέσχον
:
where Electra looks back on a closed chapter of her life.
ἃ καὶ
ζῆλόν τινα καὶ τιμὴν φέρει τῇ πόλει.
ἔχει
,—has around her in her daily life. Cp. 503:
ὄγκον..ὀνόματος..τρέφειν
:
τρέφοιτε..νόσον
.
κ.τ.λ.
The chief emphasis is on the clause
αἰσχρόν
, in such a case as his, to go on
living (473). Tecmessa wishes him to feel that it would be αἰσχρόν
to die. But Ajax believes that
Teucer's care will avert the evils which she fears (562).
αἰσχύνομαι
or αἰδοῦμαι
, implies that the person is doing,
or has done, the act which causes shame. The infinitive implies that he
has not yet done it. Cp. Xen. καὶ
τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ αἰσχύνομαι
λέγων· τὸ δ’ ‘ἐὰν μένητε παρ’ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω,’.. αἰσχυνοίμην ἂν
εἰπεῖν
: (‘I am not ashamed
πράκτωρ
and εὔθυνος
(
εὐνοίας..κληρονόμους
(‘heirs’).
εἰ
and fut. indic. often denotes an object of pity or
indignation (
οὐκ ἐλεοῦντες..τὰ τείχη, εἰ πεσεῖται, οὐδὲ
κηδόμενοι τῶν νεῶν, εἰ..παραδοθήσονται.—
ἐξ ὅτου νέας
|
τροφῆς ἔληξε
(n.).
βίον
, ‘pass his life’: schol. διάξει, βιώσεται
. The midd. has this absolute
sense in Hippocr. ὑγιηροὶ
τἄλλα..διαφέρονται
(‘they pass through life’): Xen. σκοπούμενος διοίσει
(a correction of διέσῃ
). We find also διαφέρειν
βίον
or αἰῶνα
( Her. 3. 40, διαφέρειν
only ([Eur. ] διοίσεται
as pass., διαφορεῖν
, though Eur. διέφερον
in a kindred sense, and Arist. διαφέρεσθαι
: but such a meaning,
which would fix attention on the boy's property, is utterly out of place
here. [Lobeck, and Blaydes after him, cite Dion or. 41 p. 506 C ὑπ’ ὀρφανιστῶν διασπασθήσεται
: but the
correct reference is or. 43 p. 506 C, and the words, ὑπὸ τῶν συγγενῶν καὶ ἐπιτρόπων διασπασθῆναι
.]— ἀνδρῶν γε
μοῦνος
: Eur. σοῦ μόνη
.
διοίσεται
), if he shall have his life ὑπό
with the midd. πορεύεται
in 1253 f.:
θἁλλει
δ’..ὑπ’
ἄχνας
. The sense is not merely, ‘live ὑπό
with the genitive here
took the sense of ὑπό
with the dative (
The word ὀρφανιστής
(found only here) =ἐπίτροπος
, ‘guardian.’ Eustathius (p. 533. 30),
on
χηρωσταὶ δὲ
διὰ κτῆσιν δατέοντο
, explains χηρωσταί
as those who administered the property of persons who left no direct heirs (τοὺς χηρεύοντας διαδόχων
); adding, οἵτινες κατὰ λόγον ἄλλον καὶ ὀρφανισταὶ ἐκαλοῦντο, ὡς
ὀρφανῶν ὑπεριστάμενοι, καθὰ καὶ Σοφοκλῆς δηλοῖ
. Apparently, then, he
knew the word only from this verse. (The verb ὀρφανίζω
usu.=to make
ὀρφανός
.)
μή
), of no friendly kind; for the order, cp. Aesch. ὁποῖα νίκης μὴ κακῆς ἐπίσκοπα
. [The μὴ
could also be explained by εἰ
in 510: but this is less simple.]
Compare Andromachè's description, in her lament over Hector, of the lot in
store for her child, ἦμαρ δ’ ὀρφανικὸν
παναφήλικα παῖδα τίθησιν
, ‘the day of orphanhood makes a child
companionless,’ etc.:
εἰς τί βλέπω;
Cp. 428
ἐῶ
(n.).
ᾀστόω
for ἀϊστόω
. (In fr. 493, κόρον
ἀϊστώσας πυρί
, Kuster's conjecture
κηρὸν
, if right, would point to
ᾀστώσας
.) The ordinary form occurs in
αὑτὴν
διηΐστωσε.
ἀλλ’ ὅστις
Ἅιδου
φθίμενος οἰκήτωρ πέλοι
: though Ἅιδου πάντες
εἴσ’ οἰκήτορες
. For θανάσιμος
said
of the
νομίζω γὰρ
ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ
εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ συμμάχους
.
ἐν σοὶ γὰρ
ἐσμέν
(n.). The prep. expresses that her safety is in his
power,—depends on him.
Per
conubia nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos, | Si bene quid de te merui,
fuit
aut tibi quicquam | Dulce meum, miserere.
For the optat.,
marking the generality of the statement, cp.
1344:
ἀλλ’ δ\ν
πόλις
στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν
(n.).
χάρις γὰρ ἀντὶ χάριτος ἐλθέτω
. For the place
of γάρ
, cp. Aesch. θεὸς θεῶν γάρ κ.τ.λ.
: for that of the art., Soph. ἐκεῖνον ὁ κτανών.
δίκη δίκην ἔτικτε καὶ βλάβη βλάβην
.
ἄν
, as well as the second, belongs to θέλοιμι
: cp. 537
:
ἔχω
. Cp.
δότε δὴ καὶ
τόνδε γενέσθαι | παῖδ’ ἐμόν, ὡς καὶ ἐγώ περ, ἀριπρεπέα Τρώεσσιν
:
this also illustrates the use of καί
, on
which see ὅσ’ οἶδα
κἀγώ
(n.).
καὶ
=‘and.’ But where καὶ κάρτα
replies to a question (καὶ
merely emphasises (‘Yea,
surely’), and καὶ κάρτα
is then equiv. to ἦ κάρτα
(
καὶ
μάλα, καὶ
sometimes=‘and,’ but sometimes merely strengthens
the adv. (
ὃ ἂν
ταχθῇ
: he has not yet given his command. Cp.
ἦ μὴν ἐμοὶ τὸ
λεχθὲν ἔργον ἐκτελεῖν
, ὃ ἂν λεχθῇ.
τόλμησον
,
‘make the effort.’ Instead of agreeing to take her ἔπη
), Ajax replies that he will be ready to
praise her
For the alliteration (παρήχησις
) cp. 1112:
τυφλὸς τά τ’ ὦτα τόν τε νοῦν τά τ’ ὄμματ’ εἶ(n.).
καὶ μήν
(lit. ‘and verily’) introduces a new
fact or thought; as in Tragedy it often announces a new comer (1168).
When this new fact or thought raises a difficulty in the way of
something proposed by the last speaker, then καὶ
μήν
acquires an adversative force. Thus here, its literal
sense, ‘and verily,’ ‘indeed,’ is tinged by the context with the sense,
‘oh, but,’ or ‘nay, but.’ The effect of καὶ μήν
, but emphasises the word or phrase
with which it is immediately connected.
ξὺν φόβοισι
.
Her fears were indicated at v. 340.
ἐκλύομαι
means to ‘release,’ ‘set
free,’ in ἐξελύσαντο τοὺς Ἀργείους
. The choice of the
word seems to be prompted by a wish not to say more than is implied in φόβοισι
, or to imply that she had ἐν τοῖσδε
τοῖς κακοῖσιν κ.τ.λ.
—startles her into speaking plainly,—μὴ σοί γέ που δύστηνος κ.τ.λ.
The conjecture τῶν φόβων
χάριν ῥύσασθαι
θέλουσα ἐξήγαγον
. But ἐξήγαγον
is there the important word, while the words ῥύσασθαι
θέλουσα
are merely the scholiast's expansion of the motive implied
in φόβοισι
.
κ.τ.λ.
Here γε
replies to his question (‘
γέ
τοι
cp.
τῷ παρόντι
δαίμονι
. A gen. after πρέπων
is very rare, but analogous to the gen. after
ἄξιος
: Plat. πρεπόντως τῶν
πραξάντων
. [In Plat. ὕβρεως ἢ μανίας καὶ ἄλλης κακίας πρέπουσαι βάσεις
,
the gen. seems to depend on πρέπουσαι
: but
might be possessive.]
)θώϋξεν.
ἢ κόρυθ’
ἠὲ
σάκος, τό οἱ ἤρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον
: Eur. πῶς
) οὐκ ἠρκέσατον κῆρας μελάθροις;
ὡς ἐμοί
, Tr.
395): Eur. οὗτός τ’ ἂν
ὡς ἐκ τῶνδ’ ἐτιμᾶτ’ ἄν, γέρον
, |
θανών
. Thuc. 4. 17§ 1 ὡς
ἐκ τῶν παρόντων
. There is a verbal likeness to Soph. τί δῆτ’ ἂν ἀλλὰ νῦν σ’ ἔτ’ ὠφελοῖμ’ ἐγώ
;
θεοῖσι
κλέπτομαι
, and
μὴ μελλέτω
: cp.
Aesch. τί δῆτα
μέλλεις μὴ οὐ γεγωνίσκειν τὸ πᾶν;
παρεῖναι
: a periphrasis like θήραν
ἔχων
(564), ἔχει στίβον
(
εὐθύνων πόδα
.
χωρῶν
ἀπείλει
νῦν
(n.).
οὐκ ἀκούοντι
.
Cp. Eur. ἦ πολὺ λέλειψαι τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων
(‘laggest far behind them,’—failest to comprehend them): λέλειμμαι τῶν ἐν Ἕλλησιν
νόμων
(‘am not versed in them’).
αἶρε
as=‘bring,’ comparing
μή μοι
οἶνον
ἄειρε
, Ar. αἶρ’ αἶρε μᾶζαν ὡς τάχιστα κανθάρῳ
: but this
is less simple, and less fitting.
οὐ
placed after the verb, see on
ταρβήσας
χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ
λόφον ἱππιοχαίτην
.
νεοτόμοισι
πλήγμασιν
.—There is no reason to doubt the genuineness of μου
.
οὔτοι ποτ’,
ὦναξ, τόν γε Λαΐου φόνον | φανεῖ δικαίως ὀρθόν
,
μητρόθεν
.
ὠμοκρατής
,
n. In saying νόμοις
rather than τρόποις
, he speaks with a certain heroic
grandeur (μεγαλοφρονῶν
, as the schol.
remarks). Cp. non
ita
Romuli | Praescriptum et intonsi Catonis | Auspiciis veterumque
norma.
οὕτω σκιρτῶσα
νεότης
πωλοδαμνεῖται
. Lucian τὴν νεότητα πωλοδαμνήσας
. For the metaphor
implicit in the compound verb, cp.
ἐναυκλήρεις
πόλιν
.
αὐτόν
(the object of
πωλοδαμνεῖν
) is its subject, καί
, yet having
different subjects, cp. Plat. λέγουσιν
) αὐτὸν ἀφανῆ γενέσθαι τοῖς παρακαθημένοις, καὶ
διαλέγεσθαι
[αὐτοὺς
] ὡς περὶ
οἰχομένου
.
κ.τ.λ.
Paraphrased by Attius,
ὧδε
βίην
τ’ ἀγαθὸν καὶ Ἰλίου ἶφι ἀνάσσειν
: but adds the nobler prayer
that men may say, πατρός γ’ ὅδε πολλὸν
ἀμείνων
. (
ζηλοῦν
is
unusual; but the same constr. sometimes occurs with words of a like
sense, τουτὶ γάρ τοί σε μόνον..μακαρίζω
.
ἄλλων δὲ
πλῆθος
οὐκ ἐπαισθάνει κακῶν
. It might, however, be adv. (cp.
τῶν λόγων
ἐπῃσθόμην
).
τὸ χαίρειν
, but
‘painless,’ as exempt from τὸ λυπεῖσθαι
. This
verse was probably written in the margin, as a parallel passage to v. 554,
and then crept into the text. It may come (as Valckenär thought) from some
other play of Sophocles; its tone seems less suggestive of Euripides. That
it was a familiar quotation, may be seen from the way in which it is brought
in by the novelist Eustathius (or Eumathius), in τὸ καθ’ Ὑσμίνην καὶ Ὑσμινίαν σρᾶμα
(τοῦ
ἔπους ἐμνήσθην ὡς τὸ μὴ φρονεῖν κάρτ’ ἀνώδυνον κακόν
. It is
translated, along with v. 553, in the sentences of Publilius Syrus (Suavissima
haec est vita, si sapias nihil: | Nam sapere nil doloris expers
est
malum.
But those two verses are doubtless later
interpolations in the text of Publilius: they are wanting in the best MS.
(Monac. lat. 6292).
πρὸς τὸ μαθεῖν
. Cp. 1365.
τὴν Φιλοκτήτου
σε δεῖ | ψυχὴν ὅπως λόγοισιν ἐκκλέψεις λέγων.—
suggests the
inbred qualities of the race; cp.
κρατίστου πατρὸς
Ἑλλήνων τραφείς
. For the prodelision of the augment in the 6th
foot of the v., cp.
)φάνη
: εἴθε
) αἴσχιον εἶδος ἀντὶ τοῦ καλοῦ )λαβον
.
τῆος δὲ
φίλῃ παρὰ μητρὶ | κείσθω
, the ref. is to the limit marked by ἐς γάμου ὥρην
just before. And εἰς
ἐνιαυτὸν
| εἶχε βίῃ· ὁ δὲ τῆος...δέδετο
. Other usages of τέως
are: (1) when it answers to ἕως
: Ar. τέως ἕως λάθοις σαυτὸν
διαρραγείς
: and (2) when it means, ‘for a time’ (or,
‘hitherto’), and is followed by a clause with
δέ
or ἀλλά
: Her. 1. 82
τέως μὲν
δὴ..τέλος δέ κ.τ.λ.
τρεφόμενοι τῇ
διηνεκεῖ τοῦ
πνεύματος ἐπιρροῇ ἀέρα
ὑγρὸν ἕλκοντες ὥσπερ νήπιοι
παῖδες
. Pliny τοὺς ἀνέμους φυτουργοῦντας
. We might
add Catull. 62. 39
τὸ γὰρ νεάζον
ἐν
τοιοῖσδε βόσκεται | χώροισιν αὑτοῦ
etc. (n.). The word ἀτάλλω
(which in
νήπιον
αἰδοίης ἐπὶ γούνασι μητρὸς ἀτάλλων
, and Pind. fr. 214 γλυκεῖά οἱ καρδίαν ἀτάλλοισα
... | ἐλπίς
. The Homeric form in this sense is ἀτιτάλλω
, Hom. παῖδα δὲ ὣς ἀτίταλλε
.
The word ἀτάλλω
may have been suggested to
Sophocles by a trait in the scene between Hector and Andromachè:
παῖδ’ ἐπὶ
κόλπῳ ἔχουσ’ ἀταλάφρονα, νήπιον αὔτως
.
ψυχὴν
only; but is better taken as acc. in
appos. with the whole sentence (see on
ἥκετ’ ἐμῶν
καμάτων παραμύθιον
).—The conjecture
πύργων
), ναῶν
).
ἅοκνος
suggests the notion
of ἀφειδής.
καί σφιν ἀνιηρὸν μὲν ἐρεῖς ἔπος, ἔμπα δὲ λέξον
).
A Doric form ἔμπα—ν
is used by Pind. ἔμπας
. (The form ἔμπακ’
, once read here, was a mere blunder:
see cr. n.)— εἰ καί
would be normal, since the reference
is to an actual fact: cp. Soph.
ὤψ
), here merely ‘distant,’ as in
βοᾷ τηλωπὸν
ἰωάν.
θήραν | τήνδ’
ἁλίως ἔχομεν
. He had gone on a foray (343) in the highlands
of Mysia (720).
αὐτερέται..
ἦσαν καὶ
μάχιμοι πάντες.
ἀγγείλατ’ ἐντολήν
. A final clause, ὅπως..δείξῃ
, would be less fitting here.
ὅπως
δείξει μητρί
, before the mind; cp. Aesch. fr. 175 τῆς Ἀντικλείας ἆσσον ἦλθε Σίσυφος
, | τῆς σῆς λέγω τσι μητρός
. Dem. or. 19 § 152
περὶ
..μειζόνων, λέγω δὲ Φωκέων καὶ Πυλῶν
. Ajax adds these words to
show that he does not mean Teucer's mother, Hesionè (1300). Eriboea was
the daughter of Alcathoüs, king of Megara: Pindar mentions her as the
mother of Ajax (
εἰσαεί
.
It has three marks of spuriousness. (1) μέχρι
,
not μέχρις
, is the Attic form. (2) The
anapaest in the first foot is a needless harshness, when either ἕως
or ἔστ’ ἂν
was available. (3) The division of an anapaest (in the first foot)
between two words has no Sophoclean parallel except in τὸν ἴσον χρόνον τρέφοιτε τήνδε τὴν νόσον
μυχοὺς κίχωσι
is a somewhat strange phrase;
though we may compare
ἄστυ
κιχείομεν
. The use of κίχω
in 657 is slightly different.
ὅπως
in 567. Cp.
ἔθηκε δὲ πότνια μήτηρ
(Thetis),
‘offered them as a prize.’
ἀγωνοθέται
, the presidents of the games, such
as the Amphictyons were at the Pythian festival. The presidents
appointed the ἐπιμεληταί
who actually
supervised the contests, such as the
Ἑλλανοδίκαι
at Olympia. (Cp.
ἐμός
are brought from classical Greek
literature. (1) Eur. Ζεύς σ’ ὁ γεννήτωρ
ἐμός
: where G. Wolff would omit ὁ
.
(2) τὠμπέχονον ποίησας ἐμὸν ῥάκος
ἐμοὶ
, is quite
admissible; Hermann wrote
ἀμπεχόναν..ἐμάν
. The nearest analogy to such a license as ὁ λυμεὼν
ἐμός
is afforded by such instances as τὸν
ἐμὸν πατέρ’ ἄθλιον
( Eur. ἄθλιον
is a mere epithet, but ought, by position, to be a predicate.
Remembering the originally pronominal sense of the art., we may hesitate
to affirm that an Attic poet could not have ventured to write ὁ
λυμεὼν ἐμός
, meaning, ‘that destroyer of mine.’
No correction is very probable. We cannot read μήθ’
ὁ λυμεὼν ἐμοῦ
, since, though μου
can represent the possessive pron., such a use of
ἐμοῦ
would be unexampled. (See Krüger,
ἐμοίis also untenable. It is possible that the poet wrote
ἐπώνυμοι
were
the heroes who gave names to the Attic tribes. Cp.
430 n.
πόρπαξ
may be seen on shields depicted in
Greek vase-paintings; an example is reproduced in Smith's πόρπαξ
, was derived from these pins (πόρπαι
), which could be taken out, when it
was wished to remove the πόρπαξ
and so to
unfit the shield for immediate use. (It is made a charge against Cleon
in Ar. αὐτοῖσι τοῖς
πόρπαξιν
.)
But a loop at the edge of the shield, such as the
πόρπαξ
offered to the warrior's
ἐμβαλὼν πόρπακι γενναίαν χέρα), would not suffice to give him control. Hence, in the vasepainting noticed above, we see the
πόρπαξcombined with another contrivance, viz., a
ὄχανονor
ὀχάνη.—See Appendix.
πόρπαξ
. In πολύρραπτόν τε φαρέτρην
ἑπταβόειον
: see n. on 19. The second part of the compound is not βοῦς
, but
βοεία
, ox-hide (
Τυχίος, σκυτοτόμων ὄχ’ ἄριστος
,—so
essentially was the currier's art that which it chiefly demanded (
Ὕλη
,—probably the Boeotian (
σάκος
τετραθέλυμνον
,
οὗ καὶ τεθάψει
. (Cp. τεθνήξεις
.) The ordinary fut. pass.
was ταφήσομαι
. The practice of burying a
warrior's arms with him was a primitive Aryan custom; witness the swords
found in the graves at Mycenae. Sophocles in this play follows the
legend that the body of Ajax was ἀλλ’ ἄρα
μιν
κατέκηε σὺν ἔντεσι δαιδαλέοισιν
:
ἀλλά με
κακκῆαι σὺν τεύχεσιν
. It may have come down from the earlier
days when interment was the rule. No arms are burned on the pyre of
Patroclus (
is here adv.: cp.
μή μοι θάνῃς σὺ
κοινά
.
πακτόω
(πακτός
= πηκτός
)
is used by Her. 2. 96(in the compound ἐμ‐
), and by μοχλοῖς τε καὶ κλήθροισι τὰ προπύλαια πακτοῦν
.
Eustathius, who explains it by ἀσφαλίζεσθαι
(p. 742. 43), seems to regard the use of the word with ref. to closing
doors as peculiarly Attic (p. 1937. 62 τὸ
συγκλεῖσαι, πακτῶσαι παρ’ Ἀττικοῖς
). According to Pollux 10. 27,
however, Archilochus had used πακτῶσαι
as=κλεῖσαι
.
ἐπὶ
τῇ
σκηνῇ
, ἐς πόλιν
γόους
| οὐκ ἀξιώσειν, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ στέγης ἔσω, κ.τ.λ.
φίλοικτον
χρῆμα ἡ γυνή
. Eur. τὸ θῆλυ γάρ πως μᾶλλον οἰκτρὸν
ἀρσένων
. For the neut., cp. Eur. μῶρον μὲν οὖν γυναῖκες
:
O.
οἰκτίζομαι
as= ‘to lament’ (
δῶμα
πάκτου
. Cp. Hes. νῆα δ’ ἐπ’ ἠπείρου ἐρύσαι, πυκάσαι τε λίθοισι |
πάντοθεν
(‘protect’ it): perh. the nearest approach to the use
of the word here, in ref. to shutting the door of a dwelling.
ἐπῳδαί
, see on
φίλων
ἐπῳδαῖς
ἐξεπᾴδονται φύσιν
. The transition from gentle incantations
to drastic surgery is similarly implied in
τίς γὰρ
ἀοιδός,
τίς ὁ χειροτέχνης | ἰατορίας, ὃς τήνδ’ ἄτην | χωρὶς Ζηνὸς
κατακηλήσει;
(n.)
ἐπιθυμοῦντι τέμνειν
, but δεομένῳ τομῆς
: cp. Lucian τὰ ὄμματά μοι φαρμακᾷ
,= δεῖται φαρμάκων
. Cuncta prius tentata; sed immedicabile
vulnus
| Ense recidendum est, ne pars sincera trahatur.
πύκαζε θᾶσσον.
οὐδέ σ’ ἀρέσκει τὸ παρόν
(and οὐδείς μ’
ἀρέσκει
): τουτί
μ’ ἀρέσκει
:
ἐμέ
γ’...ἄραρεν
(n.).
τραχεῖς
καὶ
τεθηγμένους λόγους
.
ἀνάκρινε
:
καὶ κρῖνε
κἀξέλεγχε
.
μὴ
) κτείνας γένῃ
(n.).
ἄγαν γε
λυπεῖς
καὶ σὺ καὶ τὸ σὸν λέχος.
καὶ μὴν
ὀφείλων γ’ ἂν τίνοιμ’ αὐτῷ χάριν
( Aesch.
πεισομένοις ἐπίτασσε
ΘΗ. εὔφημα φώνει. ΑΜΦ.
βουλομένοισιν ἐπαγγέλλει
.
The division of the verse between two speakers (
ἀντιλαβή
) is here used for the first time in the play, to mark the
tension of feeling.
συγκλείσετε
, fut. of ξυνείργω
: but
in
εἴρξω
, a form which the poet may have preferred there,
because in the verse before he had used ἔρξεις
as fut. of ἔρδω
. (In
ξυνέρξων
is
fut. of ξυνέρδω
.) The command is given to
the πρόσπολοι
(544).
Ajax is now withdrawn into the tent on the eccyclema (εἰσκυκλεῖται
), and the entrance is closed.
Tecmessa and her child retire by another door into the part of the dwelling
which is supposed to represent the
γυναικών
. They re-enter after the Choral ode, and are present
while Ajax speaks (see 684 ff.). Some, indeed, suppose that they remain on
the scene during the ode; but the command of Ajax to Tecmessa in 579 f., μηδ’ ἐπισκήνους γόους | δάκρυε
, is against this.
Welcker thinks that not only Tecmessa (with the child), but Ajax also, remain present during the ode. (
First stasimon. 1st strophe, 596—608=1st antistr., 609— 621: 2nd str. 622—634=2nd ant. 635— 645. For the metres see Metrical Analysis.
νήσων, αἳ
ναίουσι πέρην ἁλός.
πλήσσω
), not ἁλίπλαγκτος
(
πλάζω
), is right here; the latter has the better MS.
authority, but could mean only, ‘wandering on the sea,’ as in 695 Πὰν ἁλίπλαγκτε
. Cp.
Pind. τᾶσδ’ ἐξ
ἁλιπλάκτου..γᾶς
(the island of Thera). Aesch. θαλασσόπληκτον νῆσον Αἴαντος
.
ὃν δὴ παλαιὸν
ἐξ
ὅτου δέδοικ’ ἐγὼ | μή μοι βεβήκῃ
(n.).
κ.τ.λ.
If this passage cannot be restored
with certainty, at least the doubt lies within narrow limits. Three
points should be noted.
1. The metre (logaoedic) is clear: no suspicion rests on the antistrophic
verses, 613—615 κρατοῦντ’ ... ηὕρηται
. Metre
proves, then, that (ἰδαία
, we require Ἰδαῖα
. (λειμωνίᾳ ποίᾳ
we require λειμώνἰ ἔπαυλα
. (εὐνόμᾳ
, we require
2. εὐνόμᾳ
, may be regarded as
certain. Sophocles would have written ΕΓΝΟΜΑΙ
.
It is confirmed by the fact that our best MS., L, has μίμνω
.
3. μήλων
, is (to my mind) not less certain.
For χρόνον
) ἡμερῶν ἀνήριθμον
. In no other way can ἀνήριθμος
be justified.
What remains doubtful, then, is only how we should correct the words, ἰδαῖα... λειμωνίᾳ ποίᾳ
. Now, in favour of Ἰδαῖα.. λειμώνἰ
,
let it be noted that, if ἔπαυλα
was the
genuine word, then the corruption of μηνῶν
into ἔπαυλα
meant properly a fold
for cattle, as in
σταθμά
. Here, however, it would have the
general sense which it bears in
ἵκου τὰ
κράτιστα γᾶς ἔπαυλα
, ‘dwellings,’—a sense in which σταθμά
too was poetically used. No other
conjecture accounts for the origin of μήλων
.
The construction then is, εὐνῶμαι Ἰδαῖα λειμώνια
ἔπαυλα
, ‘I am encamped in quarters on the fields of Ida,’ μηνῶν ἀνήριθμος
, ‘through countless months.’ For
the acc. with εὐνῶμαι
, cp. such phrases as ζυγὸν ἕζομαι
(249 n.), κεῖμαι τόπον
(
εὐνῶμαι
with ref. to camping, cp.
Τρώων φυλακαί
τε καὶ εὐναί
: Aesch. εὐναὶ γὰρ ἦσαν δαΐων πρὸς τείχεσιν· | ἐξ
οὐρανοῦ δὲ κἀπὸ γῆς λειμώνιαι | δρόσοι κατεψάκαζον
—a passage which
Sophocles may have had in mind.
For other views of the passage, and other emendations, see Appendix.
χρόνος
in 600. Tennyson's poem,
πόνῳ
for χρόνῳ
is not
probable.
ἐλπίζει
.
ποτανοὶ
δ’ ἤνυσαν τὸν Ἅιδαν
. Cp.
ἐξανύσαι
τὰν
παγκευθῆ κάτω | νεκρῶν πλάκα
. But in
πρὸς πόλιν
ἀνύσειε
.
ὃν ἀποτρέπονται
: cp.
ἰὼ σκότου |
νέφος ἐμὸν ἀπότροπον
(n.).
Πρόθοος
θοὸς
ἡγεμόνευεν
. The Homeric sense of
ἀΐδηλος
is active, ‘destroying’ (
ἀφανίζων
): but Hes. ἀΐδηλα
as=ἀφανῆ
.
suppositicius
in Mart.
5. 24. 8). Thus in Aristoph. ἔφεδρος
καθεδεῖσθαι
, while the two other poets contend, and to encounter
Euripides if the latter should vanquish Aeschylus. To the Chorus (χρόνῳ τρυχόμενος
), Ajax is an ἔφεδρος
, as being a fresh trouble in reserve.
Schol.: πρὸς τοῖς πρώτοις κακοῖς
ὥσπερ δεύτερόν
ἐστί μοι κακὸν τὸ τοῦ Αἴαντος ξυνεστηκός
: where the last
word is happily chosen to mark that ἔφεδρος
implies a trouble with which they have ἀλγηδόνος, ᾇ ξυνέστας
. For the fig. sense,
cp. Philo vol. 2 p. 527 μετὰ πάσας τὰς
αἰκίας..αὐτοῖς ἡ τελευταία καὶ ἔφεδρος τιμωρία σταυρὸς ἦν
,
‘after all their torments, the final doom
Prof. Campbell pronounces this interpretation ‘untenable,’ and renders ἔφεδρος
‘fixed at my side,’ because ‘Ajax had
remained sitting throughout the previous scene,’ and had now apparently
relapsed into sullen inaction within his tent.
θεία
νόσος.—
(αὐλή
), dwelling with: cp.
ἄταις
..
| ξύνοικος
.
ἑκάστα
, each Persian wife) τὸν αἰχμάεντα θοῦρον εὐνατῆρα προπεμψαμένα
:
where, as here, the midd.=‘from herself.’
‐βώτης
could mean either βοσκόμενος
, as in
οὐρεσιβώτας
(θῆρας
), or
βόσκων
. The latter seems best here; his φρήν
represents the flock; he is the
shepherd. Cp. ποῖον
πανόπτην
οἰοβουκόλον λέγεις;
(Argus,— Io being his sole charge.)
Simonides fr. 133 Ὄσσα, Κιθαιρῶνός τ’ οἰονόμοι
σκοπιαί
. Other compounds in which οἶος
has a like force are οἰόφρων
(πέτρα
, οἰόζωνος
(
ηὕρημαι
is usually pass.; but sometimes midd., as in Dem.
or. 19 § 17, or. 55 § 31, Aeschin. or.
3
§ 162. Here the pass. sense is more forcible: Ajax is himself
the πένθος
.
ἔργα
, but χεροῖν
belongs to it more closely: cp. 308 f. ἐρειπίοις
| νεκρῶν..φόνου
.
παρά
with dat. =‘in their estimation’:
δοκεῖς παρ’
ἡμῖν
οὐ βεβουλεῦσθαι κακῶς
: Dem. or. 2 § 3
θαυμαστότερος παρὰ πᾶσι νομίζεται.
ἔπεσε
is a metaphor from dice: cp. Pind. πολλὰ δ’ ἀνθρώποις παρὰ γνώμαν ἔπεσεν.
βαρὺς
βαρὺς ξύνοικος, ὦ ξένοι, βαρύς
. Elsewhere Sophocles usu.
iterates a word only after a slight break, as in
λείπομεν
ὑμᾶς,
λείπομεν ἤδη
(cp.
μέν
(=the
1st syll. of κεύθων
in 635) is very
difficult to defend. Sophocles has, indeed, used the other compound in
μόχθῳ..ἔντροφον
. Here, however, the εν
of μὲν
might have led to ἔγκληρα
is probably a corruption of σύγκληρα
. For σύντροφος
, cp.
611
ξύναυλος
, n.
νέαν δ’ ἁμέραν ἀπολιπὼν θάνοι
. Ar. χρονίους τ’ ἐτῶν παλαιῶν ἐνιαυτούς
.
γῆρας
, seems slightly more poetical here than ὦ λευκὰ γήρᾳ σώματ’
. Cp. Eur. γῆρας πολιόν
. The use of ἴδμεν
ὅ
τοι πέρι μὲν πραπίδες πέρι δ’ ἐστὶ νόημα
,
Her. 7. 9
τῶν ἐπιστάμεθα μὲν τὴν
μάχην
ἐπιστάμεθα δὲ τὴν δύναμιν
.
μόρος
) to the mind. The adv. (a
somewhat strange compound) may have been suggested by the Aeschylean φρενώλης
(
φρενομανής
(
μανία
in Eur.
λυσσάδι..μοίρᾳ
.
αἴλινον αἴλινον ἀρχὰν θανάτου |
βάρβαροι λέγουσιν,
αἰαῖ
, | Ἀσιάδι φωνᾷ κ.τ.λ.
The
mother's passionate grief will break forth in a cry of shrill
anguish,—not in more subdued and plaintive accents, like those of the
nightingale's lament. The contrast meant here is plain enough; though in
some other places, where the bitter προὔκλαιον, ὀξύφωνος ὡς ἀηδών
(cp. Soph.
ὄρνιθος
: cp. Eur. στολήν τε θηρὸς ἀμφέβαλλε
σῷ
κάρᾳ | λέοντος
. For the form, cp. voc.
ἀηδοῖ
( Ar. χελιδοῖ
( Ar. εἰκώ
acc. ( Eur. εἰκούς
acc. pl. ( Eur. ἀηδώ, χελιδώ
, or εἰκώ
occurs. Conversely
γοργώ
is the regular nom., but the genit. either γοργοῦς
(
γοργόνος
, and the pl. always γοργόνες
.
Schol. in L: ἡ ἀηδὼ δὲ κατὰ Μιτυληναίους
.
πολύκερων
φόνον
(n.):
κτύπος..
διόβολος
.
πρέπει παρηῒς φοινίοις
ἀμυγμοῖς
. The more natural word here would have been
σπάραγμα
: cp. Eur. σπάραγμα κόμας ὀνύχων τε δάϊ)
ἀμύγματα
θήσομαι
: οὐ σπαράξομαι κόμαν
.
κρεῖσσόν ἐστι κεύθειν αὐτόν
:
cp.
κρείσσων
γὰρ
ἦσθα μηκέτ’ ὢν ἢ ζῶν τυφλός
: κρείττων ἦν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ μὴ λειτουργήσας
οἴκοι
μένων βελτίων
: Soph. κρείττων γὰρ ἂν... γένοιτο ὁ
τοιοῦτος
πολίτης ἀποθανών
.
Elmsley's emendation,
, instead of
(the reading of the MSS.), is specious;
for Sophocles has that phrase in
εἰς ὅ κεν
αὐτὸς ἐγὼν Ἄϊδι κεύθωμαι
. The personal sense of Hades easily
passes into the local; thus we have not only εἰς
Ἅιδου
(
εἰς Ἀΐδαν
(
οὐρανῷ
(n.).
κεύθει κάτω
δὴ
γῆς
.
ἐν
Ἅιδου..κεκευθότοιν
.
τί πέτει; τί μάτην οὐχ ὑγιαίνεις;
Aesch. καὶ λύσσα καὶ μάταιος ἐκ νυκτῶν φόβος
. For
the order of words, instead of ὁ μάταν
νοσῶν
, cp.
τοῦ θανόντος
ἀρτίως
(n.).
ἥκων
) from the line of his fathers’: θεοῖς
ἔχθιστος
ἥκω
, ‘I have become most hateful to them’:
The ingenious conjecture of Burges, ὃς
,
would mean, ‘fortunate (εὖ ἥκων
) in his
descent (ἄνωθεν
) with regard to paternal
lineage’ (the gen. γενεᾶς
as in χρημάτων εὖ ἥκοντες
,
Her. 5. 62, etc.). But this is tame; and εὖ
ἥκων
is also prosaic: nor does it account for the gen. Ἀχαιῶν
. Wecklein, reading εὖ πατρῴας ἥκων γενεᾶς,
,
understands, ‘fortunate in his lineage, — ἄριστα
defines εὖ
.
πολύπονον δόρυ
. Her.
9.
27
ἐν τοῖσι Τρωικοῖσι πόνοισι
.
τρόποι
: for the subst., cp.
ἀστυνόμους
ὀργάς
(n.): for the adj.,
κτύπος
) φωτὸς σύντροφος ὡς τειρομένου του
. With
ἐστί
: he is not stable, constant, in respect to them (=οὐκ
ἐμμένει αὐταῖς
).
ξύντροφοι
ὀργαί
. The only peculiarity is that from ξυντρόφοις
ὀργαῖς
we are left to supply ἄλλαις
ὀργαῖς
(suggested by ἐκτὸς ὁμιλεῖ ξυντρόφοις ὀργαῖς
, as if it were
an oxymoron, =οὐχ ὁμιλεῖ
.) The expression
is of the same stamp as that in Eur. οἴκει μεθ’
ἡμῶν, μὴ
θύραζε τῶν νόμων
, (‘dwell with us, forsaking not the pale of
our customs,’ etc.): ἔξω δ’ ἐλαύνων τοῦ φρονεῖν
. For ὡς ἡδὺ καινοῖς πράγμασιν καὶ δεξιοῖς ὁμιλεῖν
.
ὦ τλῆμον
Ἑλλάς
), and in
τλήμων
so often occurs in exclamations; ὦ τλάμων
:
τρέφει.
τοιοῦτος αἰὼν
εἰς
δόμους τε κἀκ δόμων | ἀεὶ τὸν ἄνδρ’ ἔπεμπε
. The strict
meaning would be then, ‘no life-destiny which the line of Aeacus has
known.’ There is a certain pathos in this which may plead for it as
against Reiske's very plausible emendation Δ
for
A), which may be right, though, as compared with αἰών
, it is perhaps a little weak. Cp.
δῖοι Ἀχαιοί
.
Second ἐπεισόδιον
. Ajax comes forth from the tent,
and addresses his faithful friends. The speech translates his unshaken purpose
into the terms of his altered mood; yet so as to veil his meaning from the
hearers, and to make them think that not only the mood, but the purpose, is
changed. (See Introduction, § 12.) Tecmessa who left the scene at 595, now
returns, entering on the right of the spectators, and leading her child. Their
presence adds effect to v. 653; and Ajax addresses her at v. 684.
αὐτός τ’
ἔδησα
καὶ παρὼν ἐκλύσομαι
.—The rash change of σαφὴς
μὲν
ἀστῶν ἐμφανὴς δὲ τοῦ ξένου
:
ἄρξεις..κρατεῖς.
γαῖαν..ἣ τὰ πάντα τίκτεται
,
‘produces from herself.’ The midd. of the simple
κρύπτω
is rare: but cp. 246,
and
κρύψομαι
(n.).
χρημάτων ἄελπτον οὐδέν ἐστιν οὐδ’ ἀπώμοτον
.
Cp. Soph.
ὁ δεινὸς
ἵμερος
:
δεινὸν τὸ
τίκτειν
ἐστίν.
σίδηρον ὀπτὸν
ἐκ
πυρὸς περισκελῆ
(n.). Thus the associations of the word lead
naturally to his next thought.
καρτερὸς γίγνεται
,
supplied from ἐκαρτέρουν
. The
βαφή
is the cold bath (
στομοῦται σίδηρος
τοιαύτῃ
βαφῇ καὶ κράτος ἔχει, ὅ ἐστι κρατερὸς γίνεται πυκνούμενος εἰς
πλέον
. So Galen compares the tonic effect of a cold bath on
the human body with the effect of the βαφή
upon iron (καὶ
γὰρ
ψυχόμεθα καὶ τονούμεθα, καθάπερ ἐκεῖνος
(iron) ἐπειδὰν διάπυρος γενόμενος ἐμβάπτηται τῷ ψυχρῷ
. Lucr. 6. 968
βαφή
=the ‘temper’ of
steel, and is often used figuratively. Arist. τὴν
γὰρ βαφὴν ἀφιᾶσιν, ὥσπερ ὁ σίδηρος, εἰρήνην ἄγοντες
: Plut. τῆς μὲν ἀνδρείας οἶον
βαφή
τις ὁ θυμός ἐστι καὶ στόμωμα
(‘wrath gives, as it were, a
temper and an edge to courage’).— This passage has been discussed by R.
Paehler, in an essay on ancient steel (1885), and by Prof. H. Blümner in
his work on Greek and Roman technology (1887): see Appendix.
ἐπῄνεσα
in 536 (n.): οἰκτίρω
,
to the present, not to the time at which Tecmessa spoke. (Verses 594 f.
suffice to prove this.) γλῶσσα τεθηγμένη
(584) by
which his purpose was announced. Just so the father in Aristophanes (μέμνησ’ ὅπως
| εὖ μοι
στομώσεις αὐτόν
. Hence στόμα
cannot be completely translated; and it is the literal sense which
should here be sacrificed to the other. For the verb, cp. οὔπω ἐθηλύνθης
(‘softened’), οὐδὲ μαραινομένη
.
οὐκ
ἐλεαίρεις
ἄνδρας
.. | μισγέμεναι κακότητι
.
But the words could also mean, ‘I feel pity at the thought of leaving
her,’ implying that he does intend to leave her, though with pain; which
would usually be οἰκτίρω εἰ λείψω
.
πρὸς
λουτρά τε
: 53 n.
λαοὺς δ’
Ἀτρείδης ἀπολυμαίνεσθαι ἄνωγεν· | οἱ δ’ ἀπελυμαίνοντο καὶ εἰς ἅλα
λύματ’
ἔβαλλον
: where the meaning is that, by washing in the sea,
they cast off their stains upon it ( θάλασσα κλύζει πάντα τἀνθρώπων κακά
). So here
the thought in the mind of Ajax is that he will purge himself of his
stains by death.
μολὼν
ἐκεῖσε ἔνθα
, as often: cp.
κιγχάνει
occurs in
κεῖται κρυφαίῳ φασγάνῳ περιπτυχής.
ἕνθα.
ἐκρίψατ’,
ἔνθα
μήποτ’ εἰσόψεσθ’ ἔτι
:
κ.τ.λ.
So Clytaemnestra's gifts to
Agamemnon's tomb are to be laid up for her with the gods below: κειμήλἰ αὐτῇ ταῦτα σῳζέσθω
κάτω
(
τὰ δ’
ἄλλα τεύχη κοίν’ ἐμοὶ
τεθάψεται
.
πλῆρες δ’ ἐν χεροῖν λαβὼν δέπας | πάγχρυσον αἴρει
χειρὶ παῖς Ἀχιλλέως | χοὰς θανόντι πατρί
.
The exchange of gifts between the two heroes is told in
ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον
), with scabbard and
well-cut baldrick; and Ajax gave his girdle bright with purple.’
ἐχθροῦ παρ’ ἀνδρὸς οὐδέν ἐστι χρήσιμον
. Verg. γνώμη
with which Medea rejects Jason's offers is different: κακοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς δῶρ’ ὄνησιν οὐκ ἔχει
(
τοιγὰρ ποήσω
:
τοιγὰρ τὰ μὲν
δόξαντα δηλώσω.
θεοῖς
and Ἀτρείδας
, rather than between the verbs. We
sometimes find, in good writers of this age, even synonymous verbs
placed in apparent contrast, though the real antithesis lies elsewhere: ἡγούμενοι διὰ τὴν τῶν τρ<*>άκοντα
πονηρίαν πολὺ μᾶλλον σωθήσεσθαι ἢ διὰ τὴν τῶν φευγόντων δύναμιν
κατιέναι
λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς
ὀλωλότας· τί μήν;
(τί
μήν
is frequent in assenting replies, as ΦΑΙ. ὁρᾷς οὖν ἐκείνην τὴν..πλάτανον;
ΣΩ.
τί μήν;
Cp. τί μή
(ὑπείκωμεν;
cp. Plat. πῶς μὴ φῶμεν;
Dem. or. 21 § 35
ὁ
τοιοῦτος πότερα μὴ δῷ διὰ τοῦτο δίκην;
δεινός
might be called
the key-note of the earlier part of this speech (cp.
648 f., 674): it comes readily to the mind of the strong man,
full of the thought how strength can become weakness.
ἔν
τε ταῖς
ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τιμαῖς
. Cp. Degree
being vizarded,
| The unworthiest shows as fairly in the mask. | The heavens
themselves,
the planets and this centre | Observe degree, priority and
place, |
Insisture, course, proportion, season, form, | Office and
custom, in all
line of order.
δέ
(instead of τοῦτο
δέ
), as in
στίβος
, ‘path,’ is the notion present in other like
compounds;
οὐράνιά τε
καὶ
χθονοστιβῆ
(‘walking the earth’): καὶ κνώδαλα πτεροῦντα καὶ πεδοστιβῆ
:
πρὸς ἀντολὰς
φλογῶπας ἡλιοστιβεῖς
, ‘where are the paths of the Sun.’—Some
understand, ‘storms that χειμῶνες
seems
harsh. A third version is, ‘storms dense (or piled) with snow,’ from στείβω
in the sense of ‘pressing down,’
‘packing.’
κ.τ.λ.
: cp.
Soph. νυκτός τ’
ἀφεγγὲς βλέφαρον ἡλίου τε φῶς | ἴσον
βαδίζει τὸν ἐνιαύσιον κύκλον
, | κοὐδέτερον
αὐτῶν φθόνον ἔχει νικώμενον
. Plut. καίτοι τῶν πλανήτων ἕκαστος ἐν μιᾷ σφαίρᾳ,
καθάπερ ἐν
νήσῳ, περιπολῶν διαφυλάττει τὴν τάξιν· Ἥλιος γὰρ οὐχ ὑπερβήσεται
μέτρα,
φησὶν ὁ Ἡράκλειτος· εἰ δὲ μή, Ἐρινύες μιν δίκης ἐπίκουροι
ἐξευρήσουσι
. (Frag. XXIX of Heracleitus, ed. Bywater.)
αἰανῆς
in the texts of this passage may be
partly explained by a desire of symmetry, since in v. 673 an epithet is
given to ἡμέρᾳ
. Both
αἰανής
and αἰανός
were
probably classical. Reading πολλαὶ
κυκλοῦνται νύκτες
.
λευκόπωλος
ἡμέρα | πᾶσαν κατέσχε γαῖαν εὐφεγγὴς ἰδεῖν
, where the last
two words suggested ἐξίσταται
(‘makes room for her, so that she
may kindle,’ etc.). As to the ascription of white horses to deities or
heroes, see on
λύει
: cp.
θυμὸν οὐκ
ἀπώλεσεν
, | ἀλλ’ ὀρθὸν οὖς ἵστησιν
.
The ἄημα πνευμάτων
is personified as an
elemental power (like τὰ δεινὰ
etc. in
669). That power can either vex the sea, or give it rest; as Aeolus, the ταμίης ἀνέμων
, has the prerogative, ἠμὲν παυέμεναι ἠδ’ ὀρνύμεν, ὅν κ’
ἐθέλῃσι
(
Ἄρης
is a giver of quo non arbiter Hadriae |
Maior,
tollere seu ponere vult freta.
Vergil may have had Sophocles
in mind when he wrote placataque
venti | Dant maria
(
placidi straverunt aequora venti
(
ἄνεμοι λήξαντες
).
Lobeck, though he refrains from changing ὑπείκει, ἐκχωροῦσιν, ἐξίσταται
, tinge ἄημα
, such as λῆξαν
,
would be needed; cp. Pind. δεῖμα..παροιχόμενον | καρτερὰν ἔπαυσε μέριμναν
.
But this difficulty vanishes if ἄημα
is a
personified agency.
ἐν δέ
is similarly used in
καὶ γνῷ
τρέφειν
τὴν γλῶσσαν ἡσυχωτέραν
. In
γνώσεται
=‘she
will learn’ (by bitter experience).
γνώσομαι
:
‘I, at least, will so learn.’ For this elliptical ἔγωγ’
, cp. 1347,
1365,
The vulgate ἐγὼ
may have come from ἡμεῖς
in 677. It requires us to suppose that the poet was going to write ἐγὼ δ’, ἐπίσταμαι γὰρ ἀρτίως
(τοῦτο
), τόν τ’ ἐχθρὸν
ἐχθαρῶ, κ.τ.λ.
,—and then changed the constr. This is awkward. On the
other hand, with ἐγὼ δ’
, we could not supply γνώσομαι
.
κ.τ.λ.
The maxim is two-edged. φιλεῖν
ὡς
μισήσοντα
is the side of it which is really in the mind of
Ajax:—he dies hating the Greeks whom he had served so nobly (839—844).
But the other side—μισεῖν ὡς
φιλήσοντα
—is that which he wishes his hearers to conceive as
foremost in his thoughts.
Arist. κατὰ τὴν Βίαντος ὑποθήκην καὶ φιλοῦσιν
ὡς μισήσοντες καὶ μισοῦσιν ὡς φιλήσοντες
. Bias , of Prienè in
Ionia, one of the ἑπτὰ σοφοί
, is said to have
flourished about 550 B.C. For other references to this famous maxim, see
Appendix.
ἐς τήνδε μὴ
δίκαιος ὤν
:
ἐσθλὸς εἰς ἡμᾶς
γεγώς
.
αἰτήσομαι
:
προστρέψομαι
.
κ.τ.λ.
This is a ground for τὸ
φιλεῖν ὡς
μισήσοντα
, but not (directly, at least) for the converse;
and bewrays what is really uppermost in his mind. Bias , acc. to
Diogenes Laertius (1. 5 § 87), gave a similar reason,—τοὺς
γὰρ πλείστους εἶναι κακούς.
ἑταιρεία
was the form used in the sense of
ἑταιρία
in that of ἑταιρίας
διαλυτής
.
, fulfilled in all
fulness. For the ordinary meaning of διὰ
τέλους
in Attic prose, see Antiphon
or. 5 § 42, where it occurs twice: παρὼν
διὰ τέλους
(‘present διὰ τέλους γάρ με ἀπέλυε
(‘he
acquitted me ἀκούσαθ’ ὡς
μάθητε διὰ τέλους τὸ πᾶν
(
, suits the inmost thought
of Ajax. The
τὰ
αὐτὰ ἃ
ἥδε τιμᾷ
: cp.
λέγων | σοὶ
ταὔτ’.—
ethic dat.
(
τιμᾶν
is not exactly like that in
πῶς δῆτ’
ἐκείνῳ
δυσσεβῆ τιμᾷς χάριν
(where see n.), but more like that in Eur. νόμους | τιμῶσιν
.
ἐπιμελεῖσθαι
), as in
κείνου
λελῆσθαι
τῆς δὲ τικτούσης μέλειν
(n.).
ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν ἡμῶν
μοῖῤ, ὅποιπερ εἶς’, ο. τ. ι)/τω
.
θανόντα
:
cp. ὅταν
λόγῳ θανὼν | ἔργοισι σωθῶ
. The word was thus wellchosen for his
aim here.
A joyous dance-song, ὑπόρχημα
, which holds the
place of the second stasimon. Strophe 693—705= antistr. 706—718. For the metres
see Metrical Analysis.
The effect is to prepare for the catastrophe by a contrast. A joyous ode is
introduced with a similar purpose in
ἥσθην ἀπειλαῖς, ἐγέλασα
ψολοκομπίαις
. Aesch. fr. 387 ἔφριξ’
ἔρως
δὲ
(ἔρωτι
Brunck) τοῦδε μυστικοῦ τέλους
. Here ἔρως
. Cp. Statius
laetusque
per artus | Horror iit.
προσέπτατο
.
Cp.
ἀνέπταν φόβῳ
: γέγηθα, κρατὶ δ’
ὀρθίους ἐθείρας | ἀνεπτέρωκα
.
Κυνόσουρα
, a tongue of land on the E. side of
Salamis, and the Peiraeus. Aesch. mentions it ( Aesch. βαιά, δύσορμος ναυσίν, ἣν ὁ φιλόχορος | Πὰν
ἐμβατεύει, ποντίας ἀκτῆς ἔπι.
φάνηθ’
, is perhaps best taken with it, since,
as merely a general epithet of the god, it would here be less fitting;
but then there must be no comma after it. Cp.
δύστηνε..φανείς
: εὐαὲς
ἡμῖν ἔλθοις
(n.): ὄλβιε κῶρε γένοιο
ἀβάτοισιν ἐν
ὕδασι
κοῦφος ὁδίτης
.
Ὀλύμπου
κορυφαῖς..χιονοβλήτοισι
: Soph. ὑπὸ δειράσι νιφοβόλοις |
Παρνασοῦ
. Cyllenè attains a height of about 8000 feet.
θεῶν
seems to be possessive rather than
partitive; θεῶν | ὁ
πάντα
λεύσσων Ἥλιος
(unless θεὸς
should be read there). But here the meaning seems to be that Pan
represents the gods in this function. Pan was to rustic χοροί
, those of nymphs and satyrs, what
Apollo Μουσαγέτης
was to the Olympians;
and the province denoted by
χοροποιός
here is thus limited by the context. So Pindar fr.
75 calls Pan χορευτὰν τελεώτατον θεῶν
: and
an Attic σκολιόν
greets him as ὀρχηστά, βρομίαις ὀπαδὲ νύμφαις
.
Νύσια
and
Κνώσια
denote a character of wild enthusiasm.—Cnosus, the
chief city of Crete, was situated in the north of the island, in one of
the plains at the foot of Ida. The form
Κνωσός
has older and better authority than Κνωσσός
. It was there that Daedalus was said
to have made the χορός
(dancing-place) for
Ariadnè (
ὀρχηστική
was first
elaborately cultivated. The hyporcheme itself was originally Cretan
(schol. on Pind.
αὐτομαθῆ, ἃ σὺ σαυτὸν ἐδίδαξας
. Pan
is the inspired and inspiring χοροποιός
.
The dances will be joyous as those of Nysa or Cnosus, but due to his
prompting alone. So the minstrel Phemius says, αὐτοδίδακτος
δ’ εἰμί, θεὸς δέ μοι ἐν φρεσὶν οἴμας | παντοίας ἐνέφυσεν
,
ἰάπτειν
ὀρχήματα
means strictly, ‘to dance with lively gestures.’ The
musician Aristoxenus (Κρητικαὶ ὀρχήσεις
among
those which he admired διὰ τὴν τῶν
χειρῶν κίνησιν
(Athen. I. p. 22 B). How ἰάπτω
could be associated with swift ἰάπτει δ’ Ἀσίδος δἰ
αἴας
(‘rushes’).—Pan might possibly be said ἰάπτειν ὀρχήματα
as ‘
τί δεῖ με
χορεύειν;
because the sense is, ‘why should sacred dances
continue?’
πόντου
Ἰκαρίοιο
.
ἁλὸς ἐν
πελάγεσσιν
. For the synizesis, cp.
718
νεικέων
:
ἑλκέων
.—For Διρκαίων ὑπὲρ
ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα
.
ὀρχήστ’ ἀγλαΐας
ἀνάσσων,
εὐρυφάρετρ’ Ἀπόλλων
: fr. 116 ὁ
Μοισαγέτας
με καλεῖ χορεῦσαι
. Here, however, the words νῦν γὰρ ἐμοὶ μέλει χορεῦσαι
seem to close the
reference to dancing. Apollo, who in 187 was invoked as ἀποτρόπαιος
, is here invited more especially
as the healer,—to crown, by his bright presence, their joy at the
recovery of Ajax.
Δάλιε Παιάν
(n.).
ἐναργής
: cp.
ἥ
μοι
ἐναργὴς ἦλθε
. On γνωτός
and γνωστός
, see ς
is here the better attested.
Ἄρης
) ἐξέλυσ’ ἐπίπονον ἁμέραν
, ‘has cleared away
the day of trouble’ (n.).
Ἕκτορα δ’
αἰνὸν ἄχος πύκασε φρένας.
θεὸς
) κἀκ χαλεπᾶς δύας ὕπερθ’ ὀμμάτων |
κρημναμενᾶν
νεφελᾶν ὀρθοῖ
.
πάρεστι
:
πελάσαι
. Cp.
Aesch. καὶ
λευκὸν
ἦμαρ νυκτὸς ἐκ μελαγχίμου
. For λόγος
κακόθρους
(n.).
πελασθεὶς
φύλακος
:
κοίτης
ἐμπελασθῆναι.
ὠκυάλων
rather
as a swift vehicle over the sea (νηυσὶ θοῇσι
πεποιθότες ὠκείῃσι
. For the double epithet, cp. also
εὐστόλου
ταχείας
νεώς
.
ἐστί
),=λανθάνεται
πόνων
: the word occurs only here and in
λαθίπονον δ’
ὀδυνᾶν
).
καθαρμός
and ἱλασμός
. By θεῶν
πάνθυτα θέσμια
is meant, ‘the ordinances of the gods, with
all the θυσίαι
which they enjoin’; since
the ablutions of Ajax would be followed (as the Chorus conceive) by
sacrifices to the deities whom he had offended, esp. to Athena and
Artemis. There is thus a tragic irony in
θυσία
is indeed about to be offered.
θέσμια
.
ὁ πάντα
μαραίνων τὰ καλὰ
χρόνος
. The reading of the MSS.,
μαραίνει
, clearly
bewrays an interpolation. The schol. in L has, τὰ ὑπὸ
Αἴαντος διὰ πολλῶν εἰρημένα διὰ βραχέων διεξῆλθεν
: vague
words which obviously do φανέντα κρύπτεται
of v. 647, as well as the φύει τ’ ἄδηλα
, found an echo here. But it is
possible that this very scholium may have led a prosaic reader to
surmise a loss, and to supply it. (Another possibility is that μαραίνει
was corrupted to μαραίνεται
, and this to μαραίνει
τε
, when a defect would be inferred.) Compare the undoubted
interpolations in Soph.
βροτοῖσιν οὐδέν ἐστ’ ἀπώμοτον
. Thus ἀνέλπιστον
(schol.) gives the meaning
correctly.
ἐξ ἀέλπτων κἀπρομηθήτων
.
ἐγνώσθην
(simple or compound) in any but a
pass. sense. ἀνεγνώσθην
is regularly pass.
in Herod. ; ἀναγνωσθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς γυναικός
(cp. 6. 50; 7. 7, etc.). The schol. in L took
the word to be pass.; he explains it by
μετεπείσθη
(as Hesychius does), and
μετεβλήθη
. The other view —that
μετανεγνώσθη
is midd. in sense— appears in the glosses μετέγνω
and
μεταβεβούλευται
: but no proof is brought. If it be passive,
however, it does not mean that the Chorus suppose Ajax to have been
converted by themselves or Tecmessa: the cause is left indefinite.—The
form
θυμὸν
of the MSS., since Sophocles
would write it ΘΥΜΟΝ
: but, though the
plur. θυμοί
is common enough in prose
(as=‘fits of passion’), it never occurs in Tragedy. The gen. depends on μετανεγνώσθη
as a verb of ‘desisting’ or
‘withdrawing’ from (cp. μεταστῆναί
τινος
). The dat. μετανεγνώσθη θυμοῦ
as implying κατηλλάχθη
or
ξυνέγνω
. Cp. 774: I.
Ἀχιλλῆι
μεθέμεν
χόλον
:
μέθιεν
χαλεποῖο χόλοιο | Τηλεμάχῳ.—
:
for the synizesis, cp. 702
πελαγέων
.
The third ἐπεισόδιον
consists of two scenes. (1)
719—814. The messenger from Teucer excites the fears of the Chorus and Tecmessa.
(2) 815— 865. The soliloquy of Ajax, and his death.
ὅτι
after ἀγγεῖλαι
marks the speaker's eager haste: cp. ὁ μὲν τάχιστος τῶν
λόγων
εἰπεῖν τε καὶ | μαθεῖν, τέθνηκε θεῖον Ἰοκάστης κάρα
. For λόγους ἀγαθοὺς φέρων |
εὐαγγελίσασθαι πρῶτον ὑμῖν βούλομαι
.
κρημνοί
meant here are the lower spurs of
Olympus, in the region of Ida. Teucer had gone on a foray (343 n.) to
some of the upland towns or villages of the enemy.
κλισία
of Agamemnon. So in
νηὶ πάρα πρυμνῇ Ἀγαμέμνονος
. He was stationed
near Odysseus, whose post, at the middle point of the naval camp (
ἵνα
σφ’ ἀγορή τε θέμις τε | ἤην, τῇ δὴ καί σφι θεῶν ἐτετεύχατο βωμοί
(
βουλή
on the deed of Ajax; while the λαοί
were gathered in ἀγορά
around them. In Attic prose στρατήγιον
means the council-chamber of the
ten στρατηγοί
(Aeschin.
or. 2 § 85: or. 3. § 146).
κῦδος
by the schol. in L
here (ἀρσενικῶς δὲ ὁ κῦδος
ἐπὶ τῆς ὕβρεως
), and by the schol. on Apoll.
Rhod. 1. 1337 κῦδος ἀρσενικῶς ἡ
λοιδορία παρὰ
Συρακουσίοις
. The schol. in L illustrates the verb by two
quotations: (1) from the Ἄμυκος
of
Epicharmus: Ἄμυκε μὴ κύδαζέ μοι τὸν
πρεσβύτερον
ἀδελφόν
: (2) from the οὔ τοι γυναιξὶ κυδάζεσθαι· τί γάρ;
—where
Elmsley inserts δεῖ
, and Blomfield χρή
, after γυναιξί
.
The verb having υ^
, the noun must have
been ὁ κύδος
(υ^
).—For
the dat. of the agency,
κ.τ.λ.
They saw him coming while he was
still far off; when he drew nearer, they gathered round him in a
threatening crowd; and now, having arrived at the στρατήγιον
, he is being reviled by them.
Notwithstanding the position of στείχοντα
. The
order of words, though somewhat awkward, is not bolder than that in
ἔτλα καὶ
Δανάας οὐράνιον φῶς | ἀλλάξαι δέμας ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς
. Cp.
also
χολωθεὶς εὐθὺς
ἤρασσον κακοῖς | τοῖς πᾶσιν
. Cp.
1244 : Aesch. θείνει δ’ ὀνείδει μάντιν
. εὐθὺς ἐξαράττω | πολλοῖς
κακοῖς κᾀσχροῖσι.
adsiduis hinc atque hinc vocibus heros |
Tunditur.
ἃ σοὶ | οὐδεὶς ὃς οὐχὶ τῶνδ’ ὀνειδιεῖ τάχα
.
κ.τ.λ.
: the art. τὸν
marks a
quotation of the phrase which they used: ‘calling him “that kinsman of
the maniac,”’ etc. Cp. Xen. ἐπιχειροῦσι
βάλλειν
τὸν Δέξιππον,
ἀνακαλοῦντες τὸν προδότην.
ἀνταγωνιστής τινος
. The dat. τῶν σῶν
Ἡρακλεῖ
δωρημάτων
n.), and is strongly recommended by euphony. But
euphony is not a sure guide in such cases (cp.
ἀλάστορα
τὸν Φίλιππον ἀποκαλῶν
. The good sense is rare in Attic of this
age; τὸν
ἵππον τοιοῦτον ἀποκαλοῦσιν ἐλευθέριον
: but may have been
less rare later (cp.
ὡς οὐκ ἀρκέσοι
ἑαυτῷ τὸ μὴ λιθόλευστος γενέσθαι
. Cp.
Aesch. οὐδὲν γὰρ
αὐτῷ ταῦτ’ ἐπαρκέσει τὸ μὴ οὐ | πεσεῖν
ἀτίμως
. For the fut. optat., cp.
313 .
πέτροις καταξανθέντες ὀστέων ῥαφάς
. Cp. Ar. τί φειδόμεσθα τῶν λίθων, ὦ δημόται
, | μὴ οὐ καταξαίνειν τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον εἰς φοινικίδα;
ὁρᾷς τόδ’ ὡς
εἴρηκας ὡς ἄγαν νέος
τάχ’, ὡς ἔοικας, ὡς νοσεῖς
φράσεις
. So in Xen. κραυγὴν..
ἐποίουν,..ὥστε καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἀκούειν·
ὥστε οἱ μὲν ἐγγυτάτω..ἔφυγον
: where the first ὥστε
=‘so that,’ while the second =‘and so.’
, were drawn through (and out
of) the scabbards, ἐκ τῆς
Ἀχιλλέως δὲ πρὸς Ἀγαμέμνονα ἀρχῆς
(read
ὀργῆς
) παραγέγραπται
. There,
Achilles was drawing his sword—ἕλκετο
δ’ ἐκ
κολεοῖο μέγα ξίφος
—when Athena came to him ( I.
ἄψ δ’ ἐς
κουλεὸν ὦσε μέγα ξίφος
(τὸ κολεὸν
κοινότερον κουλεὸν λέγεται
).
οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω
: Ar. ὑπάγεθ’ ὑμεῖς τῆς ὁδοῦ.
ἐν λιταῖς
στείλαντες
, ἐν λόγοις | πείσειν
.
ἦ βέβηκεν
ἡμὶν ὁ
ξένος;
κύριος
or ‘principal person’ in this matter, as being most
nearly concerned in it. For the poet. plur., cp. Aesch. εἰ δὲ τυγχάνω
| τοῖς κυρίοισι καὶ προσήκουσιν λέγων | οὐκ οἶδα
.
ἕργμασιν νικαφόροις
ἐγκώμιον
ζεῦξαι μέλος
,
ἰοὺ ἰού
stands within the trimeter.
πεμφθεὶς
κελεύθους
. With πέμπω
, the
second acc. usu. denotes the place ἀγρούς σφε
πέμψαι
).— )θώϋξεν
: 557
)τράφης
.
χρεία
sometimes=‘a request’:
καὶ τοῦ με
χρείας ὦδε λιπαρεῖς τυχεῖν;
βορᾶς
( Aesch. φόνου
( Aesch. You think | I will your serious and great
business scant
ἀπαυδῶ
..
| μήτ’ εἰσδέχεσθαι κ.τ.λ.
: Xen. ἀπηγόρευε μηδένα βάλλειν.—
.
When verbs of motion compounded with παρά
mean to ‘go παρά
τινα
): so οἱ παριόντες
are
those who come forward to address the ecclesia. Teucer was anxious that
Ajax should not go forth into public (ἔξω
παρήκειν
). In Soph. παρελθεῖν
is said of
προεῖπον..μὴ ναυμαχεῖν..ἢν
μὴ..πλέωσι
(instead of εἰ μὴ πλέοιεν
).
For πρίν
and subjunct., without ἄν
, cp. 965. τύχῃ
.
δέδοικα γὰρ
μὴ
τοὺς καθεστῶτας νόμους | ἄριστον ᾖ σῴζοντα τὸν βίον τελεῖν
.
There is no more reason for desiring ἄμεινον
there. For τὸ
κέρδιστον..
, cp. Thuc. 1. 90§ 2 τὸ..βουλόμενον
καὶ ὕποπτον τῆς γνώμης
.
ἐῢ
φρονέων ἀγορήσατο
.
τοσοῦτον οἶδα
. Moreover, the
question, ‘what does Calchas know of this matter?’ is strange in
reference to the inspired seer, ὃς ᾔδη τά τ’
ἐόντα
τά τ’ ἐσσόμενα πρό τ’ ἐόντα
(
ἀντὶ
μέχρι τούτου
: meaning that the word goes not only with τοσοῦτον οἶδα
, as an independent sentence is
often subjoined to a relative clause: see on
ἧς νῦν
ἔχονται
κἀπαναίρονται δόρυ
. It is equiv. to a participial phrase
giving the ground for οἶδα
, such as αὐτὸς ἰδών
: cp.
παρὼν ἐρῶ
.
κύκλου τῶν συνεδρευόντων βασιλέων
: cp.
οἱ δὲ
γέροντες | εἵατ’ ἐπὶ ξεστοῖσι λίθοις ἱερῷ ἐνὶ κύκλῳ
(of
judges). The Homeric βουλή
consists, not
of all the chiefs, but of a select number, specially summoned: cp.
Ἀργείων
βασιλῆες, ὅσοι κεκλήατο βουλήν
. In
ο—
before φρ
, cp.
τοὺς
κακόφρονας
:
περιβρυχίοισιν
(n.).
ἐχρήιζε μηδεμιῇ τέχνῃ ἐκθεῖναί
μιν
. Xen. ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ
μηχανῇ μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι
.
vεργ
) was to ‘press’: whence come both the
meanings of this verb, ‘to shut out,’ and ‘to shut in.’ Acc. to
Eustathius (p. 1387. 3) the Attic form was εἴργω
as=κωλύω
(‘shut out’ or ‘hinder’), but εἵργω
as=ἐγκλείω
. Curtius (εἱρκτή,
εἱργμός
, ‘a prison.’ Andoc. or. 4 § 27 has εἱργνύων
(‘imprisoning’): Plat. καθείργνυσι
(indeed, the forms from ειργνυ
are always
aspirated). But in regard to the other forms the evidence of MSS. is
often conflicting, and the practice of editors has varied. In Thuc. ,
Bekker always writers εἵργω
: Classen and
Stahl, always εἴργω
, even (
εἴρξειν
and 4. 47 § 3 κατεῖρξαν
,
where the ref. is to imprisonment; though in the latter place the MSS.
seem to agree on καθεῖρξαν
. On the other
hand in Eur. εἶρξαι
. Eur. Itmay be
noted that Lobeck could find no instance of
ἀφείργειν
earlier than Aelian (ἀφειργμένη
): as to
ἄφερκτος
in Aesch. εἶρξαι
here, and
εἴργειν
in 795. This is justifiable in any case, the sense being
‘to
ἔνδοθεν
στέγης | μὴ )ξω παρήκειν
.
σκηνῆς
ὕπαυλον
(796).
ἀφέντα
), and leave him to himself.
αὐτόν
, since ἐλέγξαι
Διοκλείδην
ψευσάμενον, καὶ τιμωρήσασθαι ἐκεῖνον.
μηδ’ ἀφέντ’ ἐᾶν
: if Ajax were
let out, Teucer would
οἴμ’
is allowed in
tragic verse on the ground that Comedy proves it to have been common.
νῦν τε,’ ἔφη λέγων, ‘ἐγὼ ὑμῖν..ἥκω μέγιστον
ἀγαθόν
’ (‘he went on to say’— in continuation of his story.
So too in Her. 5. 36.Cp. Dem. or.
18 § 51
καὶ νῦν εἶπέ που λέγων, ‘ὁ
τὴν
Ἀλεξάνδρου ξενίαν ὀνειδίζων ἐμοἴ
’ (‘he has said in some
discourse or other’).
κ.τ.λ.
To judge the text aright here, we
must remember that these are the words of the μάντις
, who speaks as the prophet of the
gods. ἀνόνητοι
,—their lives can yield no worthy
fruit. Compare the words of warning addressed to Xerxes ( Her. 7. 10): ὁρᾷς
τὰ ὑπερέχοντα ζῷα ὡς κεραυνοῖ ὁ θεὸς οὐδὲ ἐᾷ φαντάζεσθαι..φιλέει
γὰρ ὁ
θεὸς τὰ ὑπερέχοντα πάντα κολούειν
. See also v. 1077, κἄν τις σῶμα γεννήσῃ μέγα κ.τ.λ.
: and
Athena's phrase in 129, μηδ’ ὄγκον ἄρῃ μηδέν)
.
It is not without reason, then, that the reading ἄνους
, 766 ἀφρόνως
), whereas he could not, they think,
be called ἀνόνητος
. But that depends on the
point of view. In the sight of the gods, the greatest warrior would be ἀνόνητος
, if he ceased κατ’ ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν
. Observe, too, that the
word
ἀνόνητα
: the idea is that of greatness which, swollen beyond
the human limit, has ceased to fulfil the proper function of mankind. Such σώματα
are ἀνόνητα
περισσά
.
σώματα
: cp.
τοῖς πᾶσιν
δίκην
, | ὅστις κ.τ.λ.
(n.).
θῆλυς κοὐκ
ἀνδρὸς φύσιν.
αἳ φανῶσ’
:
ὃς νέος πέσῃ
: Eur. δοῦλος ὅστις ἐσθλὸς ᾖ
.
δὴ τότε
Πουλυδάμας θρασὺν Ἕκτορα εἶπε παραστάς
:
ἓν γάρ μ’
ἄμειψαι μοῦνον
:
μή μ’
ἀντιφώνει
μηδέν
.
ἀλλ’
ἄγετ’, αὐτοί περ φραζώμεθα μῆτιν ἀρίστην
,—
ἐπισπάσει· ἐπιτεύξεται. Σοφοκλῆς Ἀτρεῖ ἢ Μυκήναις
(=Μυκηναίας
: fr. 137). ‘Draw to,’ or ‘on,’
oneself: so here, ‘achieve.’ Cp. Aesch. τοσόνδε πλῆθος
πημάτων
ἐπέσπασεν
, which recalls Hom. ἐπίσπαστον κακὸν ἕξει
.
Neophron fr. 3. 2 (Nauck, βροχωτὸν ἀγχόνην ἐπισπάσας δέρῃ
(where δέρῃ
should prob. begin the verse). The
middle voice would seem fitter in all these places: cp. Apollod. 2. 1
ἐπισπᾶσθαι
τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν ὀργήν
. This seems an instance in which metrical
necessity accounts for the use of the active voice; as, conversely, a
metrical motive so often induced the use of middle forms.
ἀντιφωνεῖ
in
the sense of ἀντίον λέγει
, ‘says to her
face.’ In
μή μ’ ἀντιφώνει μηδέν
: and no
verb of ‘accosting’ affords a parallel to such a constr. as ἀντιφωνεῖν τινος
. Such phrases as those in Aesch. ἀντία λέξαι | σέθεν
(‘in thy presence’), Hom. ἀντία δεσποίνης φάσθαι
, are not relevant. (In Hom. ὅστις σέθεν ἀντίον εἴπῃ
, the sense is, ‘
Other explanations are the following. (1) The poet meant to add something to
the effect of ἠτίμασε τὴν παραίνεσιν
, but
changed the form of the sentence. (2) Ἀθάνας,
ἡνίκα..ηὐδᾶτο
stands for a gen. absol., Ἀθάνας
αὐδωμένης
. (3) The gen. depends on ἔπος
in 773, ‘a saying
μῦθος..φίλων
(
The most attractive remedy is Mehlhorn's, ηὐδᾶτ’
in 772 the subject of ἀντιφωνεῖ
might be obscure, wrote ΑΙΑΣ
in the margin, and this, mistaken for ΔΙΑΣ
, led to ΔΙΑΣ
ΑΘΑΝΑΣ
supplanting ΔΙΑΝ ΑΘΑΝΑΝ
in the text. The occurrence of the same words in 757 may have helped. [The
Homeric fem. is δῖα, δῖαν
. But δία—
occurs in Ἄπολλον, ὦ δία κεφαλά
.]
If, on the other hand, εἶτα δ’ ἀντίον
.
τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἀργείοις
, or τοῖς ἄλλοις τῶν Ἀργείων
. The dat. with Ἀσίας..νᾶσον
πέλας | ἐμβόλῳ ναίοντας
: θέλοιμ’ ἂν ἤδη σοὶ πέλας θρόνους ἔχειν
.
Aesch. fr. 102 ἀμφωτίδες τοι τοῖς ἐνωτίοις
πέλας
.
τὰ μὲν καθ’ ἡμᾶς ἔμοιγε
δοκεῖ..καλῶς ἔχειν· ἀλλὰ τὰ
πλάγια
(the flanks) λυπεῖ με
.
ἐκρήξας
εἰς τὸν ὑπὲρ γῆς τόπον φανερῶς ὥσπερ ἐκνεφίας ἐξῆλθεν ὁ κινήσας
ἄνεμος
.
τοιαῦτά τοι νὼ
πᾶς τις ἐξερεῖ βροτῶν
: fr. 25 τοιαῦτά
τοί
σοι..λέγω
: Aesch. τοιοῖσδέ τοί νιν ἀξιῶ προσφθέγμασιν
.
With the τοιοῖσδε
would be predicative (‘such were the
words by which..’). But
πείσεται γὰρ
ἄλλο μὲν | ἀστεργὲς οὐδέν
(the only other place where it
occurs). The mildness of the word gives it a peculiar force: cp.
ἄζηλον..ἔργον.
κακὰ |
κτησώμεθ’
:
κατακτήσαιτο
λυμαντὴν βίου
: fr. 101. 3 εὔκλειαν ἂν
κτήσαιτο μᾶλλον ἢ ψόγον.
φρονείτω
μεῖζον
ἢ κατ’ ἄνδρ’ ἰών
.
ζῇ
: cp. 783,
σωτήριος
: but cp. Aesch. γάμοι..ὀλέθριοι
φίλων
: Her. 2. 74
ἀνθρώπων..δηλήμονες.
πολλὴν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς προμηθίαν
: Ar. ξὺν θεῷ δ’ εἰρήσεται
. Soph. εὐτυχεῖς |
σὺν τῷ θεῷ φανούμεθ’
(=σὺν
Ἀπόλλωνι
).
ὁ δ’ εἶπ’
Ὀδυσσεύς
(n.).
λαοί
. (Cp.
λαῶν ἱζόντων
,—in
the agora.) Some take εὐθὺς ἐξ ἕδρας
as=
‘immediately, αὐτόθεν ἐξ
ἕδρης, οὐδ’ ἐν μέσσοισιν ἀναστάς
:
ἔσπεισαν
) αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἑδρέων
, ‘even there as they
sat.’ But in those phrases αὐτόθεν
helps
to fix the sense: whereas ἐκ
following εὐθὺς ἐξ
ἀρχῆς, εὐθὺς
ἐκ νέου
, etc.). Hence εὐθὺς ἐξ
ἕδρας
ἐξ ἕδρας
are: (1)
‘from where I (the messenger) sat.’ (2) ‘After the sitting of the
council.’ But Teucer would not wait for that. (3) ‘Leaving the council’
(or strictly, its neighbourhood, since Calchas had come apart from it,
Od. 750). This would imply that Teucer had been included in the ξύνεδρος κύκλος
: but the tone used towards
him by Menelaüs (1120 ὁ
τοξότης
) and Agamemnon (1235 δούλων
)
makes this very unlikely.
Teucer sends a messenger, instead of going himself, probably because he hopes that his mediation with the chiefs may do some good. What he dreads is simply that Ajax should leave the tent; and a message could prevent that. He has no cause to suspect that Ajax meditates suicide.
αἰνῶ
φυλάξαι τἄμ’ ἔπη δελτουμένας
: and for the epexegetic inf.,
πόνον..
ἀντιδίδωσιν ἔχειν.—φυλάσσειν
should not be taken as governing Αἴαντα
understood.
ἀξία δέ που μαθεῖν | κἀγὼ κ.τ.λ.
, and Oed.
replies, κοὐ μὴ στερηθῇς
(τοῦ μαθεῖν
). Eur. κἄκτεινας, ἤ τις συμφορά σ’ ἀφείλετο;
(τὸ κτεῖναι
,—
‘prevented’ or ‘baffled’ thee).—Wakefield's
δαίω
, to burn), as in Aesch. δήϊος
(which never means ‘wretched’) is
foreign to Tragedy, which, however, admits
ἀδῃος
( Soph. δῃοῦν
(
ἡ
δὲ
χολωσα‐
μένη δῖον γένος ἰοχέαιρα
: ἡ δ’ ἄρ’ ἔην θεῖον γένος οὐδ’ ἀνθρώπων.
κείροντες
ἐν χροΐ
) means that the moment is critical: παροιμία ἐπὶ τῶν ἐπικινδύνων πραγμάτων
. The
razor grazes the surface of the flesh. Itwould convey a different notion
if we said, ‘the knife cuts to the quick.’ (The Lat. ἐπὶ ξυροῦ
τύχης
, is yet kindred in purport. For τῆς ἐν χρῷ πρὸς τὰ βιβλία συνουσίας
.—The
dat. χρωτί
in
χροΐ
in
γέλῳ
(
ἔρῳ
(
ἱδρῷ
(
φῷ
(‘light,’ Eur. fr. 534).
ὥστε
: 822:
ἀρχόμεσθ’ ἐκ
κρεισσόνων
, | καὶ ταῦτ’ ἀκούειν κ.τ.λ.
(n.).
ἄτρυτον πόνον
:
Moschus 4. 69 ἀτρύτ <*>τιν | ἄλγεσι
μοχθίζουσαν
.
πρᾶξιν
recurs in 792. But καὶ φέρει
(‘announces’) σαφές τι πρᾶγος ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν
κλύειν.—
: for
the aor. cp. 693 n.
ὦ,
is the correct form
(by the rule that, in crasis, the accent of the second word is kept: cp. ὠγαθέ
). But the absence of ὦ
makes the voc. a little less familiar and
colloquial. In 1154, on the other hand, ὤνθρωπε
is suitable.— σεσώσμεθα
(
πρᾶξιν
, it would necessarily strike the ear
as if opposed to τὴν σήν
: ‘I do not know
thy plight, but (I do know) that of Ajax,— viz., that, if he is abroad,
I fear for him.’ It would not be well, however, to omit the comma after πρᾶξιν
, and so bind it strictly to Αἴαντος
. That slight pause helps to prepare
the ear for the coming construction with πέρι
.
καὶ μὴν ἐφίημ’
.
The conjectural insertion of
πάλαι γὰρ ὠδίνουσα τῶν ἀφιγμένων | ψυχὴν ἐτήκου
νόστος εἰ γενήσεται
.
ἐξεφίεμαι
has a like sense. But
ἐξαφιέναι
(
ἐξαπείδομεν
in
δωμάτων
ὑπόστεγοι
(n.).
ἐπί
with dat. denotes cause or occasion
(rather than aim, ‘with a view to what?’). Cp.
ἀλγῶ )πὶ τοῖς
παροῦσιν
(and <*>λύει
δ’
ἐπὶ παντί τῳ | χρείας ἱσταμένῳ
.
φέρειν
is genuine, and has the
sense of ‘φέρω
in
εἰς βλάβην
φέρον
: οὐ γὰρ εἰς ἁπλοῦν | ἡ ζημία μοι τοῦ λόγου τούτου
φέρει
: ἐς φόβον φέρον
. Cp.
Her. 1. 10
ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει
. (2)
This sense precisely suits the context here, where the apprehension is ἔξοδος
was to be fatal, but merely that it
was to be prevented, on pain of never again seeing Ajax alive. But ὀλεθρίαν..φέρειν
could not mean, ‘is of fatal
tendency.’ Such a fusion of ὀλεθρίαν
εἶναι
with φέρειν εἰς ὄλεθρον
is impossible.
Nor can we render: ‘He (Teucer) forebodes that this going-forth, which he
announces, will be fatal to Ajax.’ φέρειν
could be said only of the
, meets the point as to φέρειν
, but the change to the first person is too
harsh. Bothe's
Could εἰς
had been lost after
‐ος
. I incline to this solution. Αἴαντος
εἰς ὄλεθρον
is not only intrinsically better, but also slightly more
probable, than ὄλεθρον εἰς Αἴαντος
(the
reading of Blaydes in his text), since then
εἰς
follows ‐ον
, and its
unusual position would also tend to prevent its being overlooked. But the
place of εἰς
after its case is no objection,
since Αἴαντος
is an attributive gen. : see
Κάλχας
Θεστορίδης, οἰωνοπόλων ὄχ’
ἄριστος
.
Cp. above, Il. 134, Τελαμώνιε παῖ
: and n. on
ἴδμων
), the seer who
accompanied the Argonauts, and whose father was Apollo (schol. Apoll.
Rhod. 1. 139). The name Θές‐τωρ
is from
the root θες
, ‘desire,’ ‘pray,’ whence θεσσάμενος
(=
αἰτησάμενος
, Archil. fr. 11, etc.),
πολύθεστος
‘much besought’ (Curt.
Κάλχας
is prob. from καλχαίνω
,
one who ‘darkly broods’ on futurity (
ὅτε
)
seems right. Tecmessa has already heard that the ἔξοδος
is perilous. The new fact which she is
now to learn is that ‘καθ’ ἡμέραν τὴν νῦν
be
taken with what follows (ὃς..φέρει
). But
they go more naturally with what precedes them (τοῦ..μάντεως
, μαθών
).
If ἡ ἔξοδος
(798). There is
nothing harsh in this, since the ἔξοδος
is the
matter uppermost in the minds of the speakers. εἰ τὸ σωθῆναί
γε
τὸ ψεῦδος φέρει
:
ταῦτα γὰρ φέρει
|
νίκην
: χἡ δίκη βλάβην φέρει
. The subject to φέρει
is certainly not ἡμέρα
ἡ νῦν
. If Calchas were subject to
φέρει
, the verb would mean ἀγγέλλει
:
but, for this sense, the subject must be the
ἄγγελος
himself, not the sender. There is no parallel for
φέρει
as=merely ‘
It is possible that ΦΕΡΕΙ
came, under the
influence of ΦΕΡΕΙΝ
in 799, from ΘΡΟΕΙ
(the subject being Calchas): but we should
not be warranted in altering the text. Wecklein and Blaydes, reading τὰ τοῦδε
) μαντεύμαθ’, ὃς σφῷν θάνατον ἐξ ἀμφοῖν θροεῖ
.
τάλαινα
is added: but cp. Soph. οἲ )γώ, τί λέξεις;
οἱ δορυφόροι οἱ Μασιστέω
προέστησαν
(αὐτοῦ
). For the usage of προστῆναι
, see on
ἀνάγκη
, or
destiny, which Calchas has expounded. Cp. 485.—Not,
‘avert the fatal chance’ which threatens Ajax (as if they were to place
themselves between τύχη
).
πρόσπολοι
of Ajax, who are to hasten to the
camp:
ἔσπευσαν... εἰρήνην ἑωυτοῖσι
γενέσθαι
.
ἡμιχόρια
,
which, by Electra's direction, guard respectively the east and the west
side of the palace at Mycenae:—ΗΜ.
χωρεῖτ’,
ἐπειγώμεσθ)· ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν τρίβον | τόνδ’ ἐκφυλάξω, τὸν πρὸς ἡλίου
βολάς
. | ΗΜ. καὶ μὲν ἐγὼ τόνδ’, ὃς
πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέρει
. There, the ‘eastward path’ is the πάροδος
on the spectator's left; the
‘westward,’ that on his right. In the ἀντήλιος
was used in
Tragedy: so ἀπηλιώτης
, even in Attic
prose. ἀνθήλιος
occurs first in the comic
poet Theopompus (
ἀγκών
is a bend of the Nile. The acc. depends
on ἰόντες
(
οὐκ εἶ σύ τ’
οἴκους
).— ζητεῖν
, parallel with βοᾷ
),
ἡγεῖται
),
φωνεῖ
),
φθίνει
).
καταφρονήσας ἠπάτησέ με
. Cp. Eur. πληγεὶς θυγατρός
. Others understand,
‘deceived
στέρξας ἀνέχει
), and her
words in 520 ff.— ἠπατημένη
) with the end of the last v., cp. 1085 f.:
ἔργων ἀκμή
:
ἀκμὴ γὰρ οὐ
μακρῶν
ἡμῖν λόγων
. Verse 812 seems genuine. The fear which had
haunted Tecmessa from the moment when Ajax regained his sanity (326),
and which his words had lulled, has been revived by the message of
Calchas. The definite expression of that fear, by σπεύδῃ θανεῖν
, is a fitting close to this
scene, and prepares for the next.
As to the diction of the verse, three points claim notice. (1) The ἄνδρα
ὃς σπεύδῃ θανεῖν
. Cp.
ἕδρας
with σπουδή
.
(2) σπεύδῃ
as against οὐχ
ἕδρας ἀκμή
more fitly than on χωρῶμεν
.
In this case, the acc. θέλοντας
depends on οὐχ ἕδρας ἀκμή
as=οὐχ
ἱδρυτέον
, a constr. quite possible for poetry: cp.
ὕπεστί μοι
θράσος..κλύουσαν
(n.).
εἰμί
, as in
λόγῳ
, is defined by
Tecmessa now leaves the scene by the entrance on the spectator's left, leading to the open country. The Messenger, with the servants of Ajax, goes out on the spectator's right, as being bound for the Greek camp.
The Chorus leave the orchestra in two ἡμιχόρια
,
one by the πάροδος
on the right, the other by
that on the left. The withdrawal of the Chorus from the orchestra during the
course of a play was called μετάστασις
: their
return, ἐπιπάροδος
. The other extant examples
are:—(1) Aesch.
μετάστασιςat v. 231:
ἐπιπάροδοςat v. 299. (2) Eur.
μ., Eur. Alc. 746:
ἐ., Eur. Alc. 872.(3)
μ., 385:
ἐ., 515. (4) Ar.
μ., Ar. Eccl. 310:
ἐ., Ar. Eccl. 478.
A change of scene is now supposed to take place, from the ground in front of
the tent of Ajax to a lonely spot on the sea-shore, with trees or bushes (νάπος
, 892). We do not know how this change was
managed. (1) It may have been indicated merely by removing the hangings on
the back-wall which represented the σκηνή
of Ajax. This is MA. üller's view (
σκηνή, was drawn back on right and left, disclosing the new scene.—We cannot assume the use of
περίακτοιin the poet's time (cp. note at the beginning of the play). Had they been in use, the
περίακτοςon the spectator's left could have turned, so as to represent a new locality (
τόπος). The right-hand
περίακτος, indicating the region in which the whole action takes place (
χώρα), would not have been changed.
The only other Greek play in which a change of scene is certain is the
συσπαστὸν
was used ἐν Αἴαντος ὑποκρίσει
. It was a short stage-sword,
of which the blade ran back; otherwise called ἀνδρόμητον
(Hesych., which some refer to ἀναδραμεῖν
), or
ἀνδρομηρόν
. Cp. Achilles Tatius 3. 20 ὁ
σίδηρος εἴσω καταδύεται, τούτῳ δ’...ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις ἐχρῆτο πρὸς τὰς
κιβδήλους σφαγάς
.
The antithesis to δῶρον μὲν— πέπηγε
δ)—ἔπηξα δ’
). Hence ὁ μὲν σφαγεὺς
κ.τ.λ.
is resumed in 823 by οὕτω μὲν
εὐσκευοῦμεν
.
σφαγῆς
are sacrificial knives.
σφοδρὸν ὂν καὶ τομόν
.
ἔργου
ἀκμή
. He is not, indeed, hurried now: he has secured solitude.
But in a man like Ajax, who has a deed to do, any words that delay it
move a kind of scorn, which gleams through his phrase here: cp. 852 f.
κ.τ.λ.
The sword should do its work well,
because (1) it is the gift of a foe, (2) it is fixed in hostile soil,
and (3) Ajax has planted it with care.
ἀνδρὸς Φανοτέως
(n.).
ξένιον
(661 n.). He means: ‘No one ever had
such cause to rue the relationship of ξενία
as I in the case of Hector—a foe whom I
had hated; for his gift has been my bane.’ See his words in 661—663. The
point is missed if ξένων
is taken as
merely=βαρβάρων
.
ἀκόνῃ
,
Aeschylean (
νεακονής
, is now read here by all edd.: cp. νεηκής
(Hom. ),
νεηλιφής
(Arist. ).
εὔνοια
will appear in his ὥστε
, cp. 786 n.
εὔσκευος
found.
αὐτό
) is epexegetic inf.: cp.
φοιτᾷ γὰρ
ἡμᾶς
ἔγχος ἐξαιτῶν πορεῖν
(‘that we should give it’):
εὐβουλίας
δεῖ..λαβεῖν.
μέγα
(130 n.).
βαστάζων νεκρόν
=
ἐκφέρων
. Cp. Soph. νεκρὸν..κουφιεῖς.
ἀποθνῄσκων
περὶ
φασγάνῳ
:
περὶ δουρὶ
|
ἤσπαιῤ
: κυλινδόμενος περὶ χαλκῷ
(said of a wounded
horse, ‘writhing about’ the barb of an arrow): βόες
) ἀμφὶ σιδήρῳ | σφαζόμενοι
. See
on 899.
τοὺς μαζοὺς
κυσὶ προέβαλε
. Cp. Hor.
κυσὶν
δ’ ἔπειθ’ ἕλωρα κἀπιχωρίοις | ὄρνισι δεῖπνον οὐκ ἀναίνομαὶ πέλειν
.
Cp.
αὐτοὺς δὲ
ἑλώρια
τεῦχε κύνεσσιν | οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι
.
Ajax forebodes that, as a public enemy, he will suffer the doom which
Achilles assigns to Hector (
μή μ’
ἀτιμάσῃς
) ὧν σε προστρέπω φράσαι
,
where ὧν
=τούτων
ἅ
, and the inf. is epexegetic. The midd. προστρέπομαι
is ordinarily used for this
sense, as in fr. 760. 3: but the act. occurs also in κακῶς ὀλέσθαι
πρόστρεπ’ Ἀργείων χθόνα
(‘pray that..’).
ψυχοπομπόν
) is defined by Ἑρμῆς ὁ πομπὸς ἥ τε νερτέρα θεός
. See n.
there, and on
Ἑρμῆς ὁ
πέμπων
).
σφαδάζω
is from rt.
σφαδ
, denoting sudden, violent movement: whence σφεδανός, σφοδρός, σφενδόνη
(a sling): Curt. ὁ δ’
ἐσφάδαζεν, οὐκ ἔχων ἀπαλλαγάς
: σφαδάζοντος
(cp.
δυσθανατῶν
ἐπεύχομαι δὲ καιρίας πληγῆς τυχεῖν
, | ὡς ἀσφάδαστος, αἱμάτων εὐθνησίμων | ἀπορρυέντων,
ὄμμα
συμβάλω τόδε
.
The precept to write σφαδᾴζω
(and therefore, as
Nauck does, ἀσφάδᾳστος
) dates from Herodian (ματᾴζω
( Soph. σφαδᾴζω
, yet ἀσφάδαστος
.
οἰκεῖον
αὐτὸν ὤλεσ’ ἅλμ’ επὶξίφος
. This swift act, followed by no σφαδασμός
, is to be the means (
Θρῇσσαι
(fr.
83), Ajax was invulnerable, except in one spot; when he sought to fall
on his sword, it bent ‘like a bow,’— until a
δαίμων
showed him the fatal place. See Introduction, § 4.
The schol. here fancies that Sophocles used
πλευρὰν
with a purposed vagueness,—wishing neither to imitate
nor to contradict his predecessor. Rather Sophocles, like the
τὰς ἀεὶ
=τὰς ἀεὶ οὔσας
. For ὁ
ἀεὶ
as=<*> ἀεὶ ὤν
, cp.
τὸν ἀεὶ‐
κατὰ
| γᾶς σκότον εἱμένος
. For
παρθένους
,
τᾶνδ’
ἀμαιμακετᾶν κορᾶν
: Aesch. κόραι δυστυχεῖς | Νυκτός
: γραῖαι,
παλαιαὶ παῖδες αἷς οὐ μίγνυται | θεῶν τις, οὐδ’ ἄνθρωπος, οὐδὲ θήρ
ποτε
.—By his conjecture τὰς ἀεί τ’
, Meineke meant,
‘ever shrouded in the nether gloom.’
τε
is clearly better than δέ
(the reading of L), as in
ὀρθά τ’
εἰσηκούσαμεν
, | ὀρθῶς θ’ ὁδοιποροῦμεν
.
For instances in which τε
can fitly be
followed by δέ
, see
τὰς πάνθ’
ὁρώσας
Εὐμενίδας
.
ἵλαοι δὲ καὶ
εὐθύφρονες γᾷ | δεῦρ’ ἴτε, Σεμναί
: cp.
θεῶν | σεμνῶν
ἕδραν.
χαλκόπους
(
καμψίπους
(‘fleet,’ Aesch. δεινόπους ἀρά
.
Aesch. σφαλερὰ
καὶ
τανυδρόμοις | κῶλα, δύσφορον ἄταν
.
πανώλεις παγκάκως τ’ ὀλοίατο
.
The last two of these four verses are certainly spurious, as three things show.
(1) The poet would not have made the dying Ajax pray that the Atreidae may
die ‘at the hands of their offspring,’ unless there had been some legend
that they so died. But, according to the current mythology, Agamemnon was
slain by his wife and her paramour, while Menelaüs and Helen passed, without
dying, to Elysium (
Ἀτρειδῶν
to Ἀχαιῶν
in 838. [As to the double sense of αὐτοσφαγής
, with ref. to one who is slain (1) by
himself, (2) by a kinsman, see on
αὐτοκτονοῦντε
.]
(2) These two verses confuse the construction, since ὥσπερ εἰσορῶσ’ ἐμέ
(ξυναρπασθέντα
) refers to what
precedes: while τὼς
in 841 refers to ὥσπερ
.
(3) The form φίλιστος
occurs nowhere else,
except as a proper name.
τώς
is not elsewhere found in Soph. or Eur. :
it is, however, used by Aesch. , not only in lyrics ( Aesch.
ἢ ζῶντ’ ἀτιμαστῆρα τὼς ἀνδρηλάτην. We should not, then, insist on
τώςas a mark of spuriousness: and
ὀλοίατοis, of course, free from objection (
γνωσοίατοn.). But the case against 841 f. seems conclusive without them.
A more difficult question is whether vv. 839, 840 are also spurious. The
schol. in L on v. 841 is as follows:—τὼς
αὐτοσφαγεῖς
: ταῦτα νοθεύεσθαί φασιν
ὑποβληθέντα πρὸς σαφήνειαν τῶν λεγομένων
. As the lemma, τὼς αὐτοσφαγεῖς
, clearly indicates, ταῦτα
refers only to the two verses 841 f., and
not (as Dindorf and others have assumed) to all the four verses 839—842. The
surmise was, says the scholiast, that vv. 841 f. were added ‘to make the
meaning clearer’; ὥσπερ εἰσορῶσ’
ἐμέ
. Such a surmise itself shows that vv. 839, 840 were believed
to be older than 841 f. It is indeed plain that all four verses are not by
the same author. The incoherent construction noticed above, under (2), was
possible for an interpolator whose attention was fixed on ὥσπερ εἰσορῶσ’ ἐμέ
, but hardly for one who was
forging vv. 839—842 as a whole. If, then, all four verses are condemned, we
must assume two independent interpolations.
I incline to think that the two verses 839 and 840 are genuine; because,
otherwise, the imprecation on the πάνδημος στρατός
(844) would follow too abruptly on v. 838. The prayer for the destruction of
his chief foes, uttered in 839 f., leads up to the more sweeping
denunciation of the Greek army.
γευσόμεθ’
ἀλλήλων χαλκήρεσιν ἐγχείῃσιν.
πανδήμῳ πόλει
(n.). As to this curse, see Introduction, § 13.
ἵπποις διφρεύων ἅλιον πέλαγος
.
ἡμῖν
, n.
χρυσάνιος
Ἀφροδίτα
(n.). ‘Golden’ is similarly an Homeric epithet, not
only of reins, but of shoes (
πέδιλα..χρύσεια
), a belt (
χρύσεος..τελαμών
), and a girdle (
φαλάροις
ἀργυροῖς, χρυσαῖς ἡνίαις
, as parts of a luxurious equipment. The
epithet in οὐκέτι
χρυσοχάλινον ὁρᾷ δρόμον ἠελίοιο
, refers to the bit or
bridle, not to the reins.
μητρί
,
as one's ‘mothercountry’ is called simply τὴν
θρέψασαν
by
αἴλινον
.. | ἥσει
.
ἠχεῖ τις
..
| κωκυτόν
.
Soph. ἀνάγετ’
ἀνάγετε κωκυτόν.
κώκυσέν τ’
ἄρ’ ἔπειτα γέγωνέ τε πᾶν κατὰ ἄστυ
: cp. ὡς
ἔφατο
κλαίους)· ἐπὶ δ’ ἔστενε δῆμος ἀπείρων
. There is more of
Athenian feeling in the surmise concerning Eurydicè (
ἐς πόλιν
γόους | οὐκ ἀξιώσειν
.
ἀλλὰ
here merely opposes its own clause to
that which the first ἀλλὰ
introduces, as
in
ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὕβρει
|
λέγω τάδ’, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνον ὡς παρόντα νῷν
.
ὦ Θάνατε
Θάνατε,
πῶς ἀεὶ καλούμενος | οὕτω κατ’ ἦμαρ οὐ δύνᾳ μολεῖν ποτέ;
Aesch. fr. 255 ὦ Θάνατε παιάν, μή μ’ ἀτιμάσῃς
μολεῖν.
καὶ ἐν
Ἅιδου
(
The absence of caesura gives a more deliberate weight to σὲ μὲν κἀκεῖ
: cp. 994
:
ἔα κακῶς αὐτοὺς
ἀπόλλυσθαι κακούς
, and
κατ’ ἦμαρ τοὐμφανὲς τὸ νῦν τόδε.
τρόχους
ἁμιλλητῆρας ἡλίου
, ‘courses of the sun's swift chariot.’ For καὶ τὸν..Ἥλιον
(instead of καὶ σέ, ὦ Ἥλιε
), cp.
862 n.
ἁπάντων δή.
νέατον..φέγγος
λεύσσουσαν ἀελίου
, | κοὔποτ’ αὖθις
.
πολισσοῦχοι
or ἐγχώριοι θεοί
: cp.
1221. Ajax refers esp. to Zeus and the Aeacidae. Among the shrines
of Salamis in the poet's day were those of Athena Σκιράς
( Her. 8. 94),
Enyalios (v. 179 n.), Artemis ( Paus. 1. 36.
1), and Ajax (
πατρῴας
, since ἑστίας βάθρον
is a single notion: see on κυνὸς..εὔρινος
βάσις
(8).
ὦ ταὶ λιπαραὶ καὶ ἰοστέφανοι καὶ ἀοίδιμοι
, | Ἑλλάδος ἔρεισμα, κλειναὶ Ἀθᾶναι, δαιμόνιον
πτολίεθρον
. Soph. πασῶν Ἀθῆναι τιμιωτάτη πόλις
: τὰς
εὐδαίμονας
: Soph. τῶν θεοδμήτων.
ὦ Λημνία χθὼν
καὶ
τὸ παγκρατὲς σέλας
. With σύντροφον
we may understand ἡμῖν
rather than Ἀθήναις
: the Athenians are kinsmen and
associates of the Salaminians,—as the latter are γενεᾶς
χθονίων ἀπ’ Ἐρεχθειδᾶν
(202). Cp.
ξύντροφον ὄμμα
,
a companion's face. It seems improbable that σύντροφον
γένος
alludes specially to the Attic φυλὴ
Αἰαντίς
: that would unduly narrow the reference.
πολυπίδακος
Ἴδης
. So Philoctetes, on leaving Lemnos (
νῦν δ’, ὦ
κρῆναι Λύκιόν τε ποτόν
, | λείπομεν
ὑμᾶς.
ὦ δῖος αἰθὴρ κ.τ.λ.
.. | καὶ τὸν πανόπτην κύκλον Ἡλίου καλῶ· | ἴδεσθέ μ’
κ.τ.λ.
βασιλῆς
): the soil and the streams have
sustained his life. Ar. τῇ Κουροτρόφῳ
(τῇ Γῇ
), Aesch. τροφεῖα πληρώσει χθονί
. There was a custom
that youths on coming of age should offer a ‘nurture-lock’ to rivers ( Aesch. πλόκαμον Ἰνάχῳ θρεπτήριον
).
τὸν
πλανήτην Οἰδίπουν
( ἐμοί
(
πρόκειμαι
after ἄνδρα τόνδε
(n.).
Ajax falls upon his sword. (See n. on 815.)—The actor Timotheus of Zacynthus
(says the scholiast) was celebrated in this scene: ἦγε τοὺς θεατὰς καὶ ἐψυχαγώγει, ὡς Σφαγέα αὐτὸν
κληθῆναι
.
ἐπιπάροδος
(see n. on 813 f.). The ἡμιχόριον
which has been searching ‘the westward
bays’ now reenters the orchestra by the parodos on the spectator's right, and a
moment or two later the other ἡμιχόριον
comes in
at the opposite side.
The extant examples of hemichoria in Tragedy are not many. In Aesch.
δόσιν κακὰν κακῶν
κακοῖς
. The dialogue in 866—878 is conducted by the two
leaders of hemichoria. When Sophocles raised the number of the tragic
Chorus from twelve to fifteen, his object was to provide a coryphaeus
(distinct from the ordinary choreutae), and two subordinate leaders. The
technical name for these leaders of hemichoria was
παραστάται
, because they stood one on each side of the
coryphaeus when the Chorus was drawn up in ranks (κατὰ
ζυγά
).
ἐπίσταταί
με συμμαθεῖν
(instead of συμμαθόντα
)
is warranted by
ἐπιστάμεσθα..αὐτὸν..λακεῖν
): see also ἐμὲ μὲν
παρακάλει,
ὅταν μέλλῃς μανθάνειν.., ἵνα
σοι..συμμανθάνω
. But, though this sense is possible for συμμαθεῖν
, the language of the verse, as it
stands, is too elliptical and obscure. Clearly there has been some
corruption. I suspect that it began under the influence of πᾷ γὰρ οὐκ ἔβαν ἐγώ
, with the change of an
original
may have been corrupted, to suit με
, from
ΣΥΝΝΑΙΕΙΝ
. I would read, ναίειν
can be
said of temporary presence in a place: see Soph. ὅρα·
τίς ἄρ’ ἦν; ποῦ ναίει;
And so in
Soph. πόθι μοι
..
| ναίει
refers to the wandering Heracles.
See Appendix.
ἡμᾶς
τοὺς συνναύτας
: for the double gen., cp.
308 f.: for the periphrasis,
εἰσιδεῖν
πατρὸς |
...ὁμιλίαν
: Eur. ὀπισθόπους | φίλων..ὁμήγυρις.
ἡμῶν ποθεινὴν
κοινόπουν παρουσίαν
.
δ’
would be
unfitting in this eager question); as also in Aesch. τί οὖν ἔτ’
ἂν σαίνοιμεν ὀλέθριον μόρον;
See Appendix to , Soph.
στιβέω
is not found elsewhere. The conjecture ἐστίβευται
rests on the fact that στιβεύω
occurs in later, though not in
classical, Greek. But as Lycophron (121) used
ἀστίβητος
, he either knew στιβέω
,
or thought it a possible form.
ἔχεις
ἔχεις
(τὰ τέκνα
)—ΧΟ.
πημάτων
γ’ ἅλις βάρος
. Cp. also
ΧΟ... ἔχεις;
(‘hast thou caught them?’) ΚΥ. κακόν γε πρὸς
κακῷ
. For a like coincidence, see 591 n.
εἰς
, cp.
ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν τρίβον | τόνδ’ ἐκφυλάξω, τὸν πρὸς
ἡλίου
βολάς. βολαί
, like ἀκτῖνες
: cp. Eur. ἡλιοβλήτους
πλάκας.
δῆλός ἐστι
: cp. 471 n. ‘He is not found to have
appeared anywhere οὐδαμοῦ δηλοῖ φανεὶς τοῖς τὴν..κέλευθον ἐλθοῦσιν
.
There is no real resemblance to
φιλτάταν |
ὁδὸν
ἐπαξιώσας ὧδέ μοι φανῆναι
, where
ὁδὸν
is cognate acc. to φανῆναι
as implying ἐλθεῖν
(cp. ἐξήκεις
ὁδόν
).
A κομμός
, in which the Chorus has both lyrics and
trimeters; Tecmessa, trimeters only (except ἰώ μοί
μοι
, etc.). Verses 879—914 form a strophe,=antistr. 925—960. The
lyric parts of strophe and antistrophe correspond thus: (1) 879—890=925—936: (2)
900—903=946—949: (3) 909—914= 954—960. The intervals between the lyrics are
filled by dialogue between the Chorus and Tecmessa, mainly in trimeters: thus
(1) 891—899=937—945: (2) 904—907=950—953.
At the close of the strophe, Tecmessa has ten trimeters (915—924); at the close of the antistrophe, thirteen (961—973): in the latter speech, however, some critics reject vv. 966—968, and so make it equal with the other. On this view, 879—924 =925—973.
For the lyric metres see Metrical Analysis.
ἀπύοι
, 887) expresses a wish, cp.
ἅλιοι
(sea-faring men, fishermen); poetical for ἁλιέων
, like παῖδες
Ἑλλήνων
( Aesch. ἀφθίτου
Ἐννοσίδα
(Poseidon, ἔνοσις
. We might compare τεκτονίδης
, which occurs as a proper name in
θήραν ἔχων
(n.).
υ
is long here, as in
ἄϋπνοι
=ἀηδών
in 672), though
short in
Υπνε
has υ—
, and the second υ^
. Hermann unnecessarily inserted
ἀΰπνους
(taking the υ
as
short). The metre is dochmiac: cp. 926 n.
κ.τ.λ.
‘Can any Oread of the Mysian Olympus, or any Naiad of
the streams that flow into the Hellespont, tell us where he is?’ Ὀλυμπιάδες
θεαί, ἢ θεαὶ ποταμῶν
): for the adj. co-ordinated with a gen.,
cp. Pind. παρθενηΐοις παίδων τ’ ἐφίζοισα γλεφάροις
: Eur. τοῖς Σισυφείοις τοῖς τ’ Ἰάσονος γάμοις
. As to
the Mysian Olympus, see on 720.
ῥυτᾶς ἐξ ἁλός
: Eur. ῥυτὰν παγάν.
καὶ τόδ’ ἐξέπραξεν, ὥστε Βόσπορον κλῇσαι μέγαν
;
with ref. to the bridges of boats made by order of Xerxes, ἡ ξεῦξις τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου
( Her. 7. 35).—The word ποταμῶν ἴδρις
by Ναΐς
. But the antistr., Her. v. 930, πάννυχα
καὶ φαέθοντ’ ἀνεστέναζες
, is clearly sound; though Elmsley
suggested that ἄναξ
may have dropped out
before ἀνεστέναζες
.
λεύσσων,
εἴ ποθι
(=που
) λεύσσει
:
ξίφος, εἴ
ποθεν
, | ἢ γένυν, ἢ βελέων τι,
προπέμψατε
, εἴ ποθεν
προπέμψαι ἔχετε
(n.).—
: Ar. ἐγὼ μέν εἰμ’ ὁ κύων· πρὸ σοῦ γὰρ ἀπύω
.
(Moschus 2. 124 has ἠπύοντες
with υ—
: elsewhere the pres. has υ^
: the fut. and aor. have υ—
.)
σχέτλιον
: so 1126 δίκαια
:
αἰσχρά
: Eur. δεινά
: Thuc. 5. 14§
4 ἀδύνατα.
ἀλατείαις πόνων
, implies the constr. ἀλᾶσθαι πόνους
(as cogn. acc.); and Sophocles
may have had that in mind. But the gen. could also be explained as
equiv. to an adj. πολύπονον
: cp. Soph. λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι
(n.).— τῷ Αἴαντι
),
with prospered course.’ Others take δρόμῳ
with πελάσαι
, ‘κράτει..πέλασον
,
‘bring me to victory.’) Those who read
οὐρίων..δρόμων
(cr. n.) explain it in the same way. But this is
surely forced.
νόσος
, distempered. Cp.
ἤ κε ζὼς
ἀμενηνὸς ἔα χαλκοῖο τυπῇσιν
(‘feeble’),—the only instance of the
word in the ἀμενηνὰ
κάρηνα
(
ἀμενηνῶν..
ὀνείρων
(ἀμενηνός
is
probably formed from μένος
. (Wecklein
suggests that Sophocles here meant by it ‘unstable,’ ‘restless,’ as if
it came from μένω
.)—
ἐστί
: cp. 33.
κ.τ.λ.
: ‘whose cry came from the wood, in
the covert near us?’
αὐλή
near at hand; screened from view in the neighbouring
covert: τίνος πάραυλος βοή
=τίνος παραύλου βοή
. Cp.
ἀλλ’ ὡς
πάραυλον οἰκίσῃς
(με
), n.
ἐγώ
, not Αἴας
.
ὦ τλάμων
τλάμων
ἄρ’ ἐγώ
.
δούρειος
( Eur. γούνατα
( Soph. μοῦνος, ξεῖνος
, etc.
δειλαίᾳ δὲ
συγκέκραμαι δύᾳ
(n.).
παρῴχωκεν
(the reading of Aristarchus, acc. to Didymus), instead
of παρῴχηκεν
, as there is no good
authority for ᾤχηκα
or οἴχηκα
before Polybius.
οἴχωκα
, the traditional form here, is Ionic ( Her. 1. 189, etc.).
τέθνηκε
..) ἄρτι νεοτόμοισι πλήγμασιν
.
κρύψω.
φθόνος
) Τελαμῶνος δάψεν υἱόν, φασγάνῳ ἀμφικυλίσας
. Verg. An sese mucrone ob tantum dedecus amens | Induat.
ὤλετο μέν
μοι
νόστος
(
ἄναυδ’ | ἔργ’
should
replace ἄναυδον | ἔργον
. The ἰὼ
or ὦ
which
the MSS. place before θανὼν ἔτ’
οὖσαν
κατήναρές με
: and
ὦ ταλαῖφρον γύναι
, or ὢ
ταλαίφρων γυνή
, exclamatory, like
ἰὼ παντλάμων
Νιόβα
. But the reading given above has the best MS.
authority, and is tacitly accepted in several recent editions. I retain
it, because the words, though addressed to Tecmessa, are in fact rather
a comment upon her fate. Hence it is conceivable that the nom. of the
adjective, usual in exclamations, should here be combined with a
vocative of the person.
ὡς ὧδ’
ἐχόντων
τἄλλα βουλεύειν πάρα.
δυσώνυμος
.
κ.τ.λ.
The antistrophic verse is 951, ἄγαν
ὑπερβριθὲς ἄχθος ἤνυσαν
. I believe that the text is sound
here, and that γὰρ
has dropped out before ἄχθος
in 951. The case is parallel with that
of vv. 369 and 384, in the latter of which a syllable was lost. The only
tolerable emendation of ἔπραξε
is the fitter word, since, with its possible sense of ‘contrived,’ it
suits the hypothesis that he may have procured death from another's
hand; while ἔρξε
would, in that case, be
somewhat forced. It may be added that the aorist of ἔρδω
is never used by Sophocles in the
indicative (though he has ἔρξειεν
ἔρξον
ἔρξας
ἐρξάτην
(lyr.): for in
ἦρξεν
is
right, and ἔρξεν
only a conjecture. As to
v. 951, the insertion of γὰρ
is not only
admissible, but desirable.
ΧΟ. πότερα
πατρῴας ἢ πρὸς οἰκείας χερός; ΑΓ. αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτοῦ.
ἐν γάρ σε τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ ἀναιρέομαι
: id. 1.
108 ἐκ γάρ οἱ τῆς ὄψιος..ἐσήμαινον
:
πρός νύν σε
πατρός
. Join
εὖ γὰρ φρονοῦντος
ὄμμα σοῦ
κατηγορεῖ
.
Σοφοκλῆς ἔγχος περιπετὲς εἰπεῖν ἐτόλμησεν, ᾧ
περιπέπτωκεν Αἴας
. Lobeck quotes some phrases which, though not
precisely similar, are analogous; as Aelian τὰ ἄγκιστρα..περιπαγέντα τοῖς ἰχθύσι
, περιπαρέντα
Schneider): Chrysost. ἑαυτῷ τὸ ξίφος περιέπειρε
, made the sword a
spit for his body,
οἷος.
ἄφαρκτος
, as the older Attic form. Attic
inscriptions attest φάρξαι
(420 B.C.) and διαφάρξαντι
(409 B.C.): though διαφράξαι
occurs as early as 347 B.C.;
Meisterhans, ἄφαρκτος
is quoted from an Attic inscr., but ἄφρακτος
occurs
ἄσκευον..στρατοῦ
.
ἀναίσθητος.
,
adv., as
τὸν πάντ’
ἄριστον
.
δυσθεράπευτος
: and see n. on 595. In δυστράπελος
is the ‘morose’ man, the opposite
extreme to βωμολόχος
, while the εὐτράπελος
is the happy mean.
φάρος
, we may suppose, has been
brought by a πρόσπολος
from the tent hard
by. The shrouded corpse, which remains partly visible (cp. 1172), is an effigy, like that of
Haemon in the
πάμπαν
, formed
from it with the adverbial suffix ‐δην
: παμπή‐δην
, instead of
παμπάν‐δην
, by compensatory lengthening of
α
.
καὶ
emphasises φίλος
: cp. Eur. ἡ δυσπραξία
), ἧς μήποθ’, ὅστις καὶ μέσως εὔνους ἐμοί
, | τύχοι
. Eur. πάντα θεᾶσθ’, ὅ τι
καὶ
θέμις, ὄμμασι
.
αὐτίκα δ’ αὐλὸς ἀνὰ ῥῖνας παχὺς ἦλθεν
|
αἵματος ἀνδρομέοιο
: a thick jet of blood
μέλαν
: Sophocles may
possibly have thought—wrongly—that blood takes a darker colour from the
action of air.— οἰκεῖα πάθη
:
αἱμάσσεται
) πρὸς οἰκείας χερός
.
βαστάσῃ
,
which the schol. prefers, would be unsuitable here.
ἀκμαῖα μολεῖν
is quite permissible in poetry:
see the examples quoted on 196 f., and add Soph. μόλις φανεὶς |
ἄελπτα κἀδόκητα ματρὸς ὠλέναις.
μόλοι
could not stand here for μόλοι ἄν
: see on
κατάσχοι
).
περιστεῖλαι
. The double compound occurs only
here, but Eur. has καθαρμόζειν
in a
similar context, Eur. κάλυπτε μέλεα ματέρος | πέπλοις,
καθάρμοσον σφαγάς
(‘compose,’ ‘close,’ the wounds). Here the
sense is, ‘compose,’ with ref. to the laying out of the dead; cp. Soph. θανόντας
αὐτόχειρ ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ
| ἔλουσα κἀκόσμησα
: Soph. peream precor ante
toroque | Mortua
componar.
The inf. συγκαθαρμόσαι
stands after ἀκμαἶ ἂν μόλοι
as an inf.
follows words of ‘fitness’ ( Plat. ὁδὸς ἐπιτηδεία καὶ
λέγειν
καὶ ἀκοῦσαι
).
οἵως
has been suspected, but there is no good reason for
doubting that it was in use, though less frequent than οἷον
or οἷα
: it
appears sound in Ar. οἷ’
αὖ μ’ ὑπῆλθες
.—For οἷος..οἵως
, cp. 557.
ὤν
with ἄξιος
(‘as being worthy’). The sense cannot
be, ‘εἶναι
is impossible.
κἀπ’ ἐμοῦ
θρήνων
τύχῃ
.
ὥς σ’ οὐκ
ἔμελλον ἄῤ, ὦ τάλας
, | λείψειν.—
: because, for several
days, he had been brooding over his wrongs (930 f.): cp. 193
μακραίωνι |
...σχολᾷ
. The words of Odysseus in 1336 f. also imply such an
interval between the award of the arms and the death of Ajax.
τὸ στερεὸν ἦθος
is said of τὰς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνδρίαν μᾶλλον ξυντεινούσας
(φύσεις
).
Erfurdt's insertion of ἐξ‐
(corresponding with
the α^
of ἀΰπνους
in 881) takes the place of a short
syllable; a license possible in dochmiacs. But L's reading, στερεόφρων ἄρ’
, gives an exact metrical
correspondence, without any conjectural addition. No one could hesitate to
prefer it, but for a doubt as to whether Tragic lyrics could admit the form ἐξανύσσειν
. The doubled
ς
occurs in
ἀνύσσεσθαι
(fut. midd.): ἀνύσσας
: Pind. ἄνυσσεν
. Sophocles has
ὀλέσσας
(390), and πέλασσον
( Soph. ἐξανύσσειν
:
rightly, I believe. Observe that the close kinship of lyric with epic
diction here is significantly marked by
κατὰ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν
. Cp. 217
νύκτερος
(n.). The bold use of φαέθοντα
for ἡμερινά
or
πανημέρια
is interpreted and softened by the preceding
πάννυχα
. Doubt would be warrantable if φαέθοντ’
ἀνεστέναζες
stood alone.
τὸν ὠμόθυμον.
ἐχθρά
:
φῶτ’
ἐχθοδοπόν.
οὐλίῳ
refers primarily to his deadly hatred
of the Atreidae, but suggests also the fatal result of his mood. For πάθος
with ref. to an affection of the mind,
cp.
ἀλλ’ ἐνθάδ’
ἤδη
τοῦδε τοῦ πάθους κυρῶ
(τῆς ἀπορίας
). With the exception of these two
passages, there is perhaps no clear example of
πάθος
so used before Plato. ( Thuc.
3. 84, where διὰ πάθους ἐπιθυμοῦντες
occurs in § 1, is an interpolated chapter.)
It is indeed possible to render οὐλίῳ
is clearly suggestive of a direct
reference to ὠμόφρων
ἐχθοδόπ’ Ἀτρείδαις
. Further, the prep. σὺν
more naturally denotes an accompaniment
of the bitter utterance than the cause which had provoked it.
σφοδρῶς ἦρχε
: the use of μέγας
being analogous to that of πολύς
in such phrases as πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος
(
Her. 9. 91). For ἄρχων
, cp.
ὡς ἄρ’ ἡμὶν οὐ
σμικρῶν κακῶν | ἦρξεν τὸ δῶρον
: Thuc.
2.
12§ 3 ἥδε ἡ ἡμέρα τοῖς Ἕλλησι
μεγάλων κακῶν
ἄρξει
.
ὠκύπους ἀγών
(
ῥιμφάρματοι
ἅμιλλαι
(
ἀλλ’ ἀμενηνὸν
ἄνδρα μὴ
λεύσσειν ὅπου
. Musgrave proposed χρυσὸς γὰρ ἐρύκακε, δῶρα θεοῖο
. The last
syll. of ἀριστόχειρ
might facilitate the
loss of a word beginning with
χρ
. For other suggestions, see cr. n.
is the classical pf. pass. of τίθημι
(τέθειμαι
being used in a middle sense). Cp. 572 f. τεύχη
.. | θήσουσ’
Ἀχαιοῖς
(n.).
ἄλγησον ἧπαρ
ἐνδίκοις
ὀνείδεσιν.
γενναῖον ἔπος
(
γενναῖοι
πόνοι
( Eur. ἡ ἰσχυρά
: a version
at which he arrived perh. rather through the use of γενναῖος
as=‘fine,’ ‘good of its kind,’ than
through the idea of ‘genuine,’ γνησία
.
καὶ δὶς αἰάζειν
. The aor. οἴμοι τάλαινα·
νῦν γὰρ οἰμῶξαι πάρα
: and κλαῦσαι
. Cp.
982
στενάζειν
, of continued
lament.
ὅταν δέ τις
θεῶν
| βλάπτῃ, δύναιτ’ ἂν οὐδ’ ἂν ἰσχύων φυγεῖν
). For the gen.
(not found elsewhere with ἀποβλάπτω
), cp. Aesch. βλαβέντα λοισθίων δρόμων
: Tyrtaeus fr. 12. 39 οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν | βλάπτειν οὔτ’ αἰδοῦς
οὔτε δίκης
ἐθέλει
.
γνησίου
: and this reading was approved by
Bergk in ἀρτίως
. Hartung gives ἀρτίου
, explaining it of close, congenial
friendship (
οὐχ ὥς γ’
ἐκείνῳ
τῇδέ τ’ ἦν ἡρμοσμένα
). But ἀρτίως
,
though somewhat tame, is clearly genuine.
φρονῶ
,
‘I know it well.’ As the Chorus had recognised Tecmessa's unique place
in the affections of Ajax (211 f.), so by δοκεῖν
she implies that they can at least
form some estimate of her loss.
ἐπεὶ
τοιοῦτοι
). Cp.
Κρέοντος,
οἷά
μοι βεβουλευκὼς ἔχει.
δεσπόται
(500) who will be the overseers of her servile
tasks (503, λατρείας
). Cp. τὸν ὑψόθεν σκοπὸν ἐπισκόπει
,
| φύλακα πολυπόνων | βροτῶν
: the watchful
god, who punishes guilt.
κ.τ.λ.
: ‘in this sorrow (ἄναυδον | ἔργον
, see
on
901.
λήγετε
τοῦδ’
ἄχους
(where the literal sense is, ‘cease from this
sorrowing’).
κ.τ.λ.
The last words of the Chorus,
οὐ ταῦτα
ταύτῃ Μοῖρά πω τελεσφόρος | κρᾶναι πέπρωται.
οὐκ ἔσθ’
ὁποῖον
στάντ’ ἂν ἀνθρώπου βίον | οὔτ’ αἰνέσαιμ’ ἂν οὔτε μεμψαίμην ποτέ
(n.).
στάντα
,=εἰ μὴ μετὰ
θεῶν
τῇδε ἔστη
: cp.
οὐ γὰρ ἄν
ποτε
| θνῄσκων ἐσώθην, μὴ )πί τῳ δεινῷ κακῷ
, σωθείς
.
κ.τ.λ.
The defect of a syllable in the MSS. here (see 905
n.) is best supplied by ΝΕ. δεινόν γε
τοὐπίσαγμα τοῦ νοσήματος
. | ΦΙ. δεινὸν
γὰρ
οὐδὲ ῥητόν
. The addition of μυρίον ἄχθος ὃ
ξυνοικεῖ. —
,
effected, brought about, as
κοινὰν ἤνυσεν
ἐς
φίλους ἀρωγάν
. Not, ‘have made too heavy,’ like
ἠνύσατ’
ἐκτοπίαν φλόγα πήματος
.
ἆρ’ ἂν
ματαίου τῆσδ’ ἂν ἡδονῆς τύχοις; | τοιαῦτα μέντοι
καὶ
σὺ προσφέρεις ἐμοί
. (It is not a mere expression of assent,
‘yes,’ as Paley takes it.)
Διὸς
, 1302 Λαομέδοντος
:
τὰν Φρυγίαν
ξέναν | Ταντάλου
. In 401 and 450 the art. (
ἡ
) is prefixed to Διός.—
: cp.
ξυμφυτεῦσαι
τοὔργον
.
γέγηθέ τε φρένα
,
ταράσσομαι
φρένας
,
κελαινώπαν
(κελαινός, ὤψ
) is
not simply an equiv. for κελαινόν
: the
second part of the compound suggests the dark soul which watches from
its place of concealment with malevolent joy; as Philoctetes says to
Odysseus, ἀλλ’
ἡ κακὴ σὴ διὰ μυχῶν βλέπουσ’ ἀεὶ | ψυχή
etc.—The epithet
‘dark,’ ‘black,’ is often given to a mind strongly moved by passion
(esp. anger):
μένεος δὲ
μέγα
φρένες ἀμφὶ μέλαιναι | πίμπλαντ’
: Theogn. 1199 καί μοι κραδίην ἐπάταξε μέλαιναν
(dark with
resentment): Aesch. σπλάγχνα δέ μου κελαινοῦται
: Aesch. ταῦτά μοι μελαγχίτων | φρὴν ἀμύσσεται φόβῳ
.
Here, however, dark κελαινόφρων
(
Aesch.
The form κελαινώπης
occurs only here, though Pind. κελαινῶπιν..νεφέλαν
. In Pind. κελαινώψ
(κελαινώπεσσι
Κόλχοις
): and Blaydes here gives ἀνά
is elsewhere
confined to compounds (see on Soph. ἀντρέπων
).
Schneidewin strangely understands, ‘Odysseus mocks at the frenzy-darkened
soul of Ajax.’ Hartung writes
ἔνθυμος
= ‘spirited,’ opp. to ἄθυμος
).
παντουργός
, v. 445).
δέ
,
implying that the speaker turns to a new point, here serves to mark a
climax: Odysseus exults in thought,—yes, and laughs aloud. For καί που
..) ἐγγελᾷ, χερὶ πάλλων | τὰν ἐμὰν μελέου
τροφάν.
γελᾷ
: cp. 1042
: ὅστις οὖν τούτοισι
γελᾷ, τοῖς ἐμοῖς μὴ χαιρέτω.
μαίνομαι
is said of fire, strife, etc., so here it denotes
‘frantic’ griefs, but with a further refer ence to their source in the μανία
of Ajax. Cp. μαινομένων οἴστρων
(so Reiske, for μαινόμεν’
).
εἰ
καὶ μή
would be normal (563 n.).
ὄφρ’
ἐπαμύνω | Τρώεσς’, οἳ μέγ’ ἐμεῖο ποθὴν ἀπεόντος ἔχουσιν
. 1. 240 ἦ ποτ’ Ἀχιλλῆος ποθὴ ἵξεται υἶας Ἀχαιῶν
. For
the prodelision of the augment in the last foot of the v., cp. 557
)τράφης
.
δορὸς..ἐν
χειμῶνι
.—Not, ‘when they need
γνώμῃ σοφόν.
τἀγαθὸν
is preferable. For the
dat., cp.
ὧν ἔχεις
χεροῖν
,
χεροῖν..ἔχων
βέλη
.
πρὶν
ἐκβάλωσι
: the collective τις
, as
in Thuc. 4. 85§ 6 οἷς
ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις ἐμοὶ πρόσεισι, δυσχερὲς ποιούμενοι κ.τ.λ.
From the primary sense of ‘casting out,’
ἐκβάλλειν
derives that of ‘throwing away,’ ‘losing by one's
own folly’: cp. Ar. οὐ γὰρ τὸν ἐμὸν ἱδρῶτα καὶ φειδωλίαν
| οὐδὲν πρὸς
ἔπος οὕτως ἀνοήτως ἐκβαλῶ
. So a schol. here explains, πρὶν ἄν τις αὐτοῦ στερηθῇ
. Sophocles has this
use, with various shades of meaning, in Soph. πλάζε δὲ πίνοντας,
χειρῶν δ’ ἔκβαλλε
κύπελλα
. But a reason for preferring the other view is that
it represents the loss as due solely to the folly of the possessors
themselves; and thus suits the context better.]
For the sentiment, cp. Mimnermus fr. 1 (in Nauck's
δεινοὶ γὰρ ἀνδρὶ πάντες ἐσμὲν εὐκλεεῖ | ζῶντι φθονῆσαι, κατθανόντα δ’ αἰνέσαι.
Tum denique homines nostra intelligimus bona, | Quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus.
Virtutem incolumem odimus, | Sublatam ex oculis quaerimus invidi.
Various theories of interpolation have been held with regard to this passage: see Appendix. Most of them are founded on the assumption that Tecmessa's former speech of ten lines (915—924) must be balanced by a speech of the same length here, and that therefore three of the thirteen verses (961— 973) must be struck out. (Nauck, who rejects 918 f., strikes out five verses here, 966—970.)
As several objections arise from the alleged incoherence of the speech, it is well to observe the train of thought in 961—973.
‘Let them mock, if they will, at the fate of Ajax; they will perhaps find
out, in time of need, what they have lost; foolish men never know their own
good fortune till they have thrown it away (961—965). No, his death is no
gain for them—though it is anguish for me: for
κ.τ.λ.
Schol. in L: μᾶλλον ἐμοὶ πικρὸς τέθνηκεν ἤπερ
ἐκείνοις γλυκύς
. This is the only tenable explanation of the
words. For the omission of μᾶλλον
, cp.
βούλομ’ ἐγὼ
λαὸν σόον ἔμμεναι ἢ ἀπολέσθαι
: Her. 3.
40
βούλομαι...οὕτω διαφέρε<*>ν τὸν
αἰῶνα ἐναλλὰξ
πρήσσων ἢ εὐτυχέειν τὰ πάντα
. No proposed substitute for οὐ κείνοις γλυκύς, ἀλλ’ ἐμοὶ πικρός
, we have ἐμοὶ πικρὸς
(μᾶλλον
) ἢ κείνοις
γλυκύς
: cp. Thuc. 1. 34§ 2 πολέμῳ
μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ ἴσῳ ἐβουλήθησαν τὰ ἐγκλήματα μετελθεῖν
(= οὐ τῷ ἴσῳ, ἀλλὰ πολέμῳ
).
ταῦτα
implied (as antecedent) by
ἐν
in
906. We find κατά
joined with a similar
compound verb in
κατ’ ἐμοῦ
..
| μᾶλλον ἐπεμβάσει
.—Conjectures which aim
at τοιοῦδ’,
τοῦδ’ ἄν, τοῦδέ γ’
) are needless: the stress on
κ.τ.λ.
: the dat. is one of relation: his
death is a matter between the gods and himself,—one in which the Greek
chiefs have no part. (‘His death concerns the gods,—not them, not them’:
Whitelaw.) See on
τέθνηκ’ ἐγὼ
σοί
. The implied meaning is that his death has been brought
about by the gods; but θεοῖς
should not be
taken as a dat. of the agent (539), ‘
πρὸς ταῦτ’
ἐφυμνείτω Δία | ξύναιμον
:
κενά
, empty, unreal: cp.
οὐ γὰρ ἂν
γνοίης
ἐν οἷς | χαίρειν προθυμεῖ
(n.).
θυμῷ..χαρίζεσθαι
κενά
.
ἐμοί
. The emphasis is on οὐκέτ’ ἐστίν
, which is repeated in a negative
form by ἀλλὰ..διοίχεται
(cp. 167 n.). ‘It is all
The fourth ἐπεισόδιον
consists of two scenes. (1)
974—1039. Teucer's lament. (2) 1040—1184. Menelaüs forbids the burial of Ajax,
and Teucer defies him.
σκοπός
as=‘mark’), aimed at it, having regard
to it: schol. οὐχ ἡμαρτηκὸς τῆς
συμφορᾶς, ἀλλ’
ἐστοχασμένον
. Another gloss,
ἔφορον
, represents the view that
ἐπίσκοπον
is from σκοπός
as=‘overseer’, and means ‘looking upon’ the
ἄτη
: which yields virtually the same sense. But, in actual
usage, this ἐπίσκοπος
, when figurative,
means ‘watching or presiding over.’ In Aesch. τοὺς γῆς ἔνερθε δαίμονας κλύειν ἐμὰς | εὐχάς,
πατρῴων
δωμάτων ἐπισκόπους
, the adj. is best taken with δαίμονας
, ‘looking upon.’ Hence it is better
to suppose the notion of aiming at a mark both here and in Aesch. ὁποῖα νίκης μὴ κακῆς ἐπίσκοπα
. Herodotus has
the literal sense, Aesch. Eum. 3. 35, τίνα εἶδες..οὕτω ἐπίσκοπα τοξεύοντα;
μέλη
βοῶν ἄναυλα
καὶ ῥακτήρια
(‘discordant’). Euripides applies the word to
Nestor's winning eloquence, τὸ Νεστόρειον
εὔγλωττον μέλος
(fr. 899).
σύνηθες ὄμμα
(n.):
ξύντροφον ὄμμ’
: Aesch. ὦ τερπνὸν ὄμμα
(where Herm. reads ὄνομα
). For
ξύναιμον
, cp. <*> σοπη.
, Soph. συγγενεῖ χερί
.
πέπραγας
, ‘fared’: Hippocr. κάλλιον ἐμπολήσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος
,
‘the patient's state will be better.’ In
Aesch. ἠμποληκότα
| τὰ πλεῖστ’ ἄμεινον
(so Herm. , for
ἀμείνον’
), the sense is similar.—Hermann, reading
κ.τ.λ.
Cp.
οἴμοι
ταλαίνης
ἆρα τῆσδε συμφορᾶς
.
ὡς ὧδε
τοῦδ’ ἔχοντος αἰάζειν πάρα
, and 281 n. For the neut. plur.
part., without subject, cp.
τελουμένων
εἴποιμ’ ἄν
(n.).—The division of the verse between two
speakers (ἀντιλαβή
) is again used, as in
591 ff., to mark strong emotion. The interruption after
ἐχόντων
has the effect of adding emphasis to the
announcement: see on
σπέρχομαι
often
refers to anger, as in Her. 5. 33
ἐσπέρχετο τῷ Ἀρισταγόρῃ
: cp. id. 7. 207 περισπερχεόντων τῇ γνώμῃ ταύτῃ
, ‘being
incensed’ at it: Oppian
περισπερχὴς
ὀδύνῃσιν
.
τέκνον
: cp.
φίλε τέκνον
: Eur. τέκνου τε τοῦδ’, ὃν κ.τ.λ.
,
where Tecmessa had left him at 809.
δῆτα
as first word of a verse. It is usually
read as first word of a clause in καὶ πῶς
) εἴπερ
βάλλει τοὺς ἐπιόρκους, δῆτ’ οὐχὶ Σίμων’ ἐνέπρησεν
..; where,
however, Dindorf gives πῶς οὐχι
(πῶς δῆτ’
being a variant for δῆτ’
). There is, however, no reason to doubt
it here. With Sophocles the words sometimes run on from the end of one
trimeter to the beginning of the next, as if there were no break between
the verses. See ὅπως | μή
:
πᾶσαν κόνιν
σήραντες ἣ κατεῖχε τὸν | νέκυν
:
ὃν οἱ | δισσοὶ
στρατηγοί
:
τί ταῦτ’ |
ἄλλως ἐλέγχεις;
(Such elision at the end of the verse was
remarked by the ancients as peculiar to Sophocles: see on
δῆτα
here is only another example of the same tendency, and
is illustrated by that of ποτέ
in
οὐκ ἂν
ἐξέλθοιμ’ ἔτι | ποτ’ ἄλλος
. This virtual synaphea of
trimeters naturally occurs most often in passages where, as here, the
speech is excited or rapid.
χήρα δ’ ἁ Κυθέρεια, κενοὶ δ’ ἀνὰ δώματ’ Ἔρωτες
.
The adj. is ‘proleptic’: if the child is not quickly brought, the mother
will seek him only to find that she is bereaved. Cp.
δικαίων
ἀδίκους
φρένας παρασπᾷς
: Aesch. ἄνανδρον τάξιν ἠρήμου
θανών
. Schol. οἱ γὰρ κυνηγοὶ τηροῦσι
τὸν καιρὸν ὁπότε
ἔρημοι τῶν μητέρων γίγνονται οἱ σκύμνοι
. —Others take
ἄξεις
, to Tecmessa, who now hurries away. At
v. 1168 she returns with her child, but only as a κωφὸν πρόσωπον
, whose part is taken by a
supernumerary. The actor who has thus far played Tecmessa has to
re-appear as Odysseus (or possibly as Agamemnon): see p. 7.
κοὐκ ἐτόλμησ’ αὖθις ἐπεμπηδῆσ’ αὐτῷ
κειμένῳ
. Aesch. ὥστε σύγγονον | βροτοῖσι τὸν πεσόντα
λακτίσαι πλέον
. There is no reason for changing
τοῦδε
neuter (‘this matter’). μέλει
, is prob. here the
impersonal verb.
εἰ δ’ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεὸς ἤ τι
θεῖον ὁ Ἔρως
.
πανύστατον δή.
σύ τ’ οὐδαμὰ
|
τοὐμὸν προσόψει κρᾶτ’ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρῶν
.
πασῶν
has been corrected in L from ἁπασῶν
, the reading of some other MSS., has
been regarded as confirming Brunck's conjecture, ἁπασῶν
could easily arise
through the scribe's eye wandering to
ἁπάντων
in 992: and no MS. which has
ἁπασῶν
alters the order of the words ὁδός
θ’ ὁδῶν
. (2) After τῶν
ἁπάντων..θεαμάτων ἄλγιστον
, there is a rhetorical advantage
in having ὁδός θ’
ὁδῶν πασῶν
rather than ὁδῶν θ’
ἁπασῶν ὁδός
. It is a ‘chiasmus.’ (3) The absence of caesura
in ὁδός
θ’ ὁδῶν πασῶν
may have been intentional: see
on 855.
δή
emphasises the whole phrase πασῶν ἀνιάσασα μάλιστα
(rather than πασῶν
only). Cp. Creon's words in
ἆρα
δυστυχεστάτην | κέλευθον ἕρπω τῶν παρελθουσῶν ὁδῶν;
emphasises the pron., as in 1029, 1043,
1045, and often.
διώκομαι
denotes speed (
ἐξιχνοσκοπεῖν
occurs in
ἰχνοσκοπεῖν
in Aesch.
γένους
ἐπάρκεσιν
,=ἣν τὸ γένος παρέχει
).
For the combination, cp. Thuc. 7. 34§ 6 διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀνέμου ἄπωσιν αὐτῶν
(ὅτι ὁ ἄνεμος
ἀπωθεῖ αὐτά
, τὰ ναυάγια
).
ἰοῦσι
δέ σφι φήμη.. ἐσέπτατο ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον πᾶν...ἡ δὲ φήμη διῆλθέ σφι
(ethic dat.) ὧδε, ὡς οἱ Ἕλληνες τὴν Μαρδονίου
στρατιὴν νικῷεν ἐν
Βοιωτοῖσι μαχόμενοι
.
As to φήμη
generally, see on
In sending this φήμη
to Teucer, Zeus
illustrates his attribute of Πανομφαῖος
(
ὅτι ἐκποδὼν ἦν
, ‘I lamented that I had been
absent’ (cp. fr. 667 ἀνδρὸς κακῶς
πράσσοντος ἐκποδὼν φίλοι
). But this would be strained; and
ἔργα..ἀρετᾶς
). The corpse of the self-slain man shows the
‘cruel courage’ that animated him. For the combination of adj. (δυσθέατον
) with gen., cp. 481 f.:
οὔτ’
ἔνορκος..οὔτε τοῦ πρώτου στόλου
.
Eustathius (p. 409, 46), whom some critics follow, takes the gen. as
depending on
ἀρήξαντα
) and inf., cp.
σοὶ δὲ συγγνώμη λέγειν |
τάδ’ ἐστί, μὴ πάσχουσαν, ὡς ἐγώ, κακῶς
.
ἐμός τ’ ἴσως
was a mere error
caused by the copyist's eye wandering to the next verse. The use of ἴσως
in the sense of ‘equally’ (
δέξεται.
πάρεστι
)..μή
is used, not οὐ
,
because ὅτῳ
here denotes a class or type.
For this ‘generic’ μή
, see
, when thus used, is susceptible
of two different shades of meaning. (1) More often it denotes one's
situation at some given moment; as in 432, νῦν γὰρ
πάρεστι καὶ δὶς αἰάζειν ἐμοί
. (2) Sometimes, as here, it
denotes a trait of character or disposition; cp. Eur. ἀχάριστος ὄλοιθ’
ὅτῳ
πάρεστι | μὴ φίλους τιμᾶν
(‘one who is capable of not
respecting friendship’). In this sense
πρόσεστι
is more frequent.
The λεως
in 1009. The force of the comparative
here is manifest: ‘If good fortune cannot
κακόν
:
ἐρεῖ
here takes a double acc. At the same time the words τὸν ἐκ δορὸς κ.τ.λ.
express the substance of
the taunts.— ἐκ δορικτήτου γυναικός
: cp. 1228
τὸν ἐκ
τῆς
αἰχμαλωτίδος
. Remark that δόρυ
πολέμιον
, which here means
θανούσης ὄμμα
συγκλείσει
τὸ σόν.
δόμους
Ἀτρειδῶν
σκῆπτρά τ’ ἀμφέπειν τάδε
.
βαρύς
, see on
πρὸς
τί;
971 πρὸς ταῦτα.
γῆς ἀπῶσαι
πατρίδος
, γῆς..ἀπωσθῆναι.
σὺ δ’ ἔρρ’
ἀπόπτυστός τε κἀπάτωρ ἐμοῦ
. The fulness of phrase is like that
in 830 ῥιφθῶ ..πρόβλητος
.
In the
Τεῦκροςof Sophocles, which dealt with the hero's expulsion from Salamis by Telamon. The reference to the subject here may be compared with that in the
φανείς
, cp. 1241
εἰ πανταχοῦ φανούμεθ’ ἐκ Τεύκρου κακοί
: Aesch. λόγοις τοιούτοις πλαγκτὸς οὖσ’ ἐφαινόμην
. The
vague ταῖς τοῦ πατρὸς
λοιδορίαις
,—which is perhaps the best explanation: or (2)
the common talk of men. λόγοισιν
further
implies that he is ἔργῳ ἐλεύθερος
, and
this is emphasised by τυφλὸς..ἐκ δεδορκότος | καὶ πτωχὸς ἀντὶ πλουσίου
.
παῦροι
(like τὰ
χρηστὰ
for τὰς χρηστὰς
in
τὰ..πανοῦργα
in
θνητοῖς ἀρήγων αὐτὸς ηὑρόμην πόνους
. In Αἴας μ’ ἀδελφὸς
ὤλεσ’ ἐν Τροίᾳ θανών
.
κνώδων
(κνάω, ὀδούς
)
meant any tooth-like prong or spike: see on
ξίφους
διπλοῖ κνώδοντες
are the cross-pieces of the sword-hilt. Some
suppose that here, too, κνώδοντος
denotes
the handle of the sword, against which the corpse is resting. But there
are at least two decisive objections to that view,—(1) the singular
number, (2) the epithet
αἰόλου
.
Lycophron borrows the word κνώδων
from this
passage, in alluding to the suicide of Ajax (464): δυσμενεστάτου
ξένων | ἔτυψε δώρῳ σπλάγχνον, ἀρνεύσας λυγρὸν | πήδημα πρὸς κνώδοντος
αὐτουργοὺς σφαγάς
.—For the
ἔγνως
(‘thou art right’).
ζῶντά μ’ ἔκτεινεν θανών
,
φθίσω
and the aor.
ἔφθισα
always have ι—
. The Attic
poets use ἔφθισα
with ι^
( Aesch. φθίσω
. (The form
ἀποφθιεῖν
, which Dindorf once read here, has no authority, and
is contrary to analogy.)
μὴ τεῖνε μακράν
(1040).
δωροῦμαί
τινά τινι
, and δωροῦμαί τινί τι
,
are equally good constructions (the former being preferred when the
notion of δωροῦμαι
is passive, the subject is usually
the gift, not the person (see,
ἐδωρήθη
is Hector.— As to the exchange of gifts between Ajax
and Hector (
πρισθείς
by δεθείς
:
Suidas, by δεθείς, ἐξαφθείς, δεσμευθείς
.
The senses of πρίω
are:—1. To πρίειν τοὺς ὀδόντας
,
to ἐμπρίσαντες
τοὺς ὀδόντας
(said of men under torture). 3. To ὀδόντι πρῖε τὸ
στόμα
. 4. To ἐχῖνος
(hedgehog): ἴσχει τ’ ἐμπρίει τε
, ‘he holds πιέζει
). So
Hesychius: πρισμοῖς· ταῖς βιαίοις κατοχαῖς
(‘grips’). Hence ἀπρίξ, ἄπριγδα
,
Thus πρισθείς
is forcibly used here to describe
the fatal ζωστῆρι πρισθείς
as ‘πρισθείς
could not bear that sense, which is expressed in the next verse by ἐκνάπτετ’
.
ἵπποι
often=‘chariot’: so
ναυαγίων..ἱππικῶν
, ‘wreck of chariots.’
κναπτόμενοι..δίνᾳ
(bodies κνάπτω,
κναφεύς,
κναφεῖον
were the older Attic forms:
γνάπτω
, etc., with softening of κ
to γ
, came later.
κναφεύς
appears in an Attic inscr. of the 6th cent. B.C. (
γ
form seems to be γναφεῖον
,
in an Attic inscr. of 358 B.C. (
: quoting, for αἰῶνα βίου
, the author of a Μελαμποδία
Ζεῦ πάτερ, εἴθ’ ἥσσω
μὲν
ἐμοὶ αἰῶνα βίοιο | ὤφελλες δοῦναι
. There, however, αἰῶνα βίου
means ‘ἀπέπνευσεν αἰῶνα
(fr.
801); but ἀπέψυξεν αἰῶνα βίου
is surely
impossible. It would have been better, for Hermann's purpose, to keep αἰέν
and
βίον
, merely changing ἔστ’
to εὖτ’
.
As a matter of verbal criticism, it might be observed that αἰέν
and ἔστ’
confirm each other. But the defence of the text rests on broader ground.
Evidently we must either reject the whole passage 1028 —1039, as Morstadt
and Nauck do, or else leave this verse unaltered. For the parallel between
the sword and the girdle, as fatal to their respective recipients, would
fail altogether, if the girdle had not been an agent of
ὅπλων κρίσις(see Introd. §§ 2, 3). One thing, at least, seems hardly doubtful. The original motive of this version must have been the same which prompts its use by Sophocles here, —viz., to point the fatal character of Hector's gift to Ajax by connecting a like result with the gift of Ajax to Hector. Two epigrams, attributed to Leontius Scholasticus (
δωρειά
is quoted by Meisterhans from three
Attic inscriptions belonging to the second half of the 5th century B.C.: δωρεά
appears first in 403 B.C., and does not
become the predominant form till the early part of the 3rd century B.C.
(δωριά
is also significant. Curtius, who
remarks that δωρ‐εά
is properly a
collective (like μυρμηκ‐ιά
etc.), meaning
‘a number of gifts,’ adds: ‘the original form was
δωρειά
, in which the ε
is of
the same kind as that of ἵππε‐ιο‐ς,
ταύρε‐ιο‐ς’
(δωρειὰν
here.
τόδε..ἔχων
had preceded, but the pronoun (τήνδε
) has been assimilated to δωρεὰν
by the ordinary Greek idiom (see on
ταύτην
ἔλεξε
παῦλαν
).
Δίκας δ’ ἐρείδεται πυθμήν
(anvil), | προχαλκεύει δ’ Αἶσα φασγανουργός
: Aesch. δίκην δ’ ἐπ’ ἄλλο πρᾶγμα θηγάνει βλάβης | πρὸς
ἄλλαις
θηγάναισι Μοῖρα
.
. From ἐχάλκευσε
a verb of more general sense, such as εἰργάσατο
, is to be supplied: cp. Her. 4. 106
ἐσθῆτα δὲ
φορέουσι τῇ Σκυθικῇ ὁμοίην, γλῶσσαν δὲ ἰδίην
: see also n. on
πνοαῖσιν ἢ..κόνει
| κρύψον νιν
. —Some critics think that
ἐχάλκευσε
might be said of the ζωστήρ
no less than of the ξίφος
, because a girdle
was often adorned with metal-work (see,
σκευῶν..παντοδαπῶν δημιουργοί
).
ἐγὼ μὲν ἄν
, is also intrinsically better,
since οὖν
serves to link this concluding
sentiment with what precedes.—The active
μηχανόωντας
(Apoll. Rhod. 3. 583 ὑπέρβια
μηχανόωντες
). Cp. 1129
ἀτίμα
, a solitary instance in Attic of the
Homeric verb
ἀτιμᾶν
. In the ἐντέλλω
as= ἐντέλλομαι
.
ἦν δὲ ὁ Μιλτιάδης Κροίσῳ..ἐν γνώμῃ
γεγονώς
, ‘had won his esteem.’
εἰ δὲ μὴ
δοκῶ φρονῶν λέγειν
, | οὐκ ἂν παρείμην
οἶσι
μὴ δοκῶ φρονεῖν
. Milton imitates this trait of Greek tragic
style in Dalila's last words to Samson:—‘σοὶ μὲν δοκείτω ταῦτ’,
ἐμοὶ δὲ
τἀντία
. Evenus fr. 1. 4 (Bergk) σοὶ
μὲν
ταῦτα δοκοῦντ’ ἔστω, ἐμοὶ δὲ τάδε
.
μακρὰν ἔτεινας
: μακρὰν γὰρ ἐξέτεινας
: Eur. ὡς δὲ μὴ μακροὺς τείνω λόγους
.
γελᾷ..ἄχεσιν
(n.).
οἷα δή
, is very rare; Simonides Amorg. fr. 1.
3 ἐφήμεροι | ἃ δὴ βότ’ αἰεὶ ζῶμεν
. So ἃ
without δὴ
in Nicander βοάᾳ, ἅ τις ἐμπελάδην φώς κ.τ.λ.
τίς δ’ ἐστὶν ἀνὴρ ὅντιν’
, the antecedent
being attracted into the relative clause: cp.
εἴρηκας ὀρθῶς
ᾧ
σὺ πρόσκεισαι κακῷ
:
οὔθ’
Ἑλλὰς
οὔτ’ ἄγλωσσος οὔθ’ ὅσην ἐγὼ | γαῖαν καθαίρων ἱκόμην
. So in
Latin,
οὗ
χάριν
), as in
ᾧτινι τὸν
πολὺν | ... πόνον...εἴχομεν
, and τοῖς τεκοῦσι γὰρ | οὐδ’ εἰ πονεῖ τις
κ.τ.λ.
τὸν πλοῦν
στελεῖν
.
γοργὸς
ὁπλίτης
.
φωνῶ
, to show that σὲ
φωνῶ
is parenthetic (cp. 73
Αἴαντα φωνῶ
),—
συγκομίζειν
being taken as an infinitive serving for an
imperative. Lobeck, who adheres to this view, remarks that there is no
other instance of φωνῶ τινα
(=φωνῶ
here is used as a verb
of ‘commanding’ with the inf., like λέγω
(
εἶπον
and ἐννέπω
(
αὐδῶ
(
φημί
(below, O. C. 1108).
κομίζειν
,
said with ref. to the dead, see
ἔφθη τὸ σῶμα
συγκομισθέν
, the sense is, ‘the obsequies were already
completed’ (συγ‐
),
ἀναλόω
regularly took the temporal augment.
No unaugmented form (such as ἀνάλωσα
)
occurs in them. See Meisterhans, § 40. 6, who quotes Moeris, p. 23: ἀνηλωμένον Ἀττικῶς, ἀναλωμένον Ἑλληνικῶς
(κοινὴ
διάλεκτος
).
The slow movement of the verse (with only quasi-caesura after the 3rd foot)
is intended to mark haughty surprise. Cp.
ἦ γὰρ νοεῖς
θάπτειν σφ’, ἀπόρρητον πόλει;
λόγον
),
and answers the question τίνος χάριν
,...the
partic. having a causal force: ‘I speak because these things seem good
to me,’ etc. (Cp. Aesch. δοκοῦντα καὶ
δόξαντ’
ἀπαγγέλλειν με χρὴ
| δῆμου προβούλοις κ.τ.λ.
)
ἐκείνῳ
) δόθ’, ἥτις
ἐστί,
προσφέροντες
:
ὃς ἃν τούτων
τι
δρᾷ
, | φόνον προκεῖσθαι
.—The
full expression would be, δοκοῦντα μὲν ἐμοί,
δοκοῦντα
δ’ ἐκείνῳ
: but in such ‘anaphora’ the μέν
is often omitted: cp.
στήσω σ’
ἄγων
, | στήσω δ’ ἐμαυτόν
:
κελεύεις
, supplied from ἀνήλωσας
λόγον
(1049). Cp. 800
τοῦ ποτ’ ἀνθρώπων μαθών;
(ἐλπίζει
).
ἄξειν
, because the sense is, ‘having formed
the expectation that we ἐλπίζει φέρειν
, ‘forebodes that it
ἐξετάζοντες
, ‘on trial’: but the use of the word is
peculiar: its ordinary sense, when joined with
εὑρίσκω
, may be seen in Ar. γόνιμον δὲ ποιητὴν ἂν οὐχ
εὕροις ἔτι | ζητῶν ἄν
(if you searched for one). Here, it could
doubtless mean, ‘on inquiry’ (into the slaughter of the cattle); but
this sense is too narrow for the context.
Φρύγες
as a synonym for Τρῶες
, because, when Aeolian colonies were
first founded in western Mysia, the country was subject to the Phrygians
(cp. Kiepert, Φρυγῶν πόλιν
=Τροίαν
: Eur. Ἕκτωρ ὁ Φρύγιος
.
ἐπιβουλευτὴς στρατοῦ
. His design had been
against the chiefs (57 f.), the authors of his wrong; but that wrong had
also embittered him against the whole Greek army (844).
δόρει
here, on account of the ὡς ἐλοιδόρει
:
which may, however, have been originally γρ.
ὡς
ἕλοι δόρει
, δόρει
as an alternative
form. Metre requires δόρει
in
δορί
, as Aesch. ( IIIAesch.
ἔριν
κατασβέσειαν
: Critias fr. 1. 40 τὴν
ἀνομίαν τε τοῖς φόβοις κατέσβεσεν
.
κακὸν οἶτον
ὄληαι
,
ἀπὁλωλε
κακὸν
μόρον
. If the words θανόντες ἂν προὐκ
.: but,
with τήνδ’
, such a constr. would be
awkward. The easy remedy,
θανόντες
, should not be admitted; this is a case in which the
harder reading is, as such, the more probable.
πρόκεισαι
. Cp. above, Aesch. Theb. 427.
ἀντέστρεψε.
ποῖμναι
being used here (as in 42 and 300) in
the wider sense, so as to include herds of oxen: see 53 n.
βοήν
after σέ
, etc.):
καὶ τάδ’
οὔτις
ἄλλος ἦν | ἢ )γὼ )π’ ἐμαυτῷ τάσδ’ ἀρὰς ὁ προστιθείς
.
Similarly
νιν
after αὐτόν.
ἐτύμβευσεν τάφῳ
. ποῦ δ’ ἐτυμβεύθη τάφῳ;
εἰ δ’ ἀμφὶ Θρῄκην
.. | τύραννον
ἔσχες ἄνδρα
, ‘somewhere in Thrace.’ Cp.
ἀμφί τε
ἄστυ
| ἔρδομεν ἱρὰ θεοῖς
, ‘about’ the city,
χλωρός
, primarily an epithet of young verdure
(χλόη
), sometimes means ‘yellow’ or
‘yellowish’; a sense found in the kindred Sanskrit μέλι
χλωρόν
. In
χλωρὰ..ἀκτὰ
(‘green’) is defined by the further epithet πολυστάφυλος
.—The sense ‘moist’ is preferred
here by Prof. Campbell (‘that part of the sands which the sea has
moistened’).
ἐν ψαμάθῳ λευρᾷ
), did not deserve to be
received by Wecklein.
ῥιφθῶ κυσὶν πρόβλητος οἰωνοῖς θ’ ἕλωρ
.
α—
):
cp.
ὑψοῦ γὰρ
αἴρει
θυμόν
.
εἰ γὰρ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν
ἄρχοιτε
, ‘assuming that they were right to revolt, your rule
would be unwarrantable.’
χερσὶν
εὐθύνων
, said of guiding a child's steps. ‘He will be docile
enough now, and will go whither our hands guide him’ (οὐ γὰρ ἔσθ’
ὅπου μ’ ὀλεῖς
.
πρός
, cp. 319.
These remarks on authority and obedience are suggested by the alleged
insubordination of Ajax, who (in disregard of Homeric conditions) is
styled ἀνὴρ δημότης
, in contrast to οἱ ἐφεστῶτες
, —ἐφεστᾶσι
.)
The tone of Menelaüs here recalls that of Creon in
ἀνδρός
, is thought too inelegant by some critics, who
replace it by Reiske's conjecture, ἄνδρα
δημότην
closely cohere, and the emphasis falls, first on κακοῦ
, and then on
δημότην
. The phrase ἀνὴρ δημότης
occurs in
ἄνδρες,
ἄνδρα
.
εὖ
φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις
: εὖ..φερομένης τῆς γεωργίας
ἄν
), as in
ἔνθα μὴ τέλη |
λύῃ.
, which L
supports, seems slightly better here than
καθεστήκοι
, which would make the statement more abstract or
hypothetical. Similarly in 1081 we have
ὅπου..παρῇ
. (On the other hand, in such a passage as
τίς ταῦτ’
ἄν,
ὅστις μὴ )ξ ἀλαστόρων νοσοῖ
, |
ἕλοιτο;
the optative is clearly better than νοσῇ
.)
πρόσχημ’
ἀγῶνος
,
ἐλπίδων..ἀρωγαί.
ἔνθα δέος, ἐνταῦθα καὶ αἰδώς
:
cp. ἵνα γὰρ δέος, ἔνθα καὶ αἰδώς
,—remarking
that we ought rather to say, ἵνα μὲν αἰδώς,
ἔνθα
καὶ δέος· οὐ μέντοι, ἵνα γε δέος, πανταχοῦ αἰδώς
. The
sentiment of Menelaüs is genuinely Spartan.
Plut.
φόβος
in Spartan government: τιμῶσι
δὲ τὸν
φόβον...τὴν πολιτείαν μάλιστα συνέχεσθαι φόβῳ νομίζοντες
.
The Aeschylean Athena, too, counsels μὴ τὸ
δεινὸν πᾶν
πόλεως ἔξω βαλεῖν
( Plut. αἰδώς
,—the σέβας
(690) for the Areiopagus. As at Sparta
there was a shrine of Φόβος
( Αἰδώς
( Paus. 1. 17. 1).
φῦσαι φρένας
(
πτερά
( Ar. τὸν
βασιλέα ἡμέων..ἐξέβαλε, δόξαν δὲ φύσας αὐξάνεται
. The words
allude to the stature of the πελώριος Αἴας
(
Why, man, he doth bestride the narrow
world |
Like a colossus, and we petty men | Walk under his huge
legs.
καὶ
ἐὰν
(πέσῃ
): cp.
ἀλλά μοι
πάρες |
κἂν σμικρὸν εἰπεῖν
, καὶ ἐὰν σμικρὸν παρῇς
: Dem.
or. 2 § 14
καὶ ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι,
προσθῇ
κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν, πάντ’ ὠφελεῖ
, καὶ ἐάν
τις προσθῇ
. We cannot here well take καὶ ἅν
(the conditional particle), and suppose that it belongs to πεσεῖν
understood. (See appendix on
ἀπ’ ἔργων
εὐκλεεστάτων φθίνει
.
αἰδώς
, as in Thuc. 1. 84§ 3 αἰδὼς
σωφροσύνης πλεῖστον μετέχει, αἰσχύνης δὲ εὐψυχία
.
ἄν
: cp. 1074.
τις
: cp. Plat. οὐκ ἀμαθία ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ
ἐπονείδιστος, ἡ τοῦ οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν
οὔτε ἄρα
ἀνταδικεῖν δεῖ...οὐδένα ἀνθρώπων, οὐδ’ ἂν ὁτιοῦν πάσχῃ ὑπ’ αὐτῶν
.
πεσεῖν
as representing a gnomic aor., χρόνῳ ποτὲ ἔπεσε
. Cp. Plat. ἡγουμένης δὴ ἀληθείας οὐκ ἄν ποτε..φαῖμεν αὐτῇ
χορὸν
κακῶν ἀκολουθῆσαι
, ‘when truth leads, we never could say
that a chorus of evils accompanies her’ (
ἠκολούθησεν
). It may be observed that this view is slightly
confirmed by the words
οὖρος
): for, if πεσεῖν
is an
appeal to experience, then the mention of such a city's transient πεσεῖν
were a simple prediction, such a clause would be less natural. [I
formerly took πεσεῖν
as referring to the
future; but now doubt whether νόμιζε
,
without more help from the context, could suffice to suggest such a
sense. See Appendix on
δέξεσθαι
for δέξασθαι
. Here we
might, of course, write
ἐκ
denotes the condition; cp.
ἐξ εὐμενῶν |
στέρνων δέχεσθαι
. For the neut. plur.
οὐρίων
, cp. Ar. οὔρια θεῖτε
(adv.). Lobeck quotes ἐξ οὐρίων πλεῖν
from Libanius 2. 421. ἐξ οὐρίας πλεῖν
occurs in Polyb. 1. 47. 2,
etc.
καθεστήκῃ.
διὸ καὶ παρὰ τὸ τῶν ἐφόρων συσσίτιον
τὸν
Φόβον ἵδρυνται Λακεδαιμόνιοι.
ὕβρις
(1081). ἔσθ’
ὅπου τὸ δεινὸν εὖ | καὶ φρενῶν ἐπίσκοπον | δεῖ μένειν καθήμενον
(
ἥδομαι, λυπεῖσθαι
, etc., is frequent (cp. Ar.
τείσω
, etc., see on
οὐ
with
inf. is normal after a verb of saying or thinking (n. on
παρῄνεσα,
συνῄνεσα
),
συγγνωμοσύνην,
ἀγνωμοσύνην
). It is needless to read ἃν
λυποίμεθα
, though the optat. might be illustrated by Alcaeus fr.
82 (Bergk) αἴ κ’ εἴπῃς τὰ θέλεις, ἦ κεν
ἀκούσαις
τά κεν οὐ θέλοις
. Schneidewin quotes also Hes. εἰ δὲ κακὸν
εἴπῃς, τάχα κ’ αὐτὸς μεῖζον ἀκούσαις
: Libanius 2. 84 δρῶντες ἅττα ἐθέλουσι πάσχειν δύναιντ’ ἂν ἅττα ἂν
οὐκ
ἐθέλοιεν
.
ἐναλλὰξ
πρήσσων
=‘with alternations of fortune’ (good and evil).—
αἴθονος
in 222.
δῆτα
in 986.
πέσῃς
is used, with grim irony, as in such
phrases as εἰς ἀνάγκας πίπτειν
( Thuc. 3. 82§ 2).
ταφὰς
has its ordinary sense, ‘rites of sepulture,’ as it
has also in v. 1109; it does not stand for
τάφους
. Herodotus, indeed, uses ταφαί
as=τάφοι
, and employs the plural in that
sense even with ref. to a single tomb (
Her. 5. 63 ).
ὑποστῆσαι κίονας, ἐρείσματα
,
etc.); or, as we should say, after ‘laying them down’: the word is much
more forcible than ὑποβαλών
or ὑποθείς.
ἐν
, cp. 43 n.
The dramatic function of a Chorus required that these Salaminian sailors,
while loyal to Ajax, should recognise the sound elements in the speech which
they have heard. Menelaüs has rightly condemned the ὕβρις
which defies human laws. But his own ὕβρις
menaces the laws of the gods.
ἀγέννητος
used in the sense
of δυσγενής
(
οὐδὲν
ὢν
has a like sense. Here μηδὲν
is ‘generic,’ denoting the class of person.
τὰ σέμν’ ἔπη | κόλαζ’ ἐκείνους.
, in their discourse. λόγοι
and ἔπη
are similarly combined in Thuc. 3. 67§ 6 λόγοι
ἔπεσι κοσμηθέντες
, ‘speeches adorned with fine sentiments.’
ὅτι ἦγες
,
as ἄγειν
in 1053=ὅτι
ἤγομεν
: ‘that thou wast bringing him [when he came hither] as an
ally found by thee (
ἀργαλέον
δέ
μοί ἐστι διασκοπιᾶσθαι ἕκαστον | ...ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω
.
ποῦ σὺ
μάντις
εἶ σαφής;
‘where hast thou proved thyself a seer?’
ἀκούετε
λεῴ
); Ar. fr. 346 has πάντες λεῴ
.
ἡγεῖτ’ οἴκοθεν
together, so that they become
virtually one. This is just possible; but in tragic iambics we find no
certain examples of a precisely similar kind. (As to σήμαιν’ εἴτ’ ἔχει
in
ἤγαγ’
was the original word, the change to ἡγεῖτ’
may have been caused by failure to
perceive that the genitive οὓς
)
was due to attraction. Porson (Αἴας δ’
ἐκ
Σαλαμῖνος ἄγεν δυοκαίδεκα νῆας
. The imperfect tense is, of
course, free from objection (cp. also Aesch. Ξέρξῃ..χιλιὰς
μὲν ἦν | ὧν
ἦγε πλῆθος
): but ΗΓΕΝ
was less
likely than ΗΓΑΓ
to tempt the correction ΗΓΕΙΤ
. Elmsley's ἡγεῖτ’
: but
the middle voice would be at least very unusual, where the sense is
simply that of ‘leading’; in Soph. ἄξεται
is hardly more than ἄξει
: but in Soph. ἄγοιντο
suggests the notion, ‘bring with
them, for their own ends.’
κοσμεῖν
is properly said of a
commander disposing his forces;
κοσμῆσαι
ἵππους τε καὶ ἀνέρας ἀσπιδιώτας
: [Eur. ] κοσμήσων στρατόν
. The Atreidae are κοσμήτορε λαῶν
(
κοσμεῖν
with ref. to civil government, cp.
κεῖμαι
serving as perf. pass. of τίθημι
): cp. Thuc.
5. 105§ 2 οὔτε
θέντες τὸν νόμον, οὔτε κειμένῳ πρῶτοι χρησάμενοι.
καί
,
cp.
ὅσ’ οἶδα κἀγώ
(n.).
ὅλοι
as=ὅλας
οἴστρησε γυναῖκας
, and κτήμασι μὲν πολύολβος ὅλων πλέον ὧν
τρέφε Κύπρος
(by Sophronius of Damascus, ὅλων
is ἄλλων
, and (2) by the absence of
the article, τὰ ὅλα
being the invariable
phrase in this sense: see, ὑπὲρ
τῶν ὅλων πεισθεὶς εἰρήνην ἄγειν
(‘for the general
interests’): or. 22 § 16 τὴν τῶν ὅλων σωτηρίαν
: Xen. τήνδε τὴν τῶν ὅλων τάξιν
(the universe):
Lucian τὴν τῶν
ὅλων
δεσποτείαν
.
Apart from the difficulty as to ὅλων
, there is
absolutely no ground for rejecting verses 1105 f., as Schneidewin and other
critics have done.
Μυρμιδόνεσσιν ἄνασσε
(
ἄλλοισιν δὴ ταῦτ’ ἐπιτέλλεο, μὴ γὰρ ἐμοί γε
.
Cp. Aesch. ἄναξ Ἄπολλον, ὧν ἔχεις αὐτὸς κράτει.
ἔπη
is a bold cognate acc.; cp. 1096
:
ἔπη | κλύων,
ἃ
νῦν
σὺ τήνδ’ ἀτιμάζεις πόλιν
: Aesch. δίκας | μέτειμι τόνδε φῶτα
.
εἴτε
σὺ μὴ φής, εἴτ’ Ἀγαμέμνων μή φησιν
, whether the veto is
thine or his. For φημί
as=‘Αἰακῷ σε φαμὶ
γένει τε Μοῖσαν φέρειν
. Here the
μή
, despite its place, belongs in sense to the inf. (θεῖναι
εἰς ταφὰς
) understood. (οὔ φημι
θεῖναι
could mean only,
λαοί
, the born subjects of Menelaüs, who are
bound to endure the labours of war in any field to which their lord
calls them. Cp. Eur. οὐ τῶν πονούντων τοὔργον ἡγοῦνται
τόδε
, | ἀλλ’ ὁ στρατηγὸς τὴν δόκησιν
ἄρνυται
,—where οἱ πονοῦντες
are
the rank and file. The strangeness which has been felt in the phrase, οἱ
πόνου πολλοῦ πλέῳ
, will perhaps be lessened if we remember
how habitually the Attic poets transfer the associations of their own
time to the heroic age. In picturing the followers of the Spartan king,
Sophocles may have had in mind the Perioeci who served as hoplites and
the Helots who served as light-armed in the armies of their Spartan
masters.
Assuredly οἱ πόνου πολλοῦ πλέῳ
does not mean
‘busybodies,’ οἱ πολυπραγμονοῦντες
, as some
have taken it,—supposing it to be said scornfully of βασιλεῖς
tributary to Menelaüs and eager to
display their zeal.
ὅτου
γυνὴ γένοιτο
Τυνδαρὶς κόρη
, | τούτῳ συναμυνεῖν,
εἴ τις
ἐκ δόμων λαβὼν | οἴχοιτο
( Ἀγαμέμνων
τέ μοι δοκεῖ τῶν τότε δυνάμει προὔχων καὶ οὐ τοσοῦτον τοῖς Τυνδάρεω
ὅρκοις κατειλημμένους τοὺς Ἑλένης μνηστῆρας ἄγων τὸν στόλον ἀγεῖραι
.
In Soph. ἔνορκος οὐδενί
.
οὐ γάρ τι τῆς σῆς
κ.τ.λ.
: on this trait of Sophoclean style see
μή
having its generic force),—mere ciphers.
Cp.
τὸν οὐκ ὄντα
μᾶλλον ἢ μηδένα
. So τοὺς οὐδένας
:
ὄντες
οὐδένες
, Her. 9. 58
οὐδένες
ἄρα ἐόντες
.
ἀργὰ πρόσωπα
of the
theatre.
ἐντρέπομαι
(90), ἐπιστρέφομαι
(
μεταστρέφειν
: (
πῶλοι
) οὔτε ναυκλήρου χερὸς | οὔθ’
ἱπποδέσμων οὔτε
κολλητῶν ὄχων | μεταστρέφουσαι
.
ἕωσπερ ἂν ᾖς ὃς εἶ
. This is a certain
correction of the traditional reading ἕως ἂν αὑτὸς
ἥλιος | ταύτῃ μὲν αἴρῃ
etc., and in
ἔωσπερ ἂν
ζῶ
. [Hermann explained οἷοσπερ εἶ
being said, παρὰ
προσδοκίαν
, instead of βασιλεύς
or the like.]
οὐδ’ αὖ
is similarly used in
νῦν δ’ ἐν
κακοῖς
μοι πλεῖν ὑφειμένῃ δοκεῖ
.
τοξότα,
λωβητήρ, κέρᾳ ἀγλαέ
. In
ἄριστος Ἀχαιῶν | τοξοσύνῃ·
but the poet adds ἀγαθὸς δὲ καὶ ἐν σταδίῃ ὑσμίνῃ
. At Athens,
where the τοξόται
or city police were
slaves (Σκύθαι
, etc.), the word had
acquired ignoble associations.
βάναυσος
with ἀνελεύθερος
(τὰς..τοιαύτας τέχνας, ὅσαι τὸ
σῶμα παρασκευάζουσι
χεῖρον διακεῖσθαι, βαναύσους καλοῦμεν
. Thus the notion at
the root of the word was that of some mechanical (or sedentary) calling
which interfered with efficiency in athletics or war. (Compare the
taunts of Euryalus to the disguised Odysseus, Hom.
βάναυσος
: Heracles and Philoctetes were among its masters.
δόρυ
); while the bowman, ranking with the
light-armed troops, had no defensive armour.
σταδίη ὑσμίνη
, because they were not
armed as hoplites:— οὐ
γὰρ ἔχον κόρυθας χαλκήρεας
ἱπποδασείας
, | οὐδ’ ἔχον ἀσπίδας
εὐκύκλους
καὶ μείλινα δοῦρα
. (
ὄγκον..τρέφειν
:
τἀληθὲς γὰρ
ἰσχῦον τρέφω
. Dryden:
ξὺν τῷ δικαίῳ
τὸν σὸν οὐ ταρβῶ φόβον
. Thrice is he armed that hath his quarrel
just.
σχέτλια
(n.).
ἔκτεινά σ’ ἄκους’
, κλέψας τὸν ἱκέτην
, meaning that Creon had
γε
in comment, cp.
δεινόν γέ σ’
οὖσαν πατρὸς οὗ σὺ παῖς ἔφυς | κείνου λελῆσθαι.
καὶ
goes closely with ζῇς
, ‘if
thou εἰ καὶ μὴ
κλύεις
(if εἰ καὶ τοῦτ’
ἔτλη
. Distinguish such instances from the ordinary uses of εἰ καί
(‘granting that..’), as in
εἰ καὶ
τυραννεῖς
.
τέθνηχ’ ὑμῖν
πάλαι
. In 970 above the similar dat. (
θεοῖς
) has a different shade of meaning.
ἀτιμᾶν
is otherwise confined, in classical Greek, to the Homeric
poems and hymns. The fut. and aor. occur both in ἀτιμᾷ
);
the imperf. twice (
ἀτίμα
:
23. 28 ἀτίμων
, plur.). Nauck would here
read ἀτίζει
, with Elmsley (ἀτίζειν
occurs in
ἀτιμᾶν
altogether from the epic texts; see
Appendix.
θεός
normally is with Sophocles, when it
belongs to the third foot of the trimeter; see 489,
τότ’ εἶδες
ὅτε
θεοί μ’ ἐπώτρυναν μολεῖν
, we ought probably to read εὖτε.
γὰρ
in an indignant question, cp.
ἐγὼ γὰρ ἂν τλαίην
..;— οὐ γάρ τι τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τοὺς θεῶν νόμους |
φθείροις ἄν.
οὐκ
ἐῶ
=οὐ
can
follow εἰ
: cp.
βίᾳ τε
κοὐχ ἑκὼν
(=ἄκων
), after εἰ
μή.
αὐτὸς
emphasises the reflexive pron.;
αἰσχύνεις
πόλιν
| τὴν αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ
(n.).—For ἐμαυτοῦ
,
see
ἐᾶν θάπτειν
αὐτούς
. Ajax was πολέμιος
, a
public enemy, ‘worse than any Trojan’ (1054), in view of his intended
onslaught. Menelaüs, like Creon (
πολέμιος
is warranted on religious
grounds.
προστῆναι
, see on
προσστὰς
, not προστὰς
, should probably be read.)— Teucer
parries the argument by asking how Ajax could have been the enemy of
Menelaüs, a chief on his own side. He thus makes it a personal question
between Ajax and Menelaüs whereas the latter had referred to the design
of Ajax against the common weal.
μισοῦντες μισοῦνται
. Menelaüs ought
to have replied, ‘He was the
πολέμιος
to me, at least he was
ἐχθρός
.’
ἔπραξαν
used by Ajax in 446 implies
some such intrigue. Cp. Pindar's phrase,
κρυφίαισι...ψάφοις
, in ψῆφοι
placed in urns (cp. Aesch. ἐψήφισαν
in 449 nor
ψηφοποιός
here necessarily excludes the supposition that the
votes were given, in Homeric fashion, by voice.—For other views of ψηφοποιός
, see Appendix.
The gen. κλέπτης ψηφοποιός
, as it might depend
on λωβητής
or the like.
ἐν
is said esp. of a tribunal:
ἐν θεοῖσι τὴν
δίκην | δώσειν
(n.).
καλῶς
in a bad sense, cp.
λόγους
) αἰσχροὺς καλῶς λέγωσι τοῦ κέρδους χάριν
.
κλέπτουσι
μύθους
.
ἐς ἀσθενὲς ἔρχεται
): σοί
: for this menacing
τις
, see on
θανοῦσ’ ὀλεῖ
τινά
.—The traditional accentuation, as seen in L and in the
Aldine edition, is τινί
is here emphatic: so in τὸ
χρῶμα ἐν σώματι· οὐκοῦν καὶ ἐν τινὶ
[not ἔν τινι
] σώματι
.
(Cp. Chandler, ἔρχεταί τινι
.
εἰς ἀνίαν ἐμοὶ ἔρχεται
(λυπηθησόμεθα
).
οὐχί
, cp. 1330
ἦ γὰρ εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν
: for the neuter
verbal with acc., 1250 εἰρκτέον τάδ’
ἐστίν
.
κ.τ.λ.
: cp.
ἤκουσα τοὺς
ναύτας ὅτι | ... εἷεν
etc.: Xen. τὸν Δαίδαλον..οὐκ
ἀκήκοας, ὅτι..ἠναγκάζετο.. δουλεύειν;
Wecklein's conjecture,
τοῦτον
, is very plausible, in view of 1040 ἕν σοι φράσω
. We may observe, however, that τοῦτον
answers to τόνδ’
in 1040, and that the stress in
Teucer's retort falls on the ἀντ‐
in ἀντακούσει
, and on
τεθάψεται
. There is more of dignity in that retort, as it stands
with τοῦτον
, than there would be with the
mocking echo, τοῦθ’ ἕν
. If τοῦθ’ ἕν
were to be read, then
(a
τὸ δρᾶν |
οὐκ
ἠθέλησαν
(and οὐχὶ
δικαίαν ἔχει τέκμαρσιν τὸ ἐκφοβῆσαι
(where Classen compares
this verse). Liddell and Scott, s. v.
ἐφορμάω
, remark that the dat. ἐφορμῶ
takes a dat. of the person when it
means to rouse or urge something ὅς μοι ἐφορμήσας ἀνέμους
: Soph. fr. 619. 2 ᾧ καὶ Ζ<*>ὺς ἐφορμήσῃ κακά
. But here,
where ἐφορμῶ
means to urge one to do
something, the person is necessarily in the acc., as after ἐπείγω, προτρέπω
, etc. Cp. Xen. τούτους οὔτε μελετᾶν τῶν ἐλευθερίων πόνων οὐδένα
παρώρμα κ.τ.λ.
ἐνηῦρες
, it should be noted that ἐνευρίσκω
is post-classical, unless Dobree
was right in conjecturing ἐνηύρηκεν
(for ἀνηύρηκεν
) in Ar. ᾧ οὐκ ἂν ἦν φθέγμα
, we have ᾧ οὐκ ἂν ηὗρες φθέγμα
, in the sense, ‘you
would have found that he had not a word at his command.’ The emendation ᾧ φθέγμ’
would
make this clearer, but seems needless: it is, indeed, slightly prosaic.
ἐν πόνῳ |
...
κακῶν.
ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κακῷ ἐχόμενος.
δακρύω δ’
ὑφ’
εἱμάτων
: Eur. δεξιὰν ὑφ’ εἵματος | κρύπτοντα.
ἐκρύφην
is not elsewhere found in classical Greek. At a
later period ἐκρύβην
was frequent (see
Veitch,
ἑαυτόν
: cp. ἀμέλει θαρρῶν οὕνεκα τούτων
ἐπιχαλκεύειν
παρέχοιμ’ ἄν
. Plat. ἐὰν δὲ πάντῃ ἀπορήσωμεν, ταπεινωθέντες, οἶμαι, τῷ
λόγῳ παρέξομεν ὡς ναυτιῶντες πατεῖν τε καὶ χρῆσθαι ὅ τι ἂν βούληται
.
Synesius IV. Plat. μεθῆκεν ὁ κυβερνήτης τὸ πηδάλιον καὶ καταβαλὼν
ἑαυτὸν
πατεῖν παρεῖχε τῷ θέλοντι ναυτίλων
.—For the omission of the
art. before ναυτίλων
, cp. τῷ θέλοντι δημοτῶν
:
τὸν θέλοντ’
ἐγχωρίων
.
ἄγαν γε
λυπεῖς
καὶ σὺ καὶ τὸ σὸν λέχος.
μηδ’ ἄγαν
λαβροστόμει.
ἐκνεφίας
to a wind caused by the
meeting and breaking of clouds: οἱ δὲ κατὰ ῥῆξιν
γινόμενοι..ἐκνεφίαι
καλοῦνται
.
σὲ καὶ τὸ σὸν..στόμα
: cp. 1062 f. (
αὐτὸν..σῶμα
).
Αἴγισθ’,
ὑβρίζειν ἐν κακοῖσιν οὐ σέβω
.
ὕβρις
:
τοιαῦτ’
ὀνειδιεῖσθε· κᾆτα τίς γαμεῖ
κᾆτ’
(‘and οὐ δέχονται θυστάδας λιτὰς ἔπι | θεοὶ παρ’ ἡμῶν
.
τρόπον
. ἀνάνδρῳ καὶ γυναικείῳ ἀνθρώπῳ τὴν ὀργήν
πουλύπου ὀργὴν ἴσχε πολυπλόκου
.
ἐχθαρεῖ
:
ἀλγυνεῖ
:
φθερεῖσθαι
:
αὐανοῦμαι
.
οὐκ
) ἄβουλος οὐδ’ ἄνολβος
: ὤμοι ἐμῶν ἄνολβα
βουλευμάτων
. Cp. 1290
δύστηνε
: δυσπότμου χάριν χλιδᾶς
(οὐ γὰρ
οὕτως ἄφρων οὐδ’ ἀτυχής εἰμι ἐγώ, ὥστ’ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι βούλεσθαι.
μῶν
, ἇρ’ ἔνδηλα
καὶ
σαφῆ λέγω;
Aesch. ἦ τορῶς λέγω;
In Teucer's parody
of his opponent's parable there is a rising tone of scorn, which the
last words accentuate.
πάρεστι
),
the reading of A, is distinctly preferable παρῇ
, though the latter has the support of
the first hand in L. With παρῇ
the sense
would be: ‘It were shameful if people should hear that ἐγὼ
) ὅτῳ
πάρεστι
, not ᾧ παρῇ
. In 1081, ὅπου δ’ ὑβρίζειν δρᾶν θ’ ἂ βούλεται παρῇ
(παρῇ
is not, indeed, impossible: it is,
however, so unnatural in this context that it would require much
stronger authority to support it as against πάρα
.
εἰς
ἀγῶνα..συμπεσὼν μάχης
: Liv. 36. 19
τις
before its noun, cp. 29.
σκάπτω
(cp.
καφώρη
, ‘fox,’ also σκαφώρη
):
among kindred words G. Curtius gives the Lithuanian αἶψα δ’ ἄρ’ ἐς κοίλην κάπετον θέσαν.
αὐτὸς νῦν
ἴδε
πῶμα
: ὅρη δίφρον, Εὐνόα, αὐτῇ
τὸν βροτοῖς ἀείμνηστον
: cp.
ἵπποισιν τὸν
ἀκεστῆρα χαλινόν
:
δῶρον
) Ἡρακλεῖ τὸ πόμπιμον
:
ἐκεῖνον ὁ
κτανών.
εὐρώς
, ‘mould’: an epithet applied in epic poetry to the nether
world, where all things moulder in damp, cheerless gloom:
οἰκία
,
the home of Hades) σμερδαλἔ εὐρώεντα, τά τε
στυγέουσι θεοί περ
.
Ἀΐδεω..δόμον
εὔρώεντα
. Simonides illustrates this sense (fr. 4. 4), ἐντάφἰον δὲ τοιοῦτον οὔτ’ εὐρὼς | οὔθ’ ὁ
πανδαμάτωρ
ἀμαυρώσει χρόνος
: and Vergil reproduces it (
τύμβον ἐπ’ εὐρώεντα
.
But in later antiquity a false etymology connected
εὐρώεις
with εὐρύς
: thus
Hesychius, εὐρώεντα
,
gives πλατέα
as one explanation of it.
Oppian (κόλπον ἀν’ εὐρώεντα
θαλάσσης
: and so too Nonnus (5th cent. A.D. ) εὐρώεντα
to
αὐερόεντα
(αὐήρ
=ἀήρ
), or ἠερόεντα
,
‘murky’: while Nauck goes so far as to pronounce εὐρώεις
‘a wholly apocryphal word.’]
The legendary tomb of Ajax was shown on the coast of the Troad near Cape
Rhoeteum; Strabo 13. p. 595 τῷ *(ποιτείῳ συνεχὴς
ᾐὼν ἁλιτενής, ἐφ’ ᾗ μνῆμα καὶ ἱερὸν Αἴαντος καὶ ἀνδριάς
.
Alexander the Great, on landing in the Troad, offered ἐναγίσματα
at the tomb of Ajax as well as at that
of Achilles ( Diod. 17. 17). There were legends
of gigantic bones having been found in the tomb ( Paus. 1. 35. 5).
ἐς δέον περᾷ
: Eur. παῖς σὸς ἐς καιρὸν πάρα.—
,
as in Eur. παρούσης τῆσδε πλησίας ἐμοί
, Soph. παροῦσα πλησία
. The τοῦ πλησίον παρόντος
, etc.).
Tecmessa had left the scene after v. 989, in order to bring the child Eurysaces from the tent, where he had been left when she set forth in search of Ajax (810). The part of Tecmessa is now taken by a mute person, as the deuteragonist has presently to resume the part of Odysseus (1318).
ἔλουσα
κἀκόσμησα
etc.), in which Tecmessa would naturally bear
part, and the pouring of χοαί
, in which
Eurysaces also would share. The dual
περιστελοῦντε
is therefore right: Wakefield's conjecture οὐδέ ἑ
μήτηρ
| κλαῦσε περιστείλασα
:
τὸ σὸν |
δέμας
περιστέλλουσα
.
While the child knelt as a suppliant by the body, with his hand upon it, the
corpse could not be forcibly removed without offence to Zeus Ἱκέσιος
. Teucer is about to go and seek a place
for the grave (1184), and he desires to secure that the body shall not be
disturbed during his absence.
ἕδραν ἔχοντα προστρόπαιον
. Here θάκει
denotes a kneeling posture (προσπεσών
1181): cp. Soph. γονυπετεῖς ἕδρας προσπίτνω ς’
, ἕδρας..θοάζετε
(n.).
The offerings in the child's hands will show that he formally
supplicates (προστρέπεται
, cp. 831) the χθόνιοι
θεοί
and the spirit of the dead man to avert outrage from the
corpse.
θριξὶ δὲ πάντα νέκυν
καταείνυσαν,
ἃς ἐπέβαλλον | κειρόμενοι
). So in
αἰτοῦ δὲ προσπίτνουσα γῆθεν
εὐμενῆ | ἡμῖν ἀρωγὸν
αὐτὸν εἰς ἐχθροὺς μολεῖν
(453 f.). In its primitive
symbolism the severed hair meant that the person from whose head it was
cut devoted himself to the dead, and (as it were) escorted him to the
shades; the gift of hair being a substitute for self-immolation at the
grave.
αἱ
πάθαι..χὡ
χρόνος
.. | ..καὶ τὸ γενναῖον
τρίτον
: Aesch. Παλλάδος καὶ Λοξίου | ἕκατι καὶ
τοῦ πάντα κραίνοντος
τρίτου | Σωτῆρος
.
ἱκέτης
to the
spirit of the dead.—G. Wolff takes the phrase as pathetic,—‘the
suppliant's only wealth,’ ‘all that he has to offer,’—as Electra says of
the gifts of hair, σμικρὰ
μὲν τάδ’, ἀλλ’ ὅμως |
ἅχω
(
θησαυρόν
.
Πολυνείκους νέκυν | ἐκβάλετ’ ἄθαπτον
τῆσδ’ ὅρων ἔξω
χθονός
. Under Athenian law a person put to death for treason
(προδοσία
) or sacrilege was not to be
buried in Attica ( ἔδοξε καὶ
τὸ σῶμα..ἐξορίσαι
( Plut.
ὅτ’ ἦν μοι τέρψις ἐκπεσεῖν χθονός
.
τοῖς θεοῖς
) εὔχεσθ’ ἐξώλη ποιεῖν αὐτὸν καὶ γένος καὶ οἰκίαν
. ὤμοσεν ἐξώλειαν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς παισὶν
ἐπαρώμενος.
πρόρριζον..ἔφθαρται
γένος
: Lucian
πανωλεθρία
παντὸς
τοῦ γένους καὶ ῥιζόθεν τὸ δεινὸν ἅπαν ἐκκεκομμένον
. So
Antigone and her sister are the ἐσχάτη ῥίζα
of their house (
δέλτον
ἐγγεγραμμένην | ξυνθήμαθ’
(n.):
Xen. ἀποτμηθέντες
τὰς κεφαλάς
: Xen. τραύματα ἐπιδεδεμένους
. For
the use of ἐξαμᾶν
, cp. Paus. 8. 7. 7
ἔμελλε
δὲ ἄρα ὁ δαίμων καὶ τὸ γένος τὸ Κασσάνδρου κακῶς ἐξαμήσειν
.
σπονδαί
at the truce are turned into a symbol of death for
those who break the truce,—ὧδέ σφ’ ἐγκέφαλος
χαμάδις ῥέοι ὡς ὅδε οἶνος
. Cp. si prior defexit...tu illo die, Iuppiter,
populum Romanum sic ferito ut ego hunc porcum hic hodie feriam.
μή
, though somewhat rare,
occurs in good prose ( Plat. μηδεὶς...προσδοκησάτω
). Cp. 1334.— αὐτοῦ
), cling to it. So
βωμοῖσι
προσπίπτουσα
,
προσπίτνω σε
γόνασι
.
δέ
would mark the change in the persons
addressed; τε
marks the continuity of the
precepts. Cp.
ἔκ τε τοῦδ’
ἄνω
),
ἥδε τ’
),
where the reason for retaining τε
is
similar.
δοῦλος.. ἀντ’ ἐλευθέρου
.
ἔστ’ ἄν
: cp. 555
ἕως..
μάθῃς.
μέλομαι
does not elsewhere occur in a middle
sense (in
μεληθέν
in pass.), but ἐπεμελήθην
as an aor. middle is frequent in
κἂν
πάντες μὴ‐ἐῶσιν
, though all men forbid (οὐκ
ἐῶ
=ὅπου |
μηδεὶς
ἐῴη
.
Third stasimon. 1st strophe, 1185—1191=1st antistr., 1192— 1198: 2nd str. 1199—1210=2nd ant. 1211—1222. For the metres see Metrical Analysis.
τίς νέατος
ἐτέων
ἀριθμὸς
(ἔσται
), ἐς πότε λήξει ἐτέων ἀριθμός;
‘what will be
the ἀριθμός
having a slightly different sense
with νέατος
from that which it bears with ἐς πότε
. This difference is the reason
against taking the sentence as two questions combined in one (like τίς πόθεν εἶς ἀνδρῶν;
). The scholiast in L
understood the construction aright:—τίς ἄρα ἡμῖν ὁ
ἔσχατος τῶν ἐτῶν ἀριθμὸς τῶν πολυπλάγκτων;
[Remark that he
does not supply ἔσται
—thus indicating that
it is to be understood in the text also.] ἐς
πότε λήξει ὁ
ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἐτῶν ἐμοὶ πόνους
παρασκευάζων;
For
λῃστῆρσι
πολυπλάγκτοισιν
.
τὸν ἀνήνυτον |
οἶτον ἔχουσα κακῶν
(n.).
δορυσσόης
occurs nowhere
else, but is related to δορυσσόος
as γυμνής
to γυμνός,
κουρῆτες
to κοῦροι
, and it would
certainly be rash to deny that metrical convenience could have suggested
such a by-form. Blaydes and Wecklein change it to ἔδειξ’
(instead of
ἔδειξεν
) in 1195. Nauck gives ἄπαυστον
to
ἀπαύσταν
), and in 1196 omits the word
κοινόν
. (Cp. δορυσσοῦς Ἀμφιάρεως
.)
ἀνὰ τὰν
εὐρώδη Τροίαν
. There is no reason to doubt the metrical
soundness of the antistrophic verse, 1197 ἰὼ
πόνοι πρόγονοι πόνων
. Hence the correction of Τροίαν
to Τρωΐαν
has strong probability. Lobeck compares
εὐρώδης
(from εὐρύς
) with the
late forms βραχώδης, τραχώδης
. With regard
to ἀνά
),
it should be noted that Sophocles uses this apocopè elsewhere only in
compounds (cp. 416:
ἀντρέπων
).—For other emendations, see Appendix.
χαρμονήν
(n.), 1210
μνήματα
.
ὡς δὴ ἐγώ γ’ ὄφελον θανέειν.
ἅρπυιαι
: cp. Eur. πᾷ φύγω, ξέναι
, | πολιὸν
αἰθέρ’ ἀμπτάμενος ἢ πόντον;
Ἀΐδα |
παγκοίνου
λίμνας
(n.).
Quis fuit, horrendos primus qui protulit
enses? |
Quam ferus et vere ferreus ille fuit!
Illi robur et aes triplex | Circa
pectus erat qui
fragilem truci | Commisit pelago ratem | Primus.
ἔστε δή σφιν
ἀντολὰς ἐγὼ | ἄστρων ἔδειξα.
πρὸ
γὰρ
τῶν Τρωϊκῶν οὐδὲν φαίνεται πρότερον κοινῇ ἐργασαμένη ἡ Ἑλλάς
.
ξυμφοραὶ..ἔχθρας ἔκγονοι
.—Dindorf writes ἰὼ πόνοι
(omitting πόνων
, as in 1190 he reads ἀν’ εὐρώδη Τροΐαν
), ‘toils pre-eminent among
toils’: cp. Aesch. κακὰ πρόκακα
.
οὔτε
, the reading of the MSS., is sound; the fault is in the
antistrophe (1211), where they give καὶ πρὶν
μὲν ἐννυχίου
, but this is satisfactorily cured by G. Wolff's
correction; see n. on 1211.
μυρρίναι
), with which the guests at a
banquet crowned their heads before the σπονδαί
were poured and the πότος
began: Athen. p. 685 C ἡ δὲ τῶν στεφάνων καὶ μύρων πρότερον εἴσοδος
εἰς τὰ συμπόσια ἡγεῖτο τῆς δευτέρας τραπέζας
. Ar. πίνειν στεφανωσαμένῳ
. Eur. παρὰ
καλλιστεφάνοις | εὐφροσύναις
.
βάθει
in 130.
κύλιξ
was the commonest form of drinking-cup at Athens (cp. Plat. ἐπὶ τῇ κύλικι λέγειν
). It was usually of
earthenware (κύλικα κεραμέαν
,
ἀσπίς
,
Athen. p. 472 C), a stem, and handles (ὦτα
)
projecting horizontally from the sides. The average κύλιξ
seems to have held about three κοτύλαι
, or between 1 1/3 and 1 1/2 pint.
ὁμιλεῖν
αὐτῇ
): cp. Pind. χαλεπὰ δ’ ἔρις ἀνθρώποις ὁμιλεῖν
κρεσσόνων
(a strife with more than mortal foe is hard for
men to encounter): id. Pind. αἰδοῖος μὲν ἦν ἀστοῖς ὁμιλεῖν
.— Others take ὁμιλεῖν
as depending on
νεῖμεν
, and τέρψιν
as cogn.
acc. (or ‘acc. of the inner object’): ‘gave me ὁμιλεῖν
.
αὐλητρίδες.
κηρόπλαστος ὀτοβεῖ
δόναξ
. The word usu. denotes a loud noise, as the rattling of
chariots ( Aesch.
δύστηνε.
νεῖμεν
,
with τέρψιν
as cogn. acc.—The Homeric ἰαύω
means, not ‘to ἀυ‐/πνους νύκτας ἴαυον
. It used to be
connected with the rt. ἀv
(ἄω
), ‘breathe’: but Leo Meyer, who converted
G. Curtius on this point, has shown that ἰαύω
should be referred to a rt. ἀvες
, equivalent to the Sanskrit rt. ἄεσα
,
νύκτα μὲν
ἀέσαμεν
(‘we abode’) χαλεπὰ φρεσὶν
ὁρμαίνοντες
. In the present ἰαύω ι
is the reduplication. Curtius compares
ἰ‐ά‐σκειν
, an inchoative present from
ἀγ
, which Hesychius explains by ἄγειν
.
(See Curtius ἰαύω
occurs in postHomeric Greek of the classical age only here and in Soph. δεμνίοις | ... ἰαύων
. [Eur. ] τὸν ὑπασπίδιον κοῖτον ἰαύει
.
Remark the repetition of
ἀκηδής
, which can be either passive or
active; and by the passive sense of ἀμελής
in ἀμέριμνος
active here explain it
as=‘without occupation,’ ‘without any interest in life’; but this is
clearly untenable.
γένος ὠλέσατε
πρέμνοθεν οὕτως
. This is better than to take it as=‘simply,’ as
in Plat. οὕτως εἰκῇ
[οὐ τῷ εἰκῇ
], like
λειμώνιαι
δρόσοι
of Aesch.
ἐννυχίου
, brings the verse
into metrical agreement with 1199 ἐκεῖνος
οὔτε
στεφάνων
(n.). The corruption could easily arise from ἐννυχίαν
above (1203). Keeping ἐννυχίου
, Dindorf inserts ἐξ
before it; but this remedy (though better
than the Triclinian οὖν
) gives an unusual
constr. to χώρας
, θανάτου προβολάν
: Plat. προβολὴ..καυμάτων.—
,
as in 212.
οὗτος δὲ πῶλος
(Menoeceus), τῇδ’ ἀνειμένος πόλει
, | θανὼν πατρῴαν γαῖαν ἐκσώσειεν ἄν
. The word ἀνειμένος
was properly said of animals which,
having been consecrated to a god, were allowed to roam at liberty in the
pastures; Her. 2. 65
τῶν
δὲ εἵνεκεν ἀνεῖται τὰ ἱρὰ
(θηρία
) εἰ λέγοιμι, καταβαίην ἂν τῷ λόγῳ εἰς τὰ θεῖα
πρήγματα
: then the term was extended to inanimate things; εἴ τί που ἄλσος ἢ τέμενος
περὶ ταῦτα ἀνειμένον ᾖ
. The young Ionin the Delphic temple
is said to be
ἄφετος
, ‘consecrated’ to the god (
Eur. ἀφέτων ὄντων ταύρων ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ἱερῷ
).
Similarly the sacred horses of the German tribes publice aluntur..nullo mortali opere
contacti
εἰ δ’ ἔπεστι
νέμεσις
(n.).
ἀλιβάτοις
ὑπὸ
κευθμῶσι γενοίμαν
.
πρόβλημα
: cp.
πόντου
προβολῆς
: Quintus Smyrn. 9. 378 ἐπὶ
προβολῇσι θαλάσσης
. The scholiast confirms the reading of the
MSS.: ἔνθα
ὑλώδης ἐξοχὴ τῆς θαλάττης ἐστί
. With πόντῳ
from πόντου
.
For ἔπεστι
after
ἐπέσται
in 1216, cp.
κείσομαι
),
Ant.
613, Ant. 618(ἕρπει
).
ο—
of ὑπὸ
before πλ
, cp.
τὸ πρίν
.—Sunium,
the S. E. promontory of Attica, is, in Leake's words, ‘lofty, steep, and
rugged on every side, except the south-west, where there is a beach and
a small bay, with an island at the entrance’ (Κολόνναις
), is derived from the remaining
columns of the temple, which are of a brilliant whiteness, the marble of
which they are made being of a much lighter colour than the Pentelic.
‘As seen from a distance, glittering in the sun across the blue sea,
they look like pillars of snow or salt, rather than stone’ (Mure, ἥ τε Σουνίου | δίας Ἀθάνας σῶς ὑπάργυρος πέτρα
(where the epithet alludes to the silver-mines of Laurium). Poseidon
also was worshipped at Sunium (Σουνιάρατε
, Ar.
ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς Ἀθάναις
. Ar. ὦ ταῖς ἱεραῖς φέγγος Ἀθήναις
: Timocreon fr.
I. 3 ἱερᾶν ἀπ’ Ἀθηνᾶν
. Cp.
Ἀθηνῶν τῶν
θεοδμήτων.
γενοίμαν
(1217):
θυμὸν γένοιτο
χειρὶ πληρῶσαί ποτε
, | ἵν’ αἱ Μυκῆναι
γνοῖεν κ.τ.λ.
: Aesch. ἐλθοι
... | ὅπως
γένοιτο κ.τ.λ.
(Sometimes, however, we find the subjunct.
after such an optative: Eur. μόλοιμι...ἵν’ ἐν
θρήνοισιν ἀμβοάσω
.) For the custom of greeting the land to which
one comes, cp. Aesch.
Pausanias says (1. 28. 2), referring to the colossal Athena Promachos on the
Acropolis, ἡ τοῦ δόρατος αἰχμὴ καὶ ὁ λόφος τοῦ
κράνους ἀπὸ Σουνίου προσπλέουσίν ἐστιν ἤδη σύνοπτα
. As Leake
observed (
The
ὡς
added, above, Ph. 326 n.)
ὡς οὐ θέμις γ’
ἐμοὔστι σοῦ μολεῖν ἄτερ.
σκαιός
here is that of headstrong perversity,
unrestrained by good sense or good feeling; cp. Eur.
fr. 290
ἀεὶ γὰρ ἄνδρα σκαιόν, ἰσχυρὸν
φύσει
, | ἧσσον δέδοικα τἀσθενοῦς τε
καὶ σοφοῦ
. Dem. or. 18 § 120
σκαιὸς..καὶ
ἀναίσθητος.
ἐπελήλυθέ μοι τὸ
παρρησιάζεσθαι καὶ
λέλυκα τὸ στόμα
. Eur. τί δῆτα τοὐμὸν οὐ
λύω
στόμα;
Cp. Eur. ἀχαλίνων στομάτων
.
σὲ δή, σὲ τὴν
νεύουσαν ἐς πέδον κάρα
, | φής, κ.τ.λ.
ἀκλαύστῳ
in
οὐκ οἰμώξεται;
The
adverb ends in ‐ος
: for these adverbial forms, see n. on ἀστακτί.
βόαμα προσχάνῃς
: τοῦτ’ ἐτόλμησ’ ὁ μιαρὸς χανεῖν;
Attius
σέ τοι, σὲ
κρίνω
: Ar. οὗτος, ὦ σέ τοι.
σὲ τὸν τῆς
,
since ἐκ
lays an intentionally scornful
emphasis on Teucer's origin.
εἰ
ἐτράφης.—
: ἐκ
is usu. said of parents, ἀπό
(as in 202) of ancestors; but cp. κἀφ’ ὅτου πατρὸς γεγώς
. (
ὑψήλ’ ἐκόμπεις.
ἐπ’ ἄκρων δακτύλων ἔβαινες γαυριῶν
. Eur. ἐν δ’ ἄκροισι βὰς ποσὶν | κῆρυξ ἀνεῖπε
(describing the proud gait of the herald). Lobeck compares Libanius 4.
162 ἐπ’ ἄκρων πορεύεσθαι
, and ἀκροβατεῖν
‘to strut’ in Philo
ἐπειδή
(
μηδέν
is, in effect, somewhat
more emphatic, and (here) more bitter, since it implies a mental act of
comparison, with the result of deciding that this particular person is οὐδὲν
is, of course, equally applicable to
the dead (
μηδὲν
to the living (above, El. 767, cp. 1275 ). Cp.
1114
τοὺς
μηδένας
(n.).
κ.τ.λ.
Agamemnon speaks throughout of ‘
οὔτε
is understood before Ἀχαιῶν
: cp.
τὸ μήτε
δρᾶσαι
μήτε τῳ ξυνειδέναι | τὸ πρᾶγμα βουλεύσαντι μήτ’ εἰργασμένῳ
, μήτε
) βουλεύσαντι
etc. (cp. Πάρις γὰρ οὔτε συντελὴς πόλις
. It is needless
to read οὐδὲ σοῦ.
διώμνυτο
.
πρὸς ποῖον αὖ
τόνδ’ αὐτὸς οὑδυσσεὺς ἔπλει;
the imperf. refers to the
motive which was actuating him. (Cp.
κἀπεμπόμην
in
αἰχμαλωτίς
: cp. 1020
δοῦλος..
φανείς
.
τοῦ κασιγνήτου
τί
φής;
(n.).
ποῦ
βάντος
has the better MS. authority; in a question, however,
between ι
and υ
,
little weight can be claimed for our MSS. If
βάντος
meant, ‘having taken his stand,’ then ποῦ βάντος
would be as correct as ποῦ βεβηκότος
. But when, as here, βάντος
is opposed to
στάντος
, it is very improbable that a writer of the
classical age would have used ποῦ
rather
than ποῖ
. Cp.
ποῦ στάσει
,
| ποῖ δέ μοι...βάσει
. It cannot be argued
from such an example as Eur. πᾷ βῶ, πᾷ στῶ
,
that there was a tendency to repeat the same word, since πᾷ
(unlike ποῦ
or ποῖ
) suits both verbs alike.
ἀνὴρ
in 77.
πικρὰν | δοκῶ
με
πεῖραν τήνδε τολμήσειν ἔτι
(n.).
ἐοίκαμεν
, occurs also in Eur. ἐπέπιθμεν
(
εἰλήλουθμεν
(
ἄνωγμεν
(
ὅπλων ἔκειτ’ ἀγὼν πέρι.—
,
instead of the usual θεῖναι
: cp.
ὅσων γὰρ
εἰσεκήρυξαν βραβῆς κ.τ.λ.
νικᾶν γε μέντοι
πανταχοῦ χρῄζων ἔφυν.—
:
1020 n.
κοὐκ ἄτιμος ἔκ γ’ ἐμοῦ φανεῖ
.
μηδ’
, though οὐκ ἀρκέσει
is felt rather as a statement of
that which is sure to happen, than as a hypothesis. Similarly οὐ
often stands in the second of two clauses
after δεινὸν εἰ
or the like: Thuc. 1. 121§ 5 δεινὸν
ἂν εἴη εἰ...οὐκ ἄρα δαπανήσομεν
: οὐκ οὖν δεινόν, εἰ...οὐκ ἀξιοῖς
ἅ
is ταῦτα
, a
cognate acc.,—‘to yield τάδ’
εἰκαθεῖν
: εἴκοντας
ἃ δεῖ
.—Others suppose the antecedent to be
τούτοις
(cp. 1050). But, for
Greek idiom, such a dat. ought to denote the judges, not the judgment.
ὀνείδεσιν | ἤρασσον
(n.):
ὥς νιν ματαίως
αἰτίᾳ βάλοι κακῇ.
σὺν φθόνῳ
:
σὺν ψεύδεσιν.
κέντει
is figurative,—meaning to inflict a base wrong (on
the dead).
τῶν ὧν τέκνων
λείποιτο πρὸς τόξου κρίσιν
: Aesch. τῇδε λειφθῆναι μάχῃ
.
Polyb. 1. 62 § 6 βλέπειν τόν τε τοῦ νικᾶν
ὁμοίως
δὲ καὶ τὸν τοῦ λείπεσθαι καιρόν
.
νομοθεσία
, but no firm τοὺς
καθεστῶτας
νόμους
.
ὁ δὲ μὴ νικῶν τοῖς μὲν νικῶσιν ἐφθόνει.
ὠθήσω
occurs also in Eur. ὠθέω
is ὤσω
(as
if from ὤθω
).
οἱ
ὄπισθε τεταγμένοι ἐς τὸ πρόσθε τῇσι νηυσὶ παριέναι πειρώμενοι
.
ἔξοχος Ἀργείων κεφαλήν τε καὶ εὐρέας ὤμους
(
εὖ
, cp.
καὶ τῶν
λεγόντων
εὖ καλὸν τὸ μανθάνειν
.—As to the verse which the
paroemiographer Apostolius subjoins to this, see Appendix.
οὐκ ἐμῶν ὑπ’
ἀγγέλων | ἀλλ’ αὐτόκλητος ἐκ δόμων πορεύεται.
σμικρῷ χαλινῷ
δ’
οἶδα τοὺς θυμουμένους | ἵππους καταρτυθέντας.
ταύρειος δὲ ποὺς | οὐκ ἤθελ’ ὀρθὸς σανίδα
προσβῆναι
κάτα
, ‘to advance straight across the plank’ (into the
ship).
τὴν μάστιγα
. Cp. ἵπποισιν τὸν ἀκεστῆρα χαλινόν
. So the bit for
Pegasus, given by Athena to Bellerophon, is φίλτρον
τόδ’ ἵππειον
( Pind. φάρμακον πραυ—/
(
ἡ ψυχὴ
) σωφροσύνην..
κτωμένη
. So κτῆμα
is said of moral
or mental attributes (
ποίου
κέκραγας ἀνδρὸς
in 1236). The constr. with gen. absolute (‘
ἄνδρας..ὄντας..σκιάς
) is ingenious; but here the plural is
evidently less fitting than in a general allusion like ἐν θανοῦσιν ὑβριστής
(1092).
ἀντὶ φιλτάτης
|
μορφῆς σποδόν τε καὶ σκιὰν ἀνωφελῆ
.
ἐσωφρόνησας
(‘thou hast come to thy senses’).
δοῦλος
. In μήποτε γνοίης ὃς εἶ
, and ἔξοιδ’ ἀκούων τῶνδ’ ὅς ἐσθ’
ὁ προστάτης
, where ὅς
stands,
as here, for ὅστις
, the reference is to
the person's οἷος εἶ
), as in Eur. ἔδειξας εἰς
ἔλεγχον ἐξελθὼν
ὃς εἶ
: Plat. βούλεσθε γενέσθαι αὐτὸν σοφόν, ἀμαθῆ
δὲ
μὴ εἶναι;...οὐκοῦν ὃς μὲν οὐκ ἔστι, βούλεσθε αὐτὸν γενέσθαι, ὃς
δ’ ἔστι
νῦν, μηκέτι εἶναι
.
ἅμα τῇ γε
(with their mistress) καὶ ἀμφίπολοι κίον ἄλλαι
. Plat. τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ξένων
.
δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι
λόγου
. In Plat. αὐτὸς
αὑτῷ βοηθεῖν
) is noted as characteristic of the servile
condition. Cp. δοῦλος
of Oedipus, and
therefore has the right ἴσ’ ἀντιλέξαι
,
instead of pleading only by Creon's mouth.
ἆρ’ οὖν ἂν μάθοις ἀποκριναμένου;
), but is
better taken as gen. abs., since thus we obtain a clearer sense for
ἀΐω
, which is
poetical only, has a like sense in σὺ γὰρ ἀΐεις
(‘for thou understandest’).
φράσαι τὸ σόν
,
to indicate thy duty. So of a teacher's directions, εἴ τι φράζοι ὁ διδάσκαλος
ὅταν ταχύς τις οὑπιβουλεύων λάθρᾳ | χωρῇ
,
‘when the stealthy plotter is advancing in quick fashion.’
διαρρεῖ κἀπὶ μηδὲν ἔρχεται
. Cp. 523
ἀπορρεῖ
μνῆστις.
χάρις τοῦ θανόντος
is that grateful memory of
the dead which ought to abide in men's minds. When this memory deserts
them, it is a traitor to the dead. Cp.
οὐ γὰρ δὴ
προδοῦσ’ ἁλώσομαι
.
σμικροὶ λόγοι
mean ‘few’ or ‘brief’ words. Probably the sense here is, ‘not even in
brief words.’ This use of ἐπί
with the
genitive is illustrated by two passages which Wolff has quoted; Plat. ἕτερος ἑτέρῳ χαίρει ξυνὼν οὕτως ἐπὶ μεγάλης
σπουδῆς
(‘οὔτε δικαίως οὔτ’ ἐπ’
ἀληθείας
οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα
(‘nor τούτων
ἐπὶ
σμικρῶν μνημονεύει
, meaning by ἐπὶ
σμικρῶν
‘in brief words only.’ (In
ἐπὶ σμικρὸν
=‘to
a small extent only’: the ἐπὶ σμικρῶν
is there an error.) I formerly
took ἐπὶ σμικρῶν λόγων
as=‘not even in
slight
λόγος
.—The best emendation, if any were needed, would be οὐδ’ ἐπὶ σμικρὸν λόγον
, ‘not even to the
extent of a brief mention’; but, though ἐπὶ
σμικρὸν
can bear this sense (
λόγον
is added.
ψυχὴν προβάλλοντ’ ἐν κύβοισι δαίμονος
.
There is a reminiscence of the words of Achilles, αἰὲν
ἐμὴν ψυχὴν παραβαλλόμενος πολεμίζειν
(
Κύπρις δ’ ἄτιμος τῷδ’ ἀπέρριπται λόγῳ
.
κἀνόνητ’
: though its superiority is not so
clear as that of κἀνόνητα
over κἀνόητα
in 758. The balance of manuscript
authority, too, is here on the side of κἀνόητ’
,
though there is no such unanimity as supports
κἀνόνητα
in 758,—a difference which the nature of the two
passages sufficiently explains.
μεμνημένοι
καὶ Πλειστοάνακτα..ὅτε ἐσβαλὼν..ἀνεχώρησε πάλιν
: Eur. οἶδ’ ἡνίκ’ Αἴας εἷλκε Κασσάνδραν βία
.
τόνδ’ εἰσεδέξω τειχέων
=εἴσω
τειχέων ἐδέξω
. There, as here, the genitive would probably
be felt in the first instance as a genitive of place (‘ἐσχάτης.. πυρᾶς
in Soph. εἰσεδέξω
.
τεῖχος
ὕπερθεν
| εὐρύ, τὸ ποιήσαντο νεῶν ὕπερ, ἀμφὶ δὲ τάφρον | ἤλασαν
.
κἂν τὸ μηδὲν
ὦ
, ‘though I am as naught.’ Cp. 1281
n.
ἀναρχία
) συμμάχου δορὸς | τροπὰς καταρρήγνυσι
. Aesch. ἐν μάχης τροπῇ
.
ἄκροισιν
).’ Three points should be noted.
(1) There is strong evidence that the term ἑδώλια
was used in the 5th cent. B.C. to denote a raised deck, a quarter-deck, at
the stern of the ship. This is clear in Her. 1.
24: Arion asks leave, στάντα ἐν τοῖσι
ἑδωλίοισι ἀεῖσαι
: the officers of the ship consent, and are then
said ἀναχωρῆσαι ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ἐς μέσην νέα
,—
leaving Arion alone on the ἑδώλια
. In
Ἑλένη καθέζετ’ ἐν μέσοις ἑδωλίοις: which is clearly a place distinct from that where the rowers sat; of them it is said,
τοίχους δεξιοὺς λαιούς τ’ ἴσοι | ἀνὴρ παρ’ ἄνδρ’ ἕζοντο. (For further evidence on this point, see Appendix.)
(2) ἑδώλια
at the extremities, or
sterns, of the ships. Though the ὣς τὴν μὲν πρύμνην πῦρ
ἄμφεπεν
. In
στεῦται γὰρ νηῶν ἀποκόψειν ἄκρα κόρυμβα
,—the
‘crowning ensigns’ (ἄφλαστα
, ἄκροισιν
might also mean ‘topmost,’—the ἑδώλια
being a ἄφλαστον
, it appears that even this can have
been only some 7 to 9 feet from the ground, and that the ἴκρια
at the stern (the Homeric equivalent of ἑδώλια
here) can have stood only about 5 feet
from the ground. (See Dr Warre E. in Smith's
(3)
νεῶν
, is pleonastic, if ἑδώλια
be explained as above; whereas, if ἑδώλια
meant the rowers' seats, ναυτικοῖς
could mean,
belonging to the ναῦται
. This is a fair
objection to the interpretation given above. But in reply to it we may
observe:—(1) the word ἑδώλια
means
‘dwellings,’ ‘abodes’ in
νεῶν —ναυτικοῖς—ναυτικά
.
Other views of the passage, and some emendations which have been proposed, will be found in the Appendix.
χάζετο δ’ ἐκ βελέων
Sophocles may have had some other source, epic or lyric. But it seems equally possible that he wrote from a general recollection of the
Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅστις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ(15. 731),—and the verse which describes Hector leading the Trojans from the Greek wall towards the ships,—
ᾗ ῥ) ὅ γ’ ὁ λυσσώδης φλογὶ εἴκελος ἡγεμονεύει(13. 53).
ποῖ
βάντος ἢ ποῦ στάντος, οὗπερ οὐκ ἐγώ;
The origin of the
corruption may have been the effacement of the H in MH, giving rise to ΣΥΜΒΗΝΑΙ
, when ΟΥ
would be altered into ΟΥΔΕ
to satisfy the metre. συμβῆναι ποδί
could bear this sense, Agam.
could not say that Ajax had never fought on his side at Troy. (2) ‘To
meet’ the foe, τοῖς πολεμίοις
: which is plainly untenable.
Agamemnon had asked merely, ‘what has Ajax done
ἀνάξιαι
γὰρ
πᾶσίν ἐστε δυστυχεῖν
: Soph. σοφοῖς | καὶ τοῖσι
φαύλοις ἔνδιχ’, ὡς
ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ
.
αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν.—
:
though αὐτός
has preceded, μόνος
is added to emphasise the idea of
single combat. Cp. 467
μόνος μόνοις
: Dem.
or.
18 § 137
τῷ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων
πεμφθέντι μόνος
μόνῳ συνῄει
.
λαχών
implies ἑκών
, since lots were drawn only for those
who had volunteered.
This combat between Hector and Ajax is told in
κ.τ.λ.
The ordinary κλῆρος
was a stone or a potsherd, which its
owner marked (
κλῆρον
ἐσημήναντο ἕκαστος
). Ajax did not seek to avoid being drawn by
putting in, as his κλῆρος
, a piece of damp
earth, which would stick to the bottom of the helmet or fall to pieces.
Such a κλῆρος
is called δραπέτης
, ‘a
κλῆρος
, into the voting urn. It broke to pieces, so that only
the two other κλῆροι
came out. ( Apollod. 2. 8. 4
γῆς
ἐνέβαλε βῶλον, ταύτης δὲ διαλυθείσης ἔδει τοὺς δύο κλήρους
ἀναφανῆναι
.) The scholiast remarks on the anachronism (ἀνῆκται
τοῖς χρόνοις ἡ ἱστορία ἡ περὶ Κρεσφόντου
): so, too, does
Eustathius (p. 361. 26).
has been suspected; Nauck
writes κρωσσὸν
(‘urn’). But the literal sense
is simply, ‘having cast down into the midst’—the competitors being imagined
as standing round the
κυνῆ
. Cp. the phrases εἰς μέσον τιθέναι,
εἰς τὸ μέσον φέρειν
, etc.
ἐκ δ’
ἔθορεν
κλῆρος κυνέης, ὃν ἄρ’ ἤθελον αὐτοί
, | Αἴαντος.—
=ἅλμα κοῦφον ἁλεῖσθαι
. Cp. Eur. οὐράνιον | πήδημα κουφίζουσα
.
ταῦτα
includes the combat with Hector, in which Teucer, of
course, had no part; but he was the comrade of Ajax in the τειχομαχία
(
δύσμορος.—
,
‘whither canst thou be looking?’ εἰς ὅ τι βλέπω
in 514.] We
should distinguish this
from
, ‘with what face?’ (
ὄμμασιν ποίοις βλέπων
).
καί
emphasizes the verb: ‘how ποῖον ἄνδρα καὶ λέγεις;
παρὰ τοῦ ποτε καὶ λήψεσθε δίκην;
Construe: οὐκ οἶσθα ἀρχαῖον Πέλοπα, ὃς σοῦ πατρὸς
πατὴρ προὔφυ, ὄντα βάρβαρον, Φρύγα;
The phrase
, ‘Pelops of old,’ indicates him as
the founder of Agamemnon's royal house. Others take ἀρχαῖον
adverbially with ὄντα βάρβαρον
, ‘a barbarian ἀρχαῖος
is strange, and
seems to be without parallel.
τὰν Φρυγίαν
.) In Her.
7. 11Xerxes speaks of Πέλοψ ὁ Φρύξ
.
Ἀτρέα
, (2) σε
,
or (3) δεῖπνον
. As the guilt of
Ἀτρεὺς
προθύμως μᾶλλον ἢ φίλως πατρὶ | τὠμῷ, κρεουργὸν ἦμαρ εὐθύμως
ἄγειν |
δοκῶν, παρέσχε δαῖτα παιδείων κρεῶν
. Schol. Eur. Ἀτρεὺς ἢ Μυκηναῖαι
of Sophocles), τοὺς τρεῖς υἱοὺς τοῦ Θυέστου,
Ἀγλαὸν Ὀρχόμενον καὶ
Κάλεον, ἀποκτείνας παρέθηκεν εἰς τράπεζαν τῷ πατρί
.
Κρῆσσαι
(Nauck Κρῆσσαι
was produced in 438 B.C. (
στρατὸν..ἐπακτόν
, cp.
πατρός τ’ ἐπακτοῦ καὐτὸς
ὢν
νοθαγενής
(bastard son of the alien Xuthus): here, a
paramour, as opposed to a lawful husband.
Ἀτρεὺς ἢ Μυκηναῖαι
) somewhere described τὴν γυναῖκα Ἀερόπην τιμωρεῖται κατ’ ἄμφω...ῥίψας
αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς φησὶ Σοφοκλῆς
. Hence it has been
proposed to change ὁ σ’ ἐκφύσας πατήρ
. But it cannot be
assumed that Sophocles must have followed here the same version which he
used elsewhere. In his Ἀλήτης
, for
example, he appears to have modified the version of the
Ὀρεστεία
which he adopts in his
ὁ πατὴρ
Ναυπλίῳ
παρέδωκεν, ἐντειλάμενος ἀποποντῶσαι· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἐποίησεν
.—Cp. Eur. ἐτέκ‐
ομεν ὑμᾶς·
πολεμίοις δ’ ἐθρεψάμην | ὕβρισμα κἀπίχαρμα καὶ διαφθοράν
.
Τιτανομαχία
(variously ascribed to Eumêlus or
Arctînus), ἐν δ’
αὐτῇ πλωτοὶ χρυσώπιδες ἰχθύες ἐλλοί
: with the comment, ἔχαιρε δὲ Σοφοκλῆς τῷ Ἐπικῷ κύκλῳ
. The form ἔλλοψ
occurs in ἔλλοπας ἰχθῦς
), and as a subst. (‘fish’) in
the Alexandrian poets (Lycophron 598, 1375: Nicander ἔλλοπος
, is the epithet of ἰχθύς
in Empedocles, v. 12. A desperate
etymology is suggested in Athen. 307 C, from
ἴλλεσθαι
(as=εἴργεσθαι
) and ὄψ
, ‘debarred from utterance.’ Cp. Aesch. σκύλλονται πρὸς ἀναύδων, ἐή
, | παίδων τᾶς ἀμιάντου
.
ἐκ
δὲ μητρὸς
were to follow, but the constr. changes; cp.
ἥτις πατρὸς μὲν
κ.τ.λ.
(where no δέ
follows).
πάντ’ ἀριστεύσας
(
ἔρρει
:
θεοῖς πλάθει
).
ἔκκριτον δέ
: as her
Διὸς
Ἄρτεμις
(n.). For the anapaest in the proper name, cp.
αὕτη
δέ, πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐξαίρετον | ἄνθος, στρατοῦ δώρημ’, ἐμοὶ
ξυνέσπετο
. So in Latin
τὸ γενναῖον
and τὸ
εὐγενές
: cp. 636
ἐκ
πατρῴας ἥκων
γενεᾶς
ἄριστος
. The conjecture
ἀριστέων
(see cr. n.) would be tenable (cp. 237
δύο..κριούς
,
δύο | Λίβυες
).
ἢ φίλων τις ἢ
πρὸς αἵματος
(n.). Agamemnon had told Teucer to bring some
free man to plead the cause of Ajax (1260 f.). Teucer asks, ‘Why should
it dishonour Ajax to have his cause pleaded by the son of Telamon and
Hesionè?’ For the allusive plur., cp.
734, 1092.
κειμένους
cp.
καὶ τίς
φονεύει; τίς δ’ ὁ κείμενος;
ἀμφὶ χλωρὰν ψάμαθον ἐκβεβλημένος.
ὅτι ὠθεῖς
. Agamemnon had
not expressly repeated the prohibition of burial, but the whole drift of
his speech was to confirm the doom pronounced by Menelaüs. It seems
strange, then, that λέγων
should have been
so much suspected (cr. n.).—Cp.
οὐδ’
ἐπαισχύνει
μ’ ὁρῶν
.
ποι
would better bring out the notion of ‘casting που
is also correct; cp.
ἐμβαλοῦ μ’ ὅπῃ
θέλεις
(not ὅποι
, though εἰς ἀντλίαν
etc. follows).
ἡμᾶς
itself refutes. One of the later
scholia, however, gives the right explanation.
θάψω· καλόν μοι
τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.—
:
the only instance of this compound in the middle (as προπονουμένας
in
ὑπερπονεῖν
occurs in
περίφαντος..θανεῖται
. It is better to die in making a public
protest against the wrong to Ajax, than to fall in battle for Helen's
sake.
γε
) say, thy brother's?’ Teucer speaks, with
bitter scorn, as if he did not know or care to which of the brothers
Helen belonged: at any rate, it is ἀνδράσι μαρνάμενος ὀάρων
ἕνεκα
σφετεράων
, ‘for their lady-loves' sakes,’—and asks, ἢ μοῦνοι φιλέουσ’ ἀλόχους μερόπων ἀνθρώπων |
Ἀτρεῖδαι;
Teucer speaks, at any rate, in the same vein. The
words of Eustathius prove that he read τῆς σῆς
,
and that he understood the text in the manner explained above: ὁ Σοφοκλῆς... ποιεῖ τὸν Τεῦκρον λέγοντα τῷ
Ἀγαμέμνονι
ὅτι ὁ Αἴας διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ γυναῖκα ἐν Τροίᾳ ἐμάχετο, ταὐτόν τι
λογισάμενος
τὸ διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ Μενελάου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ
.
For νῦν δ’ αὖ τρίτος ἦλθέ ποθεν σωτήρ
, | ἢ μόρον εἴπω;
τὸ σὸν
σπεύδουσ’
ἅμα | καὶ τοὐμόν
.
ἐν θανοῦσιν ὑβριστής
.
συνάπτειν
is also said of bringing opponents ἐλπὶς
βροτοῖς κάκιστον, ἣ πολλὰς πόλεις | ξυνῆψε
: but here the
metaphor is from a knot. Our word ‘embroil’ exactly fits συνάπτειν
here, since its primary sense is
‘to entangle’ or ‘perplex’ (λύουσ’ ..ἢ
)φάπτουσα
cannot properly be compared: see n. there.)
ἄνδρες
,—by
the honourable patronymic Ἀτρειδῶν
,—and by the
designation of Ajax as ἄλκιμος
.
ΙΣ. τί δ’
ἔστι;
... | ΑΝ. οὐ γὰρ τάφου νῷν,
κ.τ.λ.
Cp. Ar.
κλύομεν
: cp. 1062
ἐστὶ.. σθένων
: 1324
δρῶν..ἦν
: 1330 εἴην..φρονῶν.
λέγεις..ἀρτίως
(‘you have just been saying’).
φλαῦρος
, not φαῦλος
: φλαύρως ἀκούειν
: καὶ μηδὲν εἴπῃς φλαῦρον
ἄνδρας δεξιούς
,
φλαῦρον
εἰπεῖν
οὐδεέν
: οὗτος μὲν οὐδὲν εἶπε περὶ ἐμοῦ φλαῦρον
μνησθῆναι..περὶ Κύρου φλαῦρόν τι
: Isocr. or. 5 § 76
οὐδὲν
ἂν λέγοι περὶ αὐτοῦ φλαῦρον
: Dem. or. 20
§
13
οὐκ οἶδα οὐδὲ λέγω φλαῦρον οὐδέν
, οὐδὲν
γὰρ
φλαῦρον ἐρῶ δε
: or. 21 § 208 περὶ
ὧν οὐδὲν
ἂν εἴποιμι πρὸς ὑμᾶς φλαῦρον ἐγώ
: or. 22 § 12 ἵνα μηδὲν εἴπω φλαῦρον.
συμβάλλειν μάχην, ἔριν
( Eur. αἰσχρὸν δέ μοι γυναιξὶ συμβάλλειν λόγους.
φλαῦρα
: cp. 22
n.: σαφὴς μὲν ἀστῶν,
ἐμφανὴς δὲ τοῦ ξένου
.
ὁ πάντ’ ἀκούων
αἰσχρὰ καὶ λωβήτ’ ἔπη.—
: αἰσχρὰ
ἔλεγέ με
, since ἤκουσεν αἰσχρά
implies ἐγὼ αἰσχρὰ ἔλεγον αὐτόν
.
σε
),
so that you have actually been injured: cp.
Aesch. ὡς ταῦτ’
Ὀρέστην δρῶντα μὴ βλάβας ἔχειν
.—Not: ‘What has he done so bad
that it is fraught with harm?’ (like Eur. ἔχει δέ μοι τί κέρδος ἢ
τίνα βλάβην;
)
οὐκ ἐῶν φεύγειν.. ἀλλὰ
μένοντας..ἐπικρατέειν
. So in ὠθεῖν
depends on
αὐδῶ
supplied from ἀπαυδῶ
(
μοῖρα
of funeral rites. In
ἄμοιρος
(without ταφῆς
) has this sense, the
context sufficing to define it,— ἄμοιρον,
ἀκτέριστον, ἀνόσιον νέκυν
.
ξυνήρετμος
, which does not
occur, but which would be like
εὐήρετμος
, etc. (ἐρετμόν
,
oar). ξυνηρέτης
(ἐρέτης
,
oarsman), a word recorded by Photius, who explains it by σύμφωνος
, and compares
ἀντηρέτης
( Aesch. ἀντηρέτας ἐχθροῖσι
).
In Eur. fr. 776. 3 (from Stobaeus ἆρ’
ὄλβος αὐτοῖς ὅτι τυφλὸς συνηρεφεῖ
, Meineke restored συνηρετεῖ
. In Eur. fr. 282. 7 the best texts
of Athenaeus (413 D) have οὐδ’ αὖ
πένεσθαι καὶ
ξυνηρετεῖν τύχαις
, though Schweighäuser, following
Valckenär, gave ξυνηρετμεῖν
: the true
reading there, however, is found in Galen's quotation of the verse (vol.
1. p. 23), viz., κἀξυπηρετεῖν
. [Hesychius
gives ξυνηρετίσεις· συνήσεις.
συζυγήσεις
. Lobeck proposed to read
ξυνηρετήσεις
: but the interpretation by συζυγήσεις
seems rather to favour a
conjecture (Ruhnken's?) mentioned in Alberti's ed. of Hesychius, vol.
II. p. 707, ξυναρτίσεις
.]
For the metaphor, cp.
ξύμπλουν
(n.). In Aesch. ζευχθεὶς ἕτοιμος ἦν
ἐμοὶ σειραφόρος
.
εἰ μὴ ἐξείη σοι
εἰπεῖν
. For the elliptical use of οὐ
γάρ
, cp.
δῆλον δέ
(ὅτι μάχῃ
ἐκράτησαν
)· τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα..οὐκ ἂν
ἐτειχίσαντο
.—For the place of εἴην
, cp. 1140 .
ἔτλη
, and 1384.
προβαλεῖν
, as in 1308.
βία
is a half-personified agency, as ἡ βία
occurs in a
fragment of the tragic poet Moschion (fr. 6. v. 15 in Nauck ἦν δ’ ὁ μὲν νόμος | ταπεινός, ἡ βία
δὲ σύνθρονος Διΐ.
τιμάς γε τὰς
θεῶν πατῶν
.
)θώϋξεν
.
ὅμως
,
as in 122, where καίπερ
is added to the
participle.
οὐκ ἂν
ἀτιμάσαιμ’
, and Elmsley's ἀντατιμάσαιμ’
is a
palaeographical one, viz., that a change of
ΟΥΤΑΝ
into ΟΥΚΑΝ
(T into K) is
rather less probable than a loss of T in ΟΥΚΑΝ
(Τ
)ΑΤΙΜΑΣΑΙΜ
,
seeing that ἀτιμάζω
was a familiar word,
while ἀντατιμάζω
was unfamiliar. There is
no force in the objection that ἀντ‐
in the
compound is unfitting (since Ajax had not ‘dishonoured’ Odysseus); the
reciprocity marked by ἀντ‐
is simply that
of overt hostility. As to the οὐκ
ἄν γ’.— ἀντατιμάζω
occurs nowhere else, but is formed like ἀνταδικεῖν
.
Ἑλλήνων ἕνα |
κριθέντ’ ἄριστον
. See also
heros ab Achille secundus
Αἴαν,
τὸν ἄριστον πέδ’ Ἀχίλλεα
: Pind. κράτιστον Ἀχιλλέος ἄτερ
.
νέρτεροι
θεοί
, to whom the dead belong (
βλάπτειν
. Some take τὸν
ἐσθλὸν
as subject, and ἄνδρα
alone
as object. But (οὐ δίκαιον
puts the precept on
the broadest ground; it is not merely a point of honour for the ἐσθλός.
εἰ..πάθοι
(n.).
ἀνθ’ ὧν ἐγὼ
τάδ’, ὡσπερεὶ τοὐμοῦ πατρός
, |
ὑπερμαχοῦμαι
(where τάδ’
is the
reading of the MSS., and τοῦδ’
only a
conjecture).
προς‐
refers to ἐμίσουν
: ‘in
addition to’—in continuation of—that former enmity. Cp.
ἐχθροῖσιν
αὐτοῦ
ζῶντ’ ἐπεμβῆναι ποδί
. Aesch. ὥστε σύγγονον | βροτοῖσι
τὸν πεσόντα
λακτίσαι πλέον
. Sopater (in Walz τοῖς πρότερον ἠδικηκόσι κειμένοις ὕστερον μὴ
ἐπεμβαίνειν
: as Aristophanes says of himself (alluding to
Cleon), κοὐκ’ ἐτόλμησ’ αὖθις ἐπεμπηδῆσ’ αὐτῷ
κειμένῳ
. So Plut. οὐδὲν ἐπετόλμησεν, οὐδ’ ἐπενέβη τῇ τύχῃ τοῦ
ἀνδρός
.
κέρδη
meant are unworthy personal
triumphs,—assertions of power which violate some higher law. It is in
the same sense that Teiresias replies to Creon's taunt against the μαντικὸν γένος,—τὸ δ’ ἐκ τυράννων
αἰσχροκέρδειαν
φιλεῖ
(
τί κέρδος οὐκέτ’ ὄντας ὑβρίζειν νεκρούς;
εὐσεβές
to do that. But what if, in doing so,
he violates εὐσέβεια
on another side,—that
represented by the θεῶν νόμοι
of which
Odysseus spoke (1343)? A somewhat similar utterance of Agamemnon, when
perplexed by the demands upon him, occurs in fr. 481: οὐ γάρ τις ἂν δύναιτο πρῳράτης στρατοῦ |
τοῖς πᾶσιν
εἶξαι καὶ προσαρκέσαι χάριν
.
καὶ τῶν λεγόντων εὖ καλὸν τὸ μανθάνειν
(
τῷ τεθνηκότι |
τιμὰς προσάπτειν
(where the sense is simply ‘to honour,’ not,
‘to render rites’).
ἐσθλὸς ἀνήρ
, such as
thou art, ought to defer to his king, instead of seeking to overrule
him.’ The words seem also to glance at the alleged disloyalty of Ajax.
Cp.
ἀλλ’ ὃν πόλις
στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν
.
τῶν γὰρ ἐν
τέλει
κλύειν | τό τ’ ἔνδικόν με καὶ τὸ συμφέρον ποεῖ
.—For
ΚΛ. τοῖς δ’ ὀλβίοις γε καὶ τὸ νικᾶσθαι πρέπει
.
| ΑΓ. ἦ καὶ σὺ νίκην τήνδε δήριος τίεις; | ΚΛ.
πιθοῦ· κρατεῖς μέντοι παρεὶς ἑκὼν ἐμοί
[vulg. κράτος..πάρες γ’
]. Isocr.
or. 9 § 44
πολλὰ μὲν τῶν χρωμένων
ἡττώμενος
(often yielding to his familiar friends), πάντα δὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν περιγιγνόμενος.—
: for the gen.,
cp. Eur. κρεισσόνων νικώμενοι
: ἢν τοῦτο νικηθῇς ἐμοῦ
.
ὅπλων κρίσις
(1337): but ποτέ
means merely, ‘in his lifetime.’
ἡ ἀρετὴ
πολὺ κρείσσων ἐστί μοι τῆς ἔχθρας
. There is no parallel for
such a genitive after
νικᾷ
: but it is quite intelligible, and seems not too bold
for the poet's style. (Eustathius p. 842. 10 takes τῆς
ἔχθρας
as depending on πολύ
:—καινῶς τὸ πολὺ ἀντὶ τοῦ πλέον ληφθέν
.)
It is very improbable that the text is corrupt. The context in verses 1355 f.
at once proves that the words ἁρετή
and ἔχθρας
are genuine; and the article before ἀρετή
confirms τῆς
. As νικᾷ
also
is presumably sound, the fault, if any, would have to be sought in πολύ
, for which neither
πλέον
nor πάρος
is a tolerable
substitute; or else in με
. Now in a reply to
the question, ἐχθρὸν ὧδ’ αἰδεῖ νέκυν;
we
should expect some reference by Odysseus to his own feeling; and v. 1358 (τοιοίδε μέντοι φῶτες κ.τ.λ.
) further indicates
that in the preceding verse he actually did refer to himself. Hence the only
correction of με
which would solve the
difficulty of the genitive, viz.
τὰ
, is unsatisfactory.
φυγὴν
δέ
του | μήπω γενέσθαι φωτὸς ἀνοσίου βροτῶν
. Cp. also
οὐ γάρ πώ
τινες ὧδε καταθνητῶν ἀνθρώπων | ἀνέρες κ.τ.λ.
: 23. 187 ἀνδρῶν δ’ οὔ κέν τις ζωὸς βροτός
. The
ἐμπλήσσω
, to ‘rush’ or ‘dash’ in), ‘impulsive,’ with the notion
of ‘inconstant’: Eur. αἱ τύχαι
) ἔμπληκτος
ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ἄλλοτ’ ἄλλοσε | πηδῶσι
.
μηδέποτε
ὁμοίους μηδ’ αὐτοὺς αὑτοῖς εἶναι, ἀλλ’ ἐμπλήκτους τε καὶ ἀσταθμήτους
. ἔμπληκτον ὄντα καὶ
φορᾶς μεστὸν ἀβεβαίου καὶ ὀξείας
.
αὖθις
=‘afterwards,’
as in
τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας
πικρούς
. Cp. τὰ
τερπνὰ πικρὰ
γίγνεται καὖθις φίλα
: and above, 679 ff.
Odysseus is here replying to the taunt that he is
ἔμπληκτος
, inconstant. ‘It is common enough for friendship to turn
into bitterness. When, therefore, I forget the later enmity of Ajax, and
remember only his good service, I am merely condoning a very ordinary
change.’ There is also a gentle hint that Agamemnon, who had professed so
much φιλία
(1331), is becoming a little πικρός
.
ἐπαινῶ
with inf., as in
φανείς
(n.).
τὸ
θάπτεσθαι
. Cp.
ἀλλ’ εἰς
τόδ’
ἥξεις
, εἰς τὸ ὀλέσθαι
. Eur. ἐς τοῦθ’ ἱκέσθαι,
δάκρὐ ἀπ’
ὀμμάτων βαλεῖν
. Here ἐκεῖσε
:
cp. Soph. οὐκ ἐνθάδ’ οἱ
πλοῖ
(=δεῦρο
).
ὅμοια
, explaining the phrase as a proverb:
‘It is always so: every man works for himself.’ One of the later scholia
gives this view: ὄντως πάντα
τὰ
ἀνθρώπινα ὅμοια· πᾶς γὰρ ἄνθρωπος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πραγματεύεται
σωτηρίαν
. (Cp. Terence ecce autem
similia omnia: omnes congruont
etc.) This may be right; but
the somewhat homely proverb seems rather too abrupt here for Sophocles.
I still prefer the simpler view that ὅμοια
is adverbial: ‘in all things alike
every man works for himself.’ Even in the matter of giving burial to
another man a selfish motive enters. For Μυκηναίῳ πονῶν τυράννῳ
.—Some understand,
‘every man does deeds like himself,’—works in his characteristic
way,—meaning that Odysseus is, as usual,
φίλαυτος
. This seems too artificial.
κ.τ.λ.
Odysseus frankly accepts the imputation of
selfishness, which helps his cause by making the favour seem done to ἄλλῳ γὰρ ἢ
)μοὶ
χρή με τῆσδ’ ἄρχειν χθονός;
σὸν
γὰρ ἄρα
in a few of the inferior MSS. was probably a conjectural
attempt to restore the metre, when
ἆρα
had become ἄρα
.
ὡς ἂν
, ‘in
whatever way,’ cp. κολαζόντων αὐτὸν..ὡς
ἂν
ἐθέλωσι
:
ἐν τῇ
πράξει,
ὡς ἂν πραχθῇ, τοιοῦτο ἀπέβη
:
ὡς ἄν,
οἶμαι,
δοκῇ ἑκάστη ἡ εἰκὼν δεῖσθαι ἑκάστου φαρμάκου
. Apoll. Rhod.
2. 345 καὶ τὰ μὲν ὥς κε πέλῃ, τὼς
ἔσσεται
. Elsewhere in Sophocles ὡς ἄν
=‘in
order that’: 655;
πανταχῇ
δρῶντες
, ‘however we act’ (n.).
ἀλλά
=‘well,’
μέντοι
=‘however,’ and γε
emphasises εὖ
. Cp.
ἀλλ’ εὖ γέ
τοι
τόδ’ ἴστε
. We find ἀλλὰ..μέντοι
in
γε
μέντοι
is frequent (
ἐκεῖ
, cp.
855 (n.).
πλείων χρόνος
) ὃν δεῖ μ’ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε
.
For the parataxis (= ‘there, ὁ δ’ εὔκολος μὲν ἐνθάδ’ εὔκολος δ’ ἐκεῖ
.
χρῇ,
χρῇς
, see on
εἴτε χρῇ
θανεῖν
| εἴτ’ ἐν τοιαύτῃ ζῶσα τυμβεύειν στέγῃ
(where ζῶσα
excludes χρή
).
Here, as in
κήρυσσέ μ’ εἰς
ἅπαντας, εἴτε χρῇς κακήν, χρή
is not impossible, but is so much
less suitable than χρῇς
that the latter
may be considered certain.
τὸ
ἀπὸ
τοῦδε
: so Thuc. 2. 15§ 2 τὸ..πρὸ τούτου
(‘formerly’): τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ
κἀξαγγέλλομαι |
θνῄσκειν
, ‘offer to die.’ In ἐξαγγέλλεται
(with acc.)=to offer a thing
spontaneously. The ordinary word in this sense was ἐπαγγέλλομαι.—
,
ἔα
):
μηδὲν
τούτων, ὅσα
: for ἐλλείπω
with
acc., cp. Plat. λέγε
μηδὲν ἐλλείπων
: Xen. ἤν τις..ἐλλίπῃ τι τῶν νομίμων
. (μηδὲν
could also be adv., ‘in nothing,’ as in
115 φείδου μηδὲν ὧνπερ ἐννοεῖς
, since ἐλλείπειν
with gen. could mean, ‘to fall
short in’; but that constr. is less fitting in this context.)—The
reading of the MSS., τὰ πάντ’ ἐφαγνίσαι | ἃ τοῖς ἀρίστοις ἔρχεται κάτω
νεκροῖς
.
ἄναξ
.)
οὐ δῆτα
(σιγᾶν πρέπει
) τοῖς γε πρόσθεν ἡμαρτημένοις
, ‘in view
of her past crimes.’ Thuc. 3. 98 § 5 τοῖς
πεπραγμένοις φοβούμενος τοὺς Ἀθηναίους
(on account of what had
occurred).—The objection to taking λόγοισι
as =‘in my ἔργοις δέ σε τιμᾶν οὐκ ἔχω
) would be
premature and ungraceful here. It would foreshadow the exclusion of
Odysseus from an active part in the funeral rites (1394).
ἐλπίδος μ’ ἀπέσπασας
(n.), where, as here, ἐλπὶς
is a dark presentiment. Xen. οὐκ ἐψεύσθη
τῆς ἐλπίδος
.
συνεμάχησας ἔργῳ, οὐ λόγῳ
. He has given χερσίν
(=‘effectually’): but to a Greek the
word would at once suggest
ἔργοις
, as opp. to λόγοις.
ἐπεγγελᾶν
: Soph. ποῦ δ’ ὃς τὰ δεινὰ τῇδ’
ἐφυβρίζει πόλει.
θανόντι
, cp.
ζῶντά μ’
ἔκτεινεν θανών
.
ὡς..ἔτλησαν, ἐθέλοντες
. Such compression is
frequent, esp. after οὐχ ὥσπερ
: πεινῆν καὶ διψῆν
ἀναγκάζων, οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐγὼ πολλὰ καὶ ἡδέα καὶ παντοδαπὰ εὐώχουν ὑμᾶς
: Plat. ἐποίησαν τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ γυναικῶν γενέσθαι,
οὐχ
ὥσπερ Ἀχιλλέα τὸν τῆς Θέτιδος υἱὸν ἐτίμησαν
.
σκαιὸν
). Dem. or. 19 § 231 (ἡγοῦντο
)
ἐμβεβροντῆσθαι
, they thought him crazed: id. or. 18 § 243 ἐμβρόντητε,
ε<*>=τα νῦν λέγεις;
Ar. ὠμβρόντητε σύ
. Xen. Ζεὺς δὲ ἐμβροντήτους ποιεῖ
τοὺς
ἐνοικοῦντας, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω
. φρένας γὰρ εἰς αὐτὰς τυπεὶς |
ἐφεψαλώθη κἀξεβροντήθη
σθένος
. (The form ἐπιβρόντητος
occurs only here.)
ἔρρων
(so schol.,
ἔρροις
vulg.) νυν αὐτὸς χἡ συνοικήσασά
σοι
| ... γηράσκετε
: Xen. προσελθὼν δὲ
Τιμασίων..καὶ
Νέων..ἔλεγον.
αὐτός τε
often occurs when the mention of the
other person or persons is an afterthought: αὐτός τε παῖδές θ’ αἵδε
(n.).
γῆν τε προσκυνοῦνθ’ ἅμα | καὶ τὸν θεῶν
Ὄλυμπον
:
τόνδ’ Ὄλυμπον
(‘by the heaven above us’).
Ἴναχε
) μέγα
πρεσβεύων |
Ἄργους τε γύαις Ἥρας τε πάγοις
.
μνήμονές τ’ Ἐρινύες
:
εὐμήχανοί τε
καὶ
τέλειοι κακῶν | τε μνήμονες Σεμναί.
ὧν σε ποίνιμος
Δίκη | τείσαιτ’ Ἐρινύς τ’
, and
Aesch.
Μοῖρα
in
τόνδ’
, since a reference to Ajax has just
preceded (v. 1388 αὐτόν
).
φοναῖς
in
Λαρτίου
(n.). The mode of address is
honorific, like Ἀτρείδη
in 1349.
χοαί
at the time of
interment. It is this intimate participation which is poetically
expressed by the phrase τάφου
ἐπιψαύειν
. (Morstadt wished to read
νεκροῦ
instead of τάφου
, but this
would unduly narrow the sense.)
On the other hand, Odysseus is at liberty to assist in protecting the funeral
from interruption by the Greek army. He may be a spectator of the rites,
though not a participator; and he may bring with him (καὶ
is not ‘both’ (as if answering to the καὶ
in κεἴ τινα
στρατοῦ
), but emphasises the verb,—‘in all else ξύμπρασσε
alludes to the request of Odysseus in 1378 f., συνθάπτειν..καὶ
ξυμπονεῖν
, and must therefore refer, in part at least, to something
connected with the obsequies —not
χοαί
at his grave; and in the same play, when (1123) Electra is allowed to
handle the funeral urn, the pretended Phocian justifies the boon by
saying that she is evidently not δυσμενὴς
to the dead. The wrath of Ajax against Odysseus was conceived as
enduring in the world below: οἴη δ’ Αἴαντος
ψυχὴ
Τελαμωνιάδαο | νόσφιν ἀφεστήκει
(
τάφος.
τό τε
κατ’
ὑμέας
(‘as far as you are concerned’): Eur. κἂν..τὸ λοιπὸν
ᾖ | σώφρων καθ’ ἡμᾶς, σώφρον’ ἀντιλήψεται
.
ἐξεῖναί μοι συνθάπτειν
.
This impf. (without ἄν
) states a wish
which has not been fulfilled; μέν
(implying the contrast
with the actual fact): so Ar. ἐβουλόμην μὲν οὐκ
ἐρίζειν ἐνθάδε
(‘I would that I were not contending here—as I
am’): Andoc. or. 5 § 1 ἐβουλόμην μέν, ὦ
ἄνδρες, τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ
λέγειν..ἐξἴσου μοι καθεστάναι τῇ..συμφορᾷ
: Isae. or. 10 § 1 ἐβουλόμην μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες,..τἀληθῆ πρὸς
ὑμᾶς..εἰπεῖν
δυνηθῆναι
: Aeschin. or. 3 § 2
ἐβουλόμην μὲν οὖν, ὦ Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ τὴν
βουλὴν..ὀρθῶς
διοικεῖσθαι
. So μάλιστα μὲν
ἐβουλόμην
, Isae. fr. 4 (Scheibe). This usage is analogous to
that of the impers. ἔδει, χρῆν
, etc., with
inf. (
ἤθελον ἄν
(88 n.), ἐβουλόμην
ἄν
, with inf., means that the wish would have been (or would now
be) formed, if it had not been (or were not now) vain to form it.
ἐπαινεῖ χοὗτος
(‘assents’): Thuc. 4. 65§ 2 ἐπαινεσάντων
δὲ αὐτῶν ἐποιοῦντο τὴν ὁμολογίαν
. So
αἰνεῖν
in poetry, as Aesch. πράξας γὰρ ἐν σοὶ
πανταχῇ
τάδ’ αἰνέσω.
ὡς τὸ σὸν ξυνῆκ ἐγώ
(‘thy saying’).
κ.τ.λ.
During his brief absence from the
scene (vv. 1185—1222), Teucer has fulfilled the charge given by the
Chorus (1165), and has chosen the spot where Ajax is to be buried. He
now directs some of the Salaminian sailors to go and dig the grave;
others are to place the tripod near it; a third detachment is to bring
thither the hero's armour from the tent. Tecmessa and Eurysaces are
still kneeling beside the corpse (1171 ff.). Verses 1409 ff. mark the
moment when the body is lifted from the ground. Then it is borne forth
(probably by Teucer and one or more πρόσπολοι
),
the Chorus following, before they separate to their several tasks.
ἐκτείνειν
βίον
:
αἰῶνα τείνει
.
( Itis difficult to comprehend why the phrase χρόνος
ἐκτέταται
should be thought suspicious, as by Morstadt and
Nauck: the former proposed λόγος
.)
κ.τ.λ.
The threefold command (οἱ μὲν—τοὶ δ)—μία
δ’..ἀνδρῶν ἴλη
) may have been the signal for some
corresponding movement on the part of the Chorus; perhaps for the usual
change from the formation in three κατὰ
ζυγά
), facing the actors, to that in three κατὰ στοίχους
), preparatory to the final
exit. Wecklein thinks that the three divisions of the Chorus made
separate exits (right, left, and in front of the spectators). This seems
less probable, as the closing scene would be more effective if the whole
Chorus went out in procession after the body of Ajax.
ταχύνατε
. The latter may, indeed, have been
read by the scholiast (μετὰ σπουδῆς
ὀρύξατε
); but it can derive no support from θέσθε
(1406), since the ταχύνω
is not elsewhere transitive.
τοὶ
occurs in tragic lyrics ( Aesch. τοὶ δ’ ὥστε θύννους
κ.τ.λ.
, where it is a trait of epic style in the narrative.
Sophocles uses it only here. The
λουτρά
are to be prepared while the grave is being dug.
Ἀχαιῶν
ὑψίβατοι πόλιες
, built on lofty sites.) The stand was the τρίπους
proper, while the caldron was λέβης
, but the former term is often used so
as to include the latter: Aesch. fr. 1 τὸν
μὲν τρίπους ἐδέξατ’, οἰκεῖος λέβης
, | αἰεὶ
φυλάσσων τὴν ὑπὲρ πυρὸς στάσιν
. The fire was kindled in a
brazier under the λέβης
, as may be seen on
a vase in the British Museum, which represents Medea boiling a ram in a
lebes or χύτρα
(Smith's
ἀμφὶ πυρὶ
στῆσαι τρίποδα μέγαν
, and γάστρην μὲν τρίποδος πῦρ ἄμφεπε
.
τρίποδ’
ἐμπυριβήτην.
γάμου ἤδη ὡραία
. So οἰκεῖος
or ἀλλότριός
τινος.
λούσαντες
ἁγνὸν
λουτρόν
: and λοετροχόος
τρίπους
in
Pars calidos
latices et
aëna undantia flammis | Expediunt, corpusque lavant frigentis et
ungunt.
vελ, εἴλω
, to press: cp. ὅμ‐ιλο‐ς
(Curt. εἴλη
( Her. 1. 73 etc.). Its poetical use is as free
as that of Lat. εὔφρονες ἶλαι
):
but it had also a technical military sense, Xen. κατ’ ἴλας
καὶ κατὰ
τάξεις
(‘troops’ of cavalry and ‘companies’ of infantry).— θώραξ
and the κνημῖδες
. Ajax had directed that all his
armour except his shield should be buried with him (577). ὑπασπίδιος
occurs only here and in [Eur. ] τὸν
ὑπασπίδιον κοῖτον
.
σὺ
δέ
after the vocative, cp.
δέ..γε
,
γε
does not fall on the word
next before it, but on a whole phrase or clause, see
πλευραὶ
was not used
in tragedy: here he wished to read
πλευρὰ
(dual), or πλευράν
.
But, as Hermann observed, this view would involve some very improbable
changes; παίει σιδήρῳ λαγόνας, εἰς
πλευρὰς ἱείς
(where Elmsley suggested λαγόνας
εἰς μέσας
).
κ.τ.λ.
In vv. 918 f. blood was said to be
issuing from his nostrils, and from the wound. There, in the phrase φυσῶντ’ ἄνω πρὸς
ῥῖνας
, the context shows that ἄνω
means ‘upward (from the lower part of the body) to the nostrils.’ Here,
however, ἄνω
seems to have a more general
sense,—‘upward to the surface’ (whether through the nostrils, or from
the mouth of the wound). As Ajax must now have been dead for about an
hour, the thing described seems impossible.
φλέβες
, a word which down to
the time of Aristotle (and later) denoted ἀρτηρίαι
meaning
the σύριγγες
certainly mean air-passages; ὧδε δ’ ἀναπνεῖ πάντα καὶ ἐκπνεῖ· πᾶσι λίφαιμοι |
σαρκῶν σύριγγες πύματον κατὰ σῶμα τέτανται
,—where the epithet
‘bloodless’ points to the reason why the ancients took the arteries for
air-passages,—viz. because, after death, they were found empty, while
the veins were filled with blood returning from the heart. But here
Sophocles cannot have meant by σύριγγες
the bronchial tubes; the epithet θερμαί
clearly points to φλέβες
. In Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1647 σῦριγξ αἱματόεσσα κατὰ σφυρόν
means ‘a vein.’
Another explanation of σύριγγες
, viz. the
‘nostrils,’ may be rejected. Aristotle uses σύριγγες
for the pores of the lungs: αἴτιον τοῦ ἀναπνεῖν ὁ πνεύμων σομφὸς ὢν
(‘porous’) καὶ συρίγγων πλήρης
,
πρὶν
αἱματηρὸν ἐξαφρίζεσθαι μένος
.
σοῦται.—
: of this 2nd aor.
imperat. we find also ἔμβα—
( Eur. κατάβα—
( βᾶθι
( Soph. βᾶτε
( Soph.
ὁ πάντα κωφός
.
πονήσας
, as πάντ’ ἀγαθῷ, κοὐδενί πω λῴονι θνητῶν
,
could mean, πάντ’ ἀγαθῷ, καὶ οὗ οὐδείς πω λῴων
ἦν θνητῶν
. Blaydes writes, κοὐδενὸς οὐ
λῴονι θνητῶν
. As to metre, the verse is a correct paroemiac,
[θνητῶν
:—‘I speak of Ajax, in the days when he
lived’: for the genitive, cp. 1236. Or (2) in connexion with v. 1416,
a colon being placed after Αἴαντος
, but no
point after θνητῶν
:—‘and never yet (having
toiled) for a worthier man than Ajax;—I speak of the time when he lived.’
(Cp. Meleager ἦν
καλὸς Ἡράκλειτος, ὅτ’ ἦν ποτε
.) The interpolation of v. 1417
may have been prompted by the comparative λῴονι
,
and by a wish to find the name of the hero at the close of the play. No
emendation yet proposed is probable: see Appendix.
τοὺς ἐμὸς ἴδε πατὴρ | θανάτους.
καὶ μάντις οὐδεὶς τῶν καθεστώτων βροτοῖς.